2004-2006 Course Catalog - Mount Marty College

MOUNT MARTY COLLEGE
2004-2006 CATALOG

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MISSION STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
MAJORS OFFERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
COLLEGE PROFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
SPECIAL ACADEMIC OPPORTUNITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
PART-TIME ENROLLMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
WATERTOWN CAMPUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
STUDENT AFFAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
FINANCIAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
SCHOLARSHIPS, GRANTS, AND AWARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
AND COURSE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Academic Division Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Independent Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Special Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Accounting/Forensic Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Applied Technology Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Athletic Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Behavioral Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Clinical Laboratory Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Criminal Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Elementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
2

English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Forensic Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Forensic Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Graphic Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Horticulture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Information Technology/Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Nutrition & Food Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
Radiologic Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Recreation Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Religious Studies/Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Selected Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Speech/Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
GRADUATE COURSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Nurse Anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Pastoral Ministries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
BOARD OF TRUSTEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
ADMINISTRATION OFFICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
UNDERGRADUATE FACULTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
GRADUATE FACULTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
ACADEMIC CALENDARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Undergraduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Nurse Anesthesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
Pastoral Ministries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
3

MISSION STATEMENT
MOUNT MARTY COLLEGE, an academic community in the Catholic
Benedictine liberal arts tradition, prepares students for a contemporary world
of work, service to the human community, and personal growth.
STATEMENT OF BELIEFS
MOUNT MARTY COLLEGE'S Statement of Beliefs is based on the
tradition of the Benedictine Sisters of Sacred Heart Monastery, Yankton,
South Dakota. Central to this gospel-based tradition are Mount Marty
College’s four core values: Awareness of God, Community, Hospitality, and
Life-Long Learning.
WE BELIEVE
• that education occurs best within a supportive Christian community in
which each person is encouraged to grow and develop;
• that each person is to be treated with respect and that human life, from
conception to death, is to be safeguarded with the greatest care;
• that each person has the responsibility to share gifts and talents in
service to the human community and be a responsible steward of the
goods of the universe;
• that education is a shared responsibility of students, faculty, and staff;
• that contemporary liberal arts education assists in integrating
professional aims with the broader purpose of human life;
• that the college has the responsibility to provide a climate which
supports faith development within one's own religious tradition, while
remaining true to its Catholic sponsorship; and
• that education is a lifelong process.
STATEMENT OF VISION
Mount Marty College is committed to becoming a preeminent academic
institution in the region, combining the liberal arts and career-oriented
education.
To realize this vision we will center on:
• an insistence on fiscal stability;
• a renewed commitment to a solid general education curriculum;
• a revitalization of faculty development;
• a reallocation of resources for innovative programming and competitive
technologies;
• a continued aggressive articulation of the value-centered life of this
4

academic community;
• a review of all programs, academic and other;
• an intensified development effort;
• a visible presence of Mount Marty College in the regional community;
and
• a student body that is diverse in both exposure to other cultures and
opportunity for academic, personal, and spiritual growth.
STATEMENT OF VALUES
Values, more than any other element, are the “heart and soul” of an
institution. They provide stability in times of change, forbearance in the
face of challenge, and nourishment to strengthen performance. It is
important to define explicitly those values that reflect what our institution
stands for: what we believe in and what we expect from ourselves and each
other and, perhaps most importantly, what we aspire to be.
These are the values that will guide Mount Marty College through the 21st
century:
AWARENESS OF GOD
• to remember that the Divine Presence is everywhere
• to appreciate personal growth within a Christian atmosphere
• o foster integrity in all interactions
• to promote the integration of learning and faith
• to recognize that academic leaders are ministers as well as educators
COMMUNITY
• to build relationships based on trust
• to establish cooperative efforts to create value-centered lives
• to create opportunities for service as a way to express a corporate
witness
• to recognize that educational quality is grounded in person-centered
communities
HOSPITALITY
• to respond to all as Christ Himself
• to provide an environment in which all are welcome and respected
LIFE-LONG LEARNING
• to promote a holistic approach to learning
• to develop life skills
• to develop critical thinking and creative problem-solving skills
• to equate quality of life with the value of life-long learning
5

Bachelor of Arts
Accounting
Behavioral Science
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Computer Science
Criminal Justice
Elementary Education
English
Forensic Accounting
Graphic Arts
History
Information Technology
Management
Information Technology
Programming/Software Design
Mathematics
Music
Physical Education
Psychology
Recreation Management
Religious Studies
Secondary Education
Selected Studies
Special Education
MAJORS OFFERED
YANKTON CAMPUS
WATERTOWN CAMPUS
Bachelor of Science
Clinical Laboratory Science
Forensic Science
Radiologic Technology
Selected Studies
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Nursing
Associate of Arts
Accounting
Business Administration
Criminal Justice
Pre-Athletic Training
Religious Studies
Selected Studies
Associate of Science
Horticulture*
Certificate
Management*
*Offered at Yankton Auxiliary Campus Only
Bachelor of Arts
Accounting
Applied Technology Management (2+2)
Behavioral Science
Business Administration
Elementary Education
Information Technology (2+2)
Selected Studies
Bachelor of Science
Selected Studies
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Nursing
Associate of Arts
Business Administration
Criminal Justice
Selected Studies
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Master of Arts
Pastoral Ministries
Master of Science
Nurse Anesthesia
6

GENERAL INFORMATION

HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE
Mount Marty College is a Catholic, Benedictine, coeducational institute of
higher learning founded in 1936 by the Sisters of Saint Benedict of Yankton,
South Dakota. The college is named in memory of Martin Marty, a
Benedictine missionary to the Indians who came to Dakota Territory in 1876,
became the Territory’s first Catholic Bishop, and who invited the Benedictine
Sisters to establish a religious community in Yankton.
The college functioned as a junior college for women for 15 years; in 1951
it awarded its first Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees. In 1969,
the college became coeducational. Associate of Arts degree programs were
introduced in 1975 in areas compatible with already existing programs.
Graduate study was begun with the first Master of Science degree awarded in
1985 and the first Master of Arts degree awarded in 1999.
In keeping with the Benedictine tradition, the college exists as a community
of learners. Primary emphasis is placed on the development of each person as
a complete human being with intellectual competence, professional and
personal skills, and a composite of moral, spiritual, and social values.
The mission of the college is renewed year by year in the framework of
Benedictine tradition, the apostolate of the Catholic Church, the goals of
American higher education, and the educational needs of men and women of
this region.
Mount Marty College determines its general policies and objectives in the
context of its original charter, historical development, educational needs of the
region, and the professional goals of the entire college staff. The Benedictine
Community of Sacred Heart Monastery is the sponsoring agent of the college;
the Board of Trustees is the final governing board of the institution itself.
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Mount Marty is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission and a
member of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 North
LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504; 800-621-7440;
www.ncahigherlearningcommission.org.
The College is a member of the American Council on Education,
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, American
Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers, Association of
Governing Boards of Universities and Colleges, Association of Veterans
Education Certifying Officials, Council of Independent Colleges, National
Association of College and University Business Officers, National
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics, National Student Clearinghouse,
South Dakota Foundation of Independent Colleges, Association of Catholic
Colleges and Universities, and Great Plains Athletic Conference.
8

The following programs are approved and/or accredited by specialized
accrediting bodies:
Graduate Nurse Anesthesia Program by the Council on Accreditation of
Nurse Anesthesia Educational Programs (COA), 222 S. Prospect Ave., Park
Ridge, IL 60068; 847-692-7050; a specialized accrediting body recognized
by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA) and the U.S.
Department of Education (USDE).
Nursing Program is approved by the South Dakota Board of Nursing and is
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission
(NLNAC), 61 Broadway – 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10006; 800-669-
1656, ext. 153.
Teacher Education Program by the South Dakota State Board of Education.
Affiliated Institutions
In addition to affiliations with Yankton area elementary and secondary
schools in the teacher education and nursing programs, MMC maintains
affiliation with a variety of national, state, and local agencies and institutions.
Among them are:
Avera Sacred Heart Hospital, Avera Sacred Heart Home Health Agency,
Avera Sacred Heart Majestic Bluffs, Avera Yankton Care Center, Department
of Health Community Health Services, Best/Finehost, Inc., the Human
Services Center, Yankton Area Adjustment Training Center, Inc., Yankton
Bone and Joint Clinic, Yankton Christian School, Yankton Federal Prison
Camp, and Yankton Medical Center, all of Yankton, SD; Heart Hospital,
Children’s Care Hospital and School, Sioux Valley Hospital, Avera McKennan
Hospital, all of Sioux Falls, SD; Mercy Medical Health Center, Sioux City, IA;
South Dakota Department of Health, Pierre, SD; St. Michael’s Hospital,
Tyndall, SD; Prairie Lakes Hospital, Watertown, SD; Indian Health Service,
Wagner, SD; Norfolk Community Health Clinic, Norfolk Family Planning of
Norfolk, NE; Santee Health Center of Santee, NE; and Alliant Food Service,
Omaha, NE;
Students engaged in professional internship or travel and placement
experiences have been welcomed in all parts of the country and in foreign
countries as well.
CAMPUS
Library and Services
The college library, through its varied and expanding collections, is the
major academic resource of the campus. Qualified librarians and
paraprofessionals are available to give individuals every assistance in using
the library to the best advantage.
9

The general book collection of approximately 75,000 volumes is arranged
by Dewey Decimal Classification in open stacks. An on-line catalog provides
access to these holdings as well as to the holdings of the other libraries on the
South Dakota Library Network (SDLN).
The library subscribes to approximately 400 current periodical titles
(magazines, newspapers, journals). Many of the major periodical indexes are
available in print format in the library. In addition to these print indexes,
CINAHL is available on-line and on CD-ROM and a number of periodical
indexes (many with full-text articles) are available through SDLN and
FirstSearch (OCLC).
Among the services offered by the library are bibliographic instruction,
computer searches, interlibrary loan through SDLN and OCLC, fax
transmissions, reserve books, and photocopy services.
Some other resources of the general library are microfilm and microfiche
collections with a reader/printer, a vertical file of pamphlets and clippings on a
wide variety of topics, the college archives, and three conference/study rooms.
The Audio Visual Center consists of a collection of videotapes, compact
discs, DVD’s, cassette tapes, kits, slides, filmstrips, records, art prints, and a
toy lending library. These can be checked out at the Circulation Desk or used
with various equipment in the library. In addition, the Library houses common
audiovisual equipment used throughout the campus.
The Curriculum Library consisting of textbooks and other instructional
aids is of primary importance to the department of Teacher Education, but also
proves useful to the entire community. It is located in Bede Hall, Room 319.
Academic Computing Resources
Academic Computing uses the campus servers for file preservation, e-mail
exchange and for student applications related to curriculum activities. Three
student labs, one in Bede 322, one in the Scholastica (SLC-102) and one in the
Old Library 103, provide general access to the Local Area Network. The lab
computers provide user-access to all available MMC computing resources: the
internet, Blackboard, MS Office suite, e-mail and a variety of programming
languages for program development activity. Student labs are equipped with
multi-media personal computers and have a resident laser printer. Additional
printers are located in the Cyber Café, SLC 105 and Corbey lobby. The lab in
Bede 322 is open 24 hours a day, seven days a week, the Old Library lobby
lab (L-103) is available 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. and the SLC-102 lab during
regular Library hours. Technical assistance is available 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. at the
MMC Helpdesk in Bede 115 or Ext. 1561. Wireless access is available in all
classrooms and public areas.
All full-time students benefit from 24-hour access to the Internet and
college network using laptops. In order to facilitate maintenance, uniformity
of applications, and aid wireless access all students use a common laptop from
a College designated vendor.
10

Bede Art Gallery Programs
Bede Art Gallery provides a cultural center where professional artists can
showcase their work. The Gallery is located in the Roncalli Center on the
Mount Marty College campus. The Gallery is named after and in
remembrance of Bede the Venerable. One student art show is exhibited each
semester as well as work of other artists across the region on a month-tomonth
schedule in conjunction with the academic calendar. Professional
artists often participate in workshops and gallery talks. This provides an
opportunity for the community to share and broaden aesthetic dialogue and
perspectives and provides a forum to enhance career development. The
Gallery is open to the public at no cost 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through
Friday. By way of the Anna Matuska Stapinski Endowment, Mount Marty
College purchases original works of art as part of its permanent collection in
supporting professional artists and development.
Lecture Arts Program
Cultural events are provided for the College and local community through
the Lecture Arts Program. These events, which are designed to be educational
and enjoyable, may include lectures, music, dance, theatrical performances,
art gallery receptions and gallery talks. Performances by the National Players,
America’s longest-running classical touring company, are an annual tradition.
PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laddie E. Cimpl Arena opened in 1988 and is named in honor of a
longtime Yankton community leader and Mount Marty benefactor. The 26,000
square foot facility has a wood floor for basketball and volleyball courts, a
jogging track, one racquetball court, a training room, locker room facilities
and stadium, and bleacher seating for 1,800. It provides an opportunity for
intramural sports, teaching, recreation, and inter-collegiate athletics.
Old Library houses a physics laboratory, academic computing facilities
and the business and accounting programs. This building is located on the
north end of the Campus and also houses 10 classrooms, which are used for
day and evening classes.
Scholastica Learning Center (SLC) is the new “heart” of the Yankton
campus. Groundbreaking for the 40,800 square footage building was held
May 10, 2001, and construction was completed in January 2003 with a
dedication ceremony held in February. Housed in the SLC are a total of 43
rooms including classrooms, offices, and multi-use areas. The Cyber Café,
Mother Jerome Schmidt Library, and Oratory are among the main features. In
addition, the SLC is comprised of a distance learning classroom, an
assessment center for students, and the board room.
11

The Oratory complements Bishop Marty Memorial Chapel on the south
side of the Mount Marty College campus. It is easily accessible to students
during the day and is also utilized by Campus Ministry. It is a beautiful
testament to the Catholic Benedictine principles of the college.
A state-of-the-art distance learning classroom allows Mount Marty College
to offer distance learning instruction to South Dakota and the surrounding
region. It also makes it possible to offer outreach classes to students on the
Watertown and Sioux Falls campuses of Mount Marty College.
Mother Jerome Schmitt Library occupies more than one third of the
square footage in the SLC. Its collections include more than 76,000 volumes
and periodical titles, audio visual work stations, computer labs, study rooms,
and reading areas. With contemporary study areas and technology, the Library
is a vital link to all students--residential, commuter, and non-traditional--as
they seek to excel in their studies. The atmosphere is conducive to research,
reading, and studying individually as well as in small groups.
The Cyber Café, which provides a link from Roncalli to the Scholastica
Learning Center, offers a coffeehouse atmosphere and is a popular gathering
place for students, faculty, and staff. The Cyber Café serves two major needs
of the students. It brings food service to the crossroads of the Campus,
drawing students together for meals and social interaction.
Computer ports, located in the seating areas allow students to use their
laptops to review class work and assignments, collaborate with peers,
communicate with faculty, and access Internet resources within the Café. An
outside courtyard allows students to study at outdoor tables and chairs. A
comfortable seating area is located near the entrance to the Cyber Café.
Roncalli Center is Mount Marty College’s student center and is the home
of the dining facilities, meeting rooms, Bede Art Gallery, post office and
campus bookstore, television/recreation area and Student Affairs Offices.
Roncalli also houses our Advisory and Career Placement Center, student
government, The Moderator (student newspaper), campus ministry, and our
chaplain’s office.
Bede Hall, the most historic building on campus, is located on the southeast
corner of the Mount Marty College campus. Bede Hall houses the
administrative offices of Mount Marty College. Classrooms, computer and
science laboratories, a Bistro, music conservatory, a curriculum library, and
dorm rooms are also located in this building.
Facing the east entrance of Bede is the statue of Bishop Martin Marty, for
whom the College is named. Benedictine Abbot Martin Marty came to Dakota
Territory in 1876 in answer to a call from the Bureau of Catholic Indian
Missions to fill a void in Catholic leadership on the Indian frontier. During the
time he served as Vicar General of Dakota Territory, Bishop Marty offered an
abandoned school building in Yankton to the Benedictine Sisters, who
converted it to a monastery and named it Sacred Heart.
12

Corbey Hall is the residence hall for women. This four story building can house
212 residents. Corbey Hall is the home of the Mount Marty College day care center.
Whitby Hall is the residence hall for men. Remodeled the summer of 2003,
this four story building can house 88 residents.
Marian Auditorium is a fully equipped theater with a seating capacity of
765. A large music rehearsal room, Gregory Hall, is adjacent to the
auditorium.
Bishop Marty Chapel, a distinctive Yankton landmark, is considered one
of the country's best examples of Western Gothic architecture. Built in 1950,
it connects Sacred Heart Monastery with Bede Hall. The Chapel hosts many
special events such as Mount Marty’s Fall Opening Mass, Christmas Vespers,
and Spring Baccalaureate. Daily Mass and Liturgy of the Hours are offered in
the lower level Peace Chapel, which serves as the students' chapel for weekly
Sunday afternoon Mass.
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
Admissions Policy
Admission to Mount Marty College signifies the College’s belief in the
prospective students’ ability to earn a degree. The admission process requires
a thorough evaluation of the student. The College reserves the right to deny
admission. Applicants not meeting the admission criteria may be denied or
admitted on a probationary basis at the discretion of the Admissions
Committee. Mount Marty College specifically prohibits discrimination in its
policies and practices against any individual for reason of race, color, creed,
age, handicap, disability, gender, national or ethnic origin.
Application for admission must be submitted by the last business day prior
to the semester start date. The application file for admission must be complete
by the end of the second week of the semester. The application, official
secondary and post-secondary transcript(s), and application fee must be
submitted by this deadline. If the admission application file is not complete by
this date, financial assistance will not be awarded and the student is
responsible for accrued costs.
Once a student is admitted to Mount Marty College, an academic advisor is
assigned to assist with academic advising and course registration. Students are
admitted to Mount Marty College with general admission and not to a specific
major or academic program. Upon enrollment and completing requirements,
students make application to a specific major.
Admission Procedure
Application forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions or on the
website at www.mtmc.edu. The official standard Mount Marty College
application for admission must be utilized. A completed application, $35 nonrefundable
application fee, and official transcripts are required for admission.
13

Acceptance Policy for First-Time College Students
Applicants are eligible for admission if they have a cumulative high school
grade point average of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale and achieve an ACT composite of 18
or above or SAT composite of 850 or above. All applicants must submit an
application, application fee, and an official high school transcript or a GED
transcript. ACT or SAT scores are required if the student is under 21 years of
age. If an applicant has not graduated from high school at the time of
acceptance, a final, official high school transcript must be submitted before
college classes begin.
The applicant must submit official high school transcripts from an
accredited institution. If an applicant receives a high school diploma through
an accredited institution for home schooling, this is considered equivalent to a
high school diploma. However, if the applicant’s education is not through an
accredited institution, a GED transcript is required in addition to completing
the standard requirements for admission to Mount Marty College. Applicants
with a General Education Development (GED) certificate are eligible for
admission if they earned a 500 average (or comparable score) on the GED. A
GED will be considered equivalent to a high school diploma. Mount Marty
College reserves the right to request ACT or SAT scores as well as a partial
high school transcript prior to enrollment from applicants with a GED. If
college credit was received during high school, an official college transcript is
also required.
Acceptance Policy for Transfer College Students
Applicants are considered transfer college students if they achieve a
minimum of 1 credit hour after high school graduation, not counting the
summer immediately following high school graduation. Applicants are
eligible for admission if they have a cumulative college grade point average
of 2.0 for all college work previously attempted. All applicants must submit
an application, $35 non-refundable application fee, official high school
transcript or GED transcript, and official transcript(s) of all previous college
credit.
Acceptance Policy for Transfer of Credits
Mount Marty College has a liberal transfer policy. Courses for which any
grade higher than a “C-“ was earned will transfer in accord with the guidelines
described below. Courses at the remedial level will not transfer for
undergraduate credit. Courses at previous colleges granted by credit by exam
or credit for prior learning will need additional documentation for acceptance
for credit.
Courses from accredited baccalaureate or higher institutions will be
accepted. For courses from accredited Vocational, Technical and Community
College institutions, Mount Marty College will accept all credit toward the
degree that would be considered a course-for-course match (i.e. Composition,
14

Literature, College Algebra, etc.) or are appropriate for a degree; with
transcription of credits only of those courses which actually apply toward the
student’s major, minor, or general education course of study. For courses
which are vocational-technical in nature (i.e. welding, cosmetology,
mechanics, etc.) up to 15 credits could be applied as elective credit toward the
student’s major, minor, or general education course of study. If there is a more
formalized articulation made between Mount Marty College and the
Vocational, Technical or Community College programs, credit will be granted
as agreed upon in the formal articulation.
The student’s cumulative grade point average for all previous coursework
will be used for acceptance into Mount Marty College. All courses that are
transferred become part of the student’s permanent record. Only the credits
that actually apply toward the major, minor, general education, elective, or
certification authorizations course of study will be transcripted. Transfer
grades are not included in the Mount Marty College GPA, but are used in
determining honors for graduation.
Prior to making application to the college, the prospective transfer student
is invited to submit an unofficial or official transcript(s) for a transfer credit
academic evaluation at no charge. This credit evaluation will determine what
credits will transfer and what credits you have left to complete your degree.
Requirements for Admission of International Students
To be admitted, international students must meet the admission criteria as a
first-time college student or transfer student. Applicants whose native
language is not English are required to take the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) and receive a minimum score of 500 on the paper-based
test or 175 on the computer-based test. Official TOEFL test results must be
sent to Mount Marty College.
The applicant must submit an application, $35 (U.S. currency) nonrefundable
application fee, and an academic credential evaluation. All
secondary and post-secondary transcript(s) from institutions that are not based
on the United States education system and not in English must be submitted
to a company for an academic credential evaluation. This official academic
credential evaluation must be submitted to Mount Marty. All evaluations are
subject to policies as printed in the Mount Marty College catalog. Applicants
from foreign countries are advised to begin application procedures at least six
months in advance of anticipated enrollment.
International students must prove financial resources available to pay for
educational costs. International students are required to submit an
“International Student Financial Affidavit” form and documentation of
financial resources. Once all documents have been submitted, the Admissions
Committee will review the application for admission. When a candidate’s
application file is complete and approved, a letter of acceptance and an official
Certificate of Eligibility (I-20) form are sent. Arrangements for obtaining a
15

passport and visa may then be made at the Embassy or Consulate. A $2,000
tuition deposit is required upon registration of classes. The admission process
must be completed thirty (30) days prior to the first day of class.
Requirements for Readmission
Students who withdraw from college, break consecutive enrollment, or who
are suspended or dismissed for academic or disciplinary reasons must reapply
for admission. Students applying for readmission must fulfill the admission
requirements as they exist at the time of the application for regular admission.
Readmitted students must also meet current institutional and departmental
graduation requirements regardless of the requirements at the time of prior
enrollment.
Requirements for Unclassified Admission
Unclassified admission is reserved for applicants who wish to enroll for a
limited number of credit hours, but do not wish to commit themselves to
working toward a degree from Mount Marty College. An application for
unclassified admission must be completed before registration occurs. Mount
Marty College is under no obligation to grant a degree to any unclassified
student until that student changes the acceptance status from unclassified to
regular admission. If regular admission is desired, the unclassified student
must fulfill the admissions and degree requirements as they exist at the time
of the application for regular admission. After regular admission has been
granted, credits earned while enrolled as an unclassified student may be
considered for the fulfillment of the requirements of a degree. Students
registered as unclassified are not eligible for financial assistance.
Requirements of Admission of High School Students
On-Campus College Courses
High school students who wish to enroll in college courses before
graduation from high school may do so under the Unclassified Admission
Policy and with the following provisions. Only students who have completed
their sophomore year of high school are eligible. The high school guidance
counselor must approve enrollment. College course load is not to exceed six
hours or two classes, unless prior approval is granted by the high school
guidance counselor and MMC Vice President of Enrollment Management.
Off-Campus College Courses
High school students who wish to enroll in college courses through the dual
credit program may do so through enrollment in Advance Placement courses
in their high school and with the following provisions. Only students who
have completed their sophomore year of high school are eligible. The student
must be enrolled in an approved Advance Placement course through their high
school. This option is only available through high schools with an approved
dual credit program with Mount Marty College. The high school guidance
counselor must approve enrollment.
16

Acceptance Policy for Students on a Probationary Status
Mount Marty College reserves the right to use academic discretion in
admissions decisions. Applicants who do not meet the minimum admission
requirements may be admitted on a probationary status to be determined by
the Admissions Committee. Applicants not meeting the admission
requirements must submit a handwritten letter of intent and a letter of
recommendation. The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Vice
President of Enrollment Management, Director for Student Advising, Director
of the Center for Academic Excellence, a Division Chair representative and
two faculty representatives. The Admissions Committee will require the
following conditions for probational acceptance:
1. Course credit load will be restricted to no more than 14 credit hours.
2. Students will be registered as undeclared majors during their first
semester of coursework.
3. First-year students will enroll in those general education courses that
have been recommended by the Academic Standards and Admissions
Committee with agreement of assigned Academic Advisor. Students
beyond the first year of college will enroll in courses with agreement
of assigned Academic Advisor.
4. Students will be required to attend a minimum of one session per week
at the Center for Academic Excellence for a total of 15 meetings.
5. Students whose placement scores demonstrate the need for intensive
review of math, grammar, reading, or writing will be required to enroll
in the appropriate developmental courses (MTH 099 and/or ENG 099).
6. Students must earn at least a 2.0 grade point average the first semester.
7. Students must complete all other conditions as required by the
Admissions Committee.
These conditions will be outlined in the acceptance letter. As part of the
conditions of being admitted on probation, the student must agree, in writing,
to abide by the conditions as outlined in the acceptance letter. The Director
for Student Advising and Director of the Center for Academic Excellence will
share advisor responsibilities for all new students admitted on a probationary
status. At the Watertown Campus, the Director of the Watertown Campus will
fulfill these responsibilities. At the Yankton Auxiliary Campus, the Education
Coordinator will fulfill these responsibilities. The student’s advisor will
enforce conditions of acceptance. The advisor will develop a Student Success
Plan for each student admitted on probation. Students admitted on probation
must abide by the conditions of acceptance and the conditions outlined in the
Student Success Plan. Students are admitted on probation for one semester.
Failure to achieve these requirements while on probation, during the first
semester, will result in continued probation or suspension as determined by
the Academic Standards and Admissions Committee.
17

THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Legal Notice
This catalog is intended to serve students and prospective students as an
advisory document and guide to program planning, institutional services,
regulations guiding enrollment and related policies and procedures at Mount
Marty College. The College reserves the right to deny admission and adjust
conditions of enrollment, class offerings, and services rendered as dictated by
the limits of institutional resources, enrollment conditions, and federal and
state statutes.
Statement of Non-Discrimination
Mount Marty College welcomes students of all faiths. Mount Marty
College promotes a policy of nondiscrimination in all programs with respect
to sex, race, age, color, national origin, religious preference, and disabilities.
Confidentiality of Student Records
Mount Marty College’s policy relating to the confidentiality of student
records is in keeping with the “Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act”
(FERPA). Information about students or former students will not be released
without the consent of the student except to the extent that FERPA authorizes
disclosure without consent. FERPA affords students certain rights with respect
to their educational records. They are:
1. The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45
days of the day MMC receives a request for access.
Students should submit to the Registrar, Dean, Department Chair, or other
appropriate official, a written request that identifies the record(s) they
wish to inspect. MMC will make arrangements for access and notify the
student of the time and place where the records may be inspected. If the
records are not maintained by the MMC official to whom the request was
submitted, that official shall advise the student of the correct official to
whom the request should be addressed.
2. The right to request an amendment to an education record that the student
believes is inaccurate or misleading.
Students may ask MMC to amend a record that they believe is inaccurate
or misleading. They should write the MMC official responsible for the
record, clearly identifying the part of the record they want changed and
specifying why it is inaccurate or misleading. If MMC decides not to
amend the record, MMC will notify the student of the decision and advise
18

the student of the student’s right to a hearing regarding the request for
amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures
will be provided to the student at that time.
3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information
contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that
FERPA authorizes disclosures without consent.
School officials may disclose information without the student’s consent to
school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is
a person employed by MMC in an administrative, supervisory, academic,
research, or support staff position (including Public Safety personnel), a
person or company with whom MMC has contracted (such as an attorney,
auditor, collection agency, or the National Student Loan Clearinghouse);
a person serving on the Board of Trustees; or a student serving on an
official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or
assisting another school official in performing tasks. A school official has
a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an
education record in order to fulfill the official’s professional
responsibility. Upon request, MMC also discloses educational records
without consent to officials of another school in which the student seeks
or intends to enroll.
FERPA also allows MMC to disclose directory information without the
student’s written consent. By law, “directory information” is information
contained in an education record of a student which generally would not
be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. MMC
considers “directory information” to include the following: the student's
full name, local and permanent addresses, e-mail address, local and
permanent telephone listings, date and place of birth, major field of study,
participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and
height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance and enrollment
status, photographs, degrees and awards received, and the most recent
previous educational agency or institution attended by the student prior to
MMC. A currently enrolled student may request that directory
information not be released by signing a WAIVER in the Registrar’s
office no later than the seventh day after the first day of classes for
the fall, spring, and summer session. THIS WAIVER MUST BE
SIGNED EACH SEMESTER THE STUDENT IS IN
ATTENDANCE AT MMC.
4. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education
concerning alleged failures by MMC to comply with requirements of
FERPA. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA are:
19

Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
600 Independence Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202-4605
Yearly Academic Schedule
Mount Marty College operates throughout the calendar year with the usual
nine-month academic year and additional summer sessions. The academic
year includes a Fall Semester which usually commences in late August and
ends in December and a Spring Semester which commences in January and
ends in May. The summer session commences the week following graduation,
and offers classes of varying lengths.
Degrees Offered
Mount Marty College offers two master’s degrees: Master of Arts and
Master of Science. The Master of Arts degree may be earned in Pastoral
Ministries, while the Master of Science degree offers a clinical specialization
in Nurse Anesthesia.
Mount Marty College offers three baccalaureate degrees: Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. The Bachelor of
Arts may be earned in Accounting, Applied Technology and Management,
Behavioral Science, Biology, Business Administration, Chemistry, Computer
Science, Criminal Justice, Elementary Education, English, Forensic
Accounting, Graphic Arts, History, Information Technology Management,
Information Technology Programming/Software Design, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Psychology, Recreation Management, Religious
Studies, Secondary Education, Selected Studies, and Special Education.
The Bachelor of Science may be earned in Clinical Laboratory Science,
Forensic Science, Radiologic Technology, and Selected Studies. (Note:
Clinical Laboratory Science and Radiologic Technology require medical
experience outside of the institution.) Nursing graduates earn the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing.
Some professions require certification before a student is eligible to work in
the field. Although certification is not required for graduation, major programs
do include course work and experiences which prepare graduates for
appropriate board examination leading to certification in the desired field. In
all cases, the College cannot guarantee the receipt of a certificate that is
granted by an external certifying agency.
The Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degrees are also awarded by
Mount Marty College. The Associate of Arts may be earned in Accounting,
Business Administration, Criminal Justice, Pre-Athletic Training, Religious
Studies and Selected Studies. An Associate of Science may be earned in
Horticulture. Certificates may be earned in Management.
Mount Marty College provides excellent preparation for various
professions. For many students, one or more of the majors mentioned above
20

provide excellent preparation for Schools of Law, Medicine, Occupational
Therapy, Physical Therapy, Veterinary Medicine, Mortuary Science,
Chiropractic Medicine, and Optometry.
Policy Precedence
If there are any discrepancies between the college catalog and student
handbook regarding academic policies, the college catalog and/or the most
recent educational policy will take precedence. If discrepancies occur in
student affairs policies, the student handbook will take precedence.
Majors
The major is ordinarily taken within a single program area. The student is
accountable for proper completion of all requirements for the major. These
requirements are listed with the programs.
Aminimum of 28 credit hours is required for a major; a given department,
with faculty approval, may require more.
Astudent applying for a double major must fully meet major requirements
and collateral requirements in both areas.
Minors
Aminimum of 16 credit hours is required for a minor. Specific minor
requirements are listed with the programs offered. A minor is not required for
graduation.
Individualized Major
Through the Selected Studies Program, a student, with the help of their
advisor and the approval of the Academic Dean, can design an individualized
course of study leading to a degree. Prior to graduation and before financial
assistance can be awarded an approved plan must be on file in the Registrar’s
Office.
Course Numbers
Mount Marty College courses are numbered according to the following
system: 000-099, developmental; 100-199, generally freshman level; 200-
299, generally sophomore/junior level; 300-399, generally junior/senior level;
400-499, generally senior level; 500-799 graduate courses.
Course Load
Afull-time undergraduate student is defined as one who carries 12 to 18
semester hours. A student must carry a minimum of 12 semester hours to be
considered a full-time student. Coursework above 18 semester hours requires
the prior approval of the Academic Dean and is subject to additional tuition.
For graduate students, a full-time student is defined in Nurse Anesthesia as
one who carries 5 semester hours, and in Pastoral Ministries one who carries
9 semester hours.
21

Class Designations
For registration and reporting purposes, Mount Marty College determines
the student’s class by the following divisions in cumulative credit hours
earned: Freshman 0-23, Sophomore 24-59, Junior 60-89, Senior 90 or more.
The class designation may differ for financial assistance purposes.
Auditing
If space is available, full-time students may audit one course each term
without tuition charge. The fees are not waived. The same benefit applies to
faculty and employees as noted in tuition waiver section. Priority of class
registration is given, however, to regularly-enrolled students. Requirements
for level of participation in the class are set by the instructor. Courses that are
audited will not receive any semester hours of credit that can be applied to any
department or college graduation requirement. Any decision to change status
from audit to credit must be made with the consent of the instructor and
Registrar prior to the last day to withdraw with a grade of "W".
Class Attendance
The instructor is expected to state requirements for class attendance in
keeping with the nature and structure of the course. An instructor makes clear
the proficiency and performance competency which indicates mastery of the
course. It is the student’s responsibility to reach this mastery.
It is expected that students attend each session of courses in which they
registered in order to master the content of the course with the assistance of
the instructor’s leadership and the interaction of students in the class.
Students who miss class in order to attend college activities off campus such
as choir tours, athletics, or field trips will be responsible for work missed. The
director of the activity and/or students should notify appropriate faculty and
staff prior to the absence.
Examinations
Midterm week is designated as a time for oral and/or written evaluation of
course work. During this time, faculty members often schedule individual
conferences with their students to review academic performance.
Dates of final exams are specified in the College Calendar, while the
specific final exam schedule is printed with each semester’s class schedule. In
case of an emergency, a student may request a change in time for a final exam.
The student must submit the request to the instructor.
Registration Procedures
For current students, registration for the fall term is held in April; spring
term registration in November. Students register with their advisor(s) and
submit registration forms to the Registrar's Office to complete the registration
process.
22

Any course changes require written permission of the advisor(s) and must
be processed through the Registrar's Office.
The College reserves the right to cancel an announced course for which
there is insufficient registration or for other valid reasons.
Adding and Dropping of Class
A student may add a course within the time stated on the College Calendar.
A student may drop a course without academic penalty through 60% of the
class. However, classes will remain on the transcript followed by a (W)
indicating withdrawal. After 60% of the class no drop will be permitted and
the student must accept a grade. (See semester calendar for specific date.)
Withdrawal from College
Astudent deciding to withdraw from the College during or prior to a term
for which he/she is registered must obtain the proper withdrawal form.
Students withdrawing from college after 60% of class will receive grades of
WP (withdraw passing) or WF (withdraw failing). WF is included in the
student's grade point average and may be grounds for academic probation or
suspension.
The procedure for withdrawing from college is:
1. Obtain the necessary paperwork from the Director for Student
Advising
2. After completing the student section, and obtaining the appropriate
signatures (academic dean, academic advisor, director of information
technology, student accounts manager, and director of financial
assistance), return the form to the Director for Student Advising.
3. The official withdrawal date will be determined in one of the
following ways:
a. The date the student began the process, or officially
notified the institution of intent to withdraw; or
b. The midpoint of the period for a student who leaves
without notifying the institution; or
c. The student’s last date of academic attendance at a
documented academically-related activity.
d. Students called to Active Military Service.
Students Called to Active Military Service
1. The student is obligated to notify the Registrar of active duty status
and to fill out the appropriate forms in the Registrar’s Office.
2. A student may withdraw from any or all courses and receive full
tuition credit toward future enrollment at Mount Marty College.
3. With instructor approval, the student may take incompletes for any or
all courses.
4. After ten weeks of coursework, students with a current grade of A, B,
23

C, or D in a course may accept, at their option, that letter grade, an
incomplete, or an indication of a pass according to the pass/fail
policy.
5. If significant material in the course is not yet completed by the end
of the tenth week, the student will be given the option of withdrawing
from the course or taking an incomplete. This decision will be made
in conjunction with the instructor.
Pass-Fail Option
Once each academic year students may register for a course under the passfail
option. It is the responsibility of the student to fill out the necessary form
in the Registrar’s Office. Students have through 60% of the course to decide
whether or not they will use this grading option for the course. (See semester
calendar for exact dates.) The directives to be followed are listed below:
1. The course should be an elective outside the major or minor
department.
2. General education requirements may be taken on pass-fail.
However, the following specific requirements may not be taken on
pass-fail if the course is being used to fulfill the general education
requirements: ENG 103, 104; MTH 125; HIS 106, 107, 108; RSP
126, 150; and STH 130.
3. Some departments require at least a “C” grade in all related required
courses. Students should consult with individual department advisors
for evaluation of their circumstance.
4. If the student receives a “C” grade or above, the course is recorded
as “P” on the student’s permanent record. The credits count toward
graduation, but no quality points are recorded and the grade has no
effect on the student’s grade point average.
5. If the student receives a “D” grade or below, the course is recorded
as “U” on the student’s permanent record. The credits do not count
toward graduation, no quality points are recorded and the grade has
no effect on the student’s grade point average.
6. If a course was originally taken for a letter grade it cannot be
repeated using the Pass/Fail option.
Incomplete
An INCOMPLETE is given only when a student whose course work is
satisfactory has, for reasons acceptable to the instructor, been unable to
complete the work. The incomplete is to be made up at the time designated by
the instructor or no later than midterm of the following semester. A written
justification explaining why the student is unable to complete the work and a
specific description of the work to be completed must accompany the final
grade sheet. If the student fails to complete the course or no grade is received
24

y the Registrar within one week following the date indicated on the written
justification, the incomplete becomes a failing (F) grade.
Repeating a Course
In order to obtain a higher grade, a student may repeat any course at Mount
Marty College in which he/she has received a grade of C, D, F, U, or WF. The
record of both the original and the repeated course will be retained on the
student’s permanent record. For purposes of determining the student’s
cumulative grade point average, only the quality points and credits earned in
the last retaking of the course will be used. If a course was originally taken
for a letter grade it cannot be repeated using the Pass/Fail option.
With the exception of cumulative courses (i.e. band, chorus, internships,
service learning, etc.) a course may be repeated no more than two times.
Course Waiver/Substitution
After the Registrar’s evaluation of a student’s record, the registrar, a faculty
member, student, or program director requesting a waiver/substitution must
initiate a waiver/substitution form, which is obtained from the Registrar’s
Office, to begin the process. The request will include a description of the
course, syllabi or any documentation that would support the request for
waiver/substitution. Depending on the course being waived/substituted, the
request will be reviewed by the appropriate individuals as required.
1. General Education Requirements. These are evaluated by the
Registrar. The Registrar will forward the request to the academic
discipline appropriate to that course for review if assistance in
making a determination is required. The appropriate faculty member
or division chair will review the request. Upon approval or denial,
the Registrar’s office will process the form. A copy of the results of
the request will be forwarded to the individual initiating the process.
No substitutions/waivers of general education requirements will be
permitted without documentation of evidence and the rationale used
in making the decision. This documentation must be in the student’s
file.
2. Program Requirements. These consist of requests to waive or
substitute both prerequisites for major courses and major courses
within the purview of a particular program. A request is prepared by
the student, advisor, or registrar and forwarded to the Program
Director(s) of the student’s majors(s). The Program Director
evaluates the request and makes a determination which is then
forwarded to the Registrar for placement in the student’s record. This
does not cover prerequisites for courses outside the Program
discipline. Requests to waive prerequisites in the latter case are
referred to the appropriate course instructor for a determination. No
25

substitutions/waivers of program will be permitted without
documentation of evidence and the rationale used in making the
decision. This documentation must be in the student’s file.
Grading System
Grades reflect achievement and competency rather than mere class
attendance. Achievement is based on the evidence of tests, class participation,
research, proficiency in skills, and/or other means of measurement as defined
by the instructor.
Each grade carries a grade point component for each credit hour. To
determine the grade point average, the total number of points earned in any
one term is divided by the total number of credit hours attempted. This
includes credit hours with a grade of F.
Grades are interpreted thus:
A- SUPERIOR, outstanding work 4 Grade Points
B - EXCELLENT, high quality work
3 Grade Points
C - AVERAGE, satisfactory work
2 Grade Points
D - BELOW AVERAGE, passing
1 Grade Point
F - FAILURE (as of 1987-88)
0 Grade Points
Por U - PASS, UNSATISFACTORY
Not in GPA
I - INCOMPLETE
Not in GPA
W- WITHDRAW Not in GPA
WP - WITHDRAW PASSING
Not in GPA
WF - WITHDRAW FAILING
0 Grade Points
Grade reports are issued directly to the students and academic advisors at
the end of each term.
Grade Change/Appeal Policy
At the beginning of each semester, instructors will distribute copies of their
grading policies. Copies of these will be maintained in the Academic Affairs
Office and will be made available for review.
If a student has a question concerning an end of course grade, he or she
should arrange to discuss the grade with the instructor. This discussion may
result in one of three actions: no change in grade, changes in the grade by the
instructor, or a grade appeal by the student. Grade changes are generally only
due to an error in recording or posting a grade. Students are not allowed to
complete extra work in order to improve their grade once the term has ended.
If the instructor in determination of a grade or in reporting the grade has
made an error, the instructor may submit a change to the Registrar’s Office.
Any error not reported within one month of the beginning of the following
regular term must have approval from the Academic Dean before a change
may be made to the student’s record. A changed grade replaces the original
reported grade and automatically changes the cumulative GPA.
26

If a student believes an instructor has violated the distributed grading policy
for the course, or the student believes the instructor has assigned a grade
inconsistently or with malicious intent, the student may appeal the grade using
the following procedures.
1. The first step in the appeal process is to discuss the grade with the
instructor.
2. If the discussion with the instructor does not resolve the issue for the
student, the student must then speak with the division chair.
3. If the discussion with the division chair does not resolve the issue for
the student, the student must then speak with the Academic Dean.
4. If the informal process does not resolve the issue for the student, he
or she must then file a formal written appeal to the Academic
Standards and Admission Committee with a copy provided to the
Academic Dean. The Academic Dean notifies the division chair and
instructor that a formal appeal has been filed. This must be
accomplished within one month of the end of the informal process.
5. The voting members of the Academic Standards and Admission
Committee along with two students appointed by Student Affairs will
convene a formal hearing regarding the appeal within two weeks of
receipt.
6. The committee prepares written findings within seven days of the
hearing. Copies of the findings are sent to the student, faculty
member, division chair and Academic Dean.
7. If the student or the faculty member is not satisfied with the findings,
he or she may submit a formal appeal to the President. The appeal
must be filed within two weeks of the Academic Standards and
Admission Committee written findings. The decision of the
President is final.
Academic Amnesty Policy
An undergraduate student who experienced previous academic deficiencies
(probation, suspension, dismissal) at Mount Marty College may apply for
Academic Amnesty for up to two consecutive semesters of Mount Marty
College credit. Prior to applying the student must not have attended Mount
Marty College for at least 3 years. Upon returning the student must maintain
a minimum term GPA of 2.5 for 12 credits or in the case of a part-time student,
consecutive terms of 2.5 GPA until 12 credits have been earned. The
application for amnesty of up to two semesters must be submitted to the
Academic Standards and Admissions Committee. Applications must be
submitted by mid-term of the semester following successful completion of
said requirements. If the application for amnesty is accepted it will pertain to
the entire semester not partial semesters.
This policy applies only to the student’s GPA. All course grades will remain
on the student’s official record. A student may use Academic Amnesty only once.
27

All grades obtained at Mount Marty College shall be used in the calculation
to determine graduation honors.
Academic amnesty does not guarantee that the courses will be excluded
from certain professional programs, graduate programs or other institutions of
higher learning or will apply to the Nursing Program. This amnesty policy
does not apply to anyone seeking a degree or certification in Teacher
Education and the Nursing Program. This policy does not override policies of
individual majors.
Academic Honesty Policy
Students are encouraged and expected to conduct themselves conforming to
the highest standards in regard to academic honesty. Violations of standards
of academic honesty include cheating, plagiarism, collusion and
fabrication/falsification of records. Students violating such standards as
described in the Student Handbook will be disciplined in accordance with this
policy. Violations of this policy may result in dismissal from the college (see
Faculty and Student Handbooks for specifics). Withdrawal from a course will
not relieve a student of potential disciplinary action in connection with
academic dishonesty.
Procedures for Resolving Academic Dishonesty Issues
1. An instructor who believes that a student has committed plagiarism
or another form of academic dishonesty should visit confidentially
with the individual student(s) about the assignment. At this time, the
instructor needs to provide the student(s) with a copy of the
assignment, explicit and well-documented evidence supporting the
instructor’s belief, and a copy of the academic dishonesty policy and
procedures.
2. Based on the nature of the suspected infraction, the instructor is
encouraged to consult with the division chairperson to describe the
infraction, the evidence, and the penalties being considered. If
appropriate, the student’s advisor should be notified.
3. Upon determining the extent and the type of academic dishonesty
and intentionality, the instructor may choose one of the following
penalties. The student(s) may:
a. Rewrite the assignment
b. Fail the assignment
c. Fail the course
4. If the instructor determines that the student(s) should fail the course,
the instructor needs to submit a formal report to the division chair
that includes the assignment and the instructor’s evidence of
plagiarism.
5. The instructor shall then provide written notification of the infraction
and the penalty imposed to the Academic Dean.
28

6. Based on the severity of the infraction, the Academic Dean may then
place the student on academic probation or dismiss the student from
the college.
7. If the student disagrees with the penalty, he or she may begin the
formal grade change appeal process by filing a formal written appeal
to the Academic Standards and Admission Committee with a copy
provided to the Academic Dean.
Academic Grievance Policy
Mount Marty College students have procedures they may follow in carrying
out or stating a grievance against an instructor. Issues of sexual harassment
should follow the Sexual Harassment Policy in the Student Handbook.
1. The first step in the grievance process is to discuss the grievance with
the instructor.
2. If the discussion with the instructor does not resolve the issue for the
student, the student must then speak with the division chair.
3. If the discussion with the division chair does not resolve the issue for
the student, the student must then speak with the Academic Dean.
4. If the informal process does not resolve the issue for the student, he
or she must then file a formal written appeal to the Academic
Standards and Admissions Committee with a copy provided to the
Academic Dean. The Academic Dean notifies the division chair and
instructor that a formal appeal has been filed. This must be
accomplished within one month of the end of the informal process.
5. The voting members of the Academic Standards and Admissions
Committee along with two students appointed by Student Affairs will
convene a formal hearing regarding the appeal within two weeks of
receipt.
6. The committee prepares written findings within seven days of the
hearing. Copies of the findings are sent to the student, faculty
member, division chair and Academic Dean.
7. If the student or the faculty member is not satisfied with the findings,
he or she may submit a formal appeal to the President. The appeal
must be filed within two weeks of the Academic Standards and
Admissions Committee written findings. The decision of the
President is final.
Requesting Transcripts
Academic transcripts are available from the Registrar’s Office upon written
request and payment of applicable fee from the student. All Mount Marty
College transcripts are official; however, the student’s account with the
College must be settled before a transcript will be released.
29

Graduation Honors
Graduation honors are awarded to students in recognition of superior
scholarship. Awards are determined on the following grade-point basis:
3.9 Summa cum laude
3.7 Magna cum laude
3.5 Cum laude
Students who graduate with honors must have no grade lower than “C.” All
undergraduate post-secondary course work is included in the computation of
grade point average for honors for undergraduate degrees. All graduate
coursework is included in computation for honors for graduate degrees.
Dean’s List
At the end of each fall and spring semester, all full-time students completing
a full-time load of graded coursework (with no incompletes) with a minimum
term grade point average of 3.5 will be named to the Dean’s List.
Academic Probation or Suspension - Undergraduate Programs
Academic Standing of students is determined for all students at the end of
each fall and spring semester. Students may request assessment of academic
standing after the summer term.
Students whose cumulative grade point average (GPA) falls below a 2.0 are
automatically considered for academic probation for the following semester.
Probationary students who fail to achieve a semester GPA of 2.0 while on
probation are automatically considered for suspension. The faculty and staff
members of the Academic Standards and Admission Committee will review
all such identified students to determine those students who will be placed on
academic probation or suspension for the next semester. Probationary status
continues for identified students until their cumulative GPA improves to 2.0 or
better, however, attainment of a semester GPA of 2.0 or better is considered
evidence of satisfactory improvement while failure to achieve a semester GPA
of 2.0 while on probation will result in consideration for suspension.
Students on academic probation who are receiving financial aid are also
placed on financial aid probation. (For further information see the Financial
Assistance Office.)
Students suspended from college may appeal in writing to the Academic
Dean within the deadline specified in the suspension letter. Student appeals
will be reviewed by the faculty and staff members of the Academic Standards
and Admission Committee to determine the status of the student. The review
will include academic performance, statements from the student, their advisor,
at least one faculty member other than their advisor, and any other
documentation deemed appropriate by the student. The committee may ask
for additional information from students, advisors, or instructors if appropriate
in order to make an appropriate decision. The committee may uphold the
suspension or waive the suspension with or without stipulations on a case-by-
30

case basis. Students will be notified in writing of their status prior to the
beginning of the next academic semester. Suspended students are not eligible
to enroll for any classes until the terms of suspension are met.
Academic Probation or Suspension - Graduate Programs
Academic Standing of students is determined for all students at the end of
each fall and spring semester. Students may request assessment of academic
standing after the summer term.
Students whose cumulative grade point average (GPA) falls below a 3.0 are
automatically considered for academic probation for the following semester.
Probationary students who fail to achieve a semester GPA of 3.0 while on
probation are automatically considered for suspension. The faculty and staff
members of the Academic Standards and Admission Committee will review
all such identified students to determine those students who will be placed on
academic probation or suspension for the next semester. Probationary status
continues for identified students until their cumulative GPA improves to 3.0 or
better, however, attainment of a semester GPA of 3.0 or better is considered
evidence of satisfactory improvement while failure to achieve a semester GPA
of 3.0 while on probation will result in consideration for suspension.
Students on academic probation who are receiving financial aid are also
placed on financial aid probation. (For further information see the Financial
Assistance Office.)
Students suspended from college may appeal in writing to the Academic
Dean within the deadline specified in the suspension letter. Student appeals
will be reviewed by the faculty and staff members of the Academic Standards
and Admission Committee to determine the status of the student. The review
will include academic performance, statements from the student, their advisor,
at least one faculty member other than their advisor, and any other
documentation deemed appropriate by the student. The committee may ask
for additional information from students, advisors, or instructors if appropriate
in order to make an appropriate decision. The committee may uphold the
suspension or waive the suspension with or without stipulations on a case-bycase
basis. Students will be notified in writing of their status prior to the
beginning of the next academic semester. Suspended students are not eligible
to enroll for any classes until the terms of suspension are met.
Other Grounds for Dismissal
A student may also be given an official warning and subsequent dismissal,
for continued absences from class, continued failure in assignments, or
discipline behavior in class.
Academic Advising
At Mount Marty College, each student is matched with an academic advisor.
Freshmen are matched with a member of the Freshman Advising Team, and in
31

the sophomore year are referred to an advisor in his/her chosen major
discipline. The advisor provides formal and informal guidance intended to
help the student investigate, identify and accomplish academic and career
plans that are compatible with his/her life goals. In addition to providing
academic advising, advisors serve as general consultants to their advisees and
refer those with special needs to appropriate support services.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
To earn a Master’s Degree from Mount Marty College, a student must
successfully complete the courses specified by the student’s major.
To earn a Bachelor's Degree from Mount Marty College, a student must
successfully complete 128 semester hours to include:
1. those courses specified by the student's major or selected studies
program,
2. a total of approximately 60 semester hours of upper-division courses,
3. achievement of the general education outcomes by meeting
proficiency requirements in the following competencies with a grade
of C or better:
General Education Requirements
Area of Competency
Required Course(s) and Stated Competency
Aesthetic Development AMT 125 Commonalities of the Arts
(3 credit hrs) Students will increase their understanding of the
common elements forming an interrelatedness of
art, music, and theatre and thereby learn to
formulate a personal response of increased
appreciation and intelligent evaluation of
significant artistic works. Students will be
expected to visit and attend artistic functions and
participate in such activities throughout their life at
Mount Marty College. Accomplishment of the
desired outcomes will be exhibited in material
selected for an individual portfolio inclusive of
four focused papers reflecting critical and creative
thought pertaining to its contents.
(3 credit hrs) Any courses in Art, Music, Theatre, or
Introductory Modern Languages
Creation of the Arts
(3 credit hrs) Any courses in Literature
Literature
32

Area of Competency
Required Course(s) and Stated Competency
Scientific Method Any Natural Science Lab Course or NFS 200
(4 credit hours) Students will demonstrate an understanding of the
scientific method, including observations of an
aspect of the universe, development of a tentative
description or hypothesis that is consistent with
their observations, and the use of that hypothesis to
make predictions. Students will be required to test
predictions by experiments or further observations
and modify their hypotheses in light of results.
Students will understand the importance of further
testing, inductive reasoning, and modification of
hypotheses to eliminate discrepancies between
hypothesis and experimentation.
Constructive Thinking RSP 126 Critical Thinking in Ethics
(3 credit hours) Students will be presented ethical issues and
problems to analyze, identify, and evaluate
alternative solutions and develop a course of action
that is well reasoned based upon their findings.
Logic, ethics, and philosophical systems will serve
as the conceptual framework for the development
of this skill. Students will demonstrate this
outcome through examination of their responses to
presented problem situations as individually
assigned and as considered in group classroom
activities. Level of knowledge of the foundations
for critical thinking will also be measured by their
defense of a written argument orally presented to
their student colleagues in a formal class setting.
Basic Communications ENG 103, 104, and STH 130
(9 credit hrs) A focus will be placed on developing students'
speaking, listening, and writing. Students will
learn to write essays and to deliver speeches that
are organizationally and stylistically effective.
Students will use literature from various
disciplines in developing reading, writing, and
research skills. Freshmen essays and a research
paper will be evaluated through a departmentally
designed assessment tool; the established standard
will be expected in all subsequent courses across
the college curriculum.
33

Area of Competency
Required Course(s) and Stated Competency
Basic Mathematics MTH 125 Finite Math or higher
(3 credit hours) Students will demonstrate the ability to use finite
math skills including: mathematical rules of logic,
laws of probability, statistics of a normal
distribution, and the mathematics of basic personal
finance. Assessment of these outcomes will
include successful applications to problem solving
situations and case studies and final examinations.
Human Relations Skills SOC 100, 225, or EDN/SOC 377 or
(3 credit hrs) Advanced Modern Languages
Students will build upon the skills obtained in the
human relationship course to acquire an
appreciation of cultural diversity. Expected
outcomes include: observation skills pertaining to
stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination; means
for identifying cross cultural differences and
similarities; and the application of basic cultural
modalities for understanding a culture and
interacting with its members.
Historical Perspective HIS 106, 107, 108, 228 or 229
(3 credit hrs) Students will gain historical perspective by
completion of one of five different history courses.
Students will demonstrate knowledge of the
elements for creating and sustaining the economic,
social, political and governmental elements of
human society. Students will be expected to
acquire and exhibit analytical skills for the study of
such elements of society in the context of U.S. or
World Cultures.
Personal Skills PSY 101, 125, or 165
(3 credit hrs) Students will demonstrate an understanding of
personal relationships, appropriately apply
assertiveness, negotiating and conflict resolution
skills, introspect group dynamics and institutional
change dimensions, and assume various roles in
group processes.
34

Area of Competency
Required Course(s) and Stated Competency
Information Technology IT 125 Basic Skills in Information Technology
(2 credit hrs) Students will demonstrate competence in the use
and application of information technology as
follows:
1. Fundamental skills in word processing,
database, spreadsheet, powerpoint, and the creation
of a basic web page using a publishing tool.
2. Use of fundamental tools such as the windows
environment, desktop icons, program manager,
control panel, file manager, and accessories.
3. Perform basic internet skills such as e-mail,
use the web as a research tool, data transfer
operations, and remote login.
Students will be expected to use these tools as a
part of class activities/requirements in other
courses.
Personal Belief Systems RSP 125 Creating the Whole Self
(1 credit hr) Students will realize the importance and identify
the means to integrate the aspects of physical
(conditioning and nutrition), emotional, social, and
spiritual development. The common heritage of
Catholic teachings and Benedictine values will
serve as the basis for students to express their own
faith beliefs and make applications to self and
social responsibilities. Students will demonstrate
this competency through formulation and
implementation of personal holistic plans for
campus life at MMC. Students will also maintain a
journal of their perceptions, feelings, and activities
as they conduct their MMC plan.
(3 credit hrs) RSP 150 Introduction to Christianity
Students will acquire basic understanding of
community, scripture, beliefs, and worship and
their importance in Christianity.
(3 credit hrs) RSP Elective
As described in current catalog.
(1 credit hr) RSP 225 The Journey of the Whole Person
Students will assess their personal holistic plan
designed in RSP-125. Emphasis will be placed
upon accomplished goals, identification of barriers
to holism, and integration of personal belief
systems into lifelong learning and holism goals.
35

To earn an Associate’s Degree from Mount Marty College, a student must
successfully complete 64 semester hours to include:
1. those courses specified by the student's major or selected studies
program,
2. achievement of the general education outcomes by meeting
proficiency requirements in the following competencies (as defined
under the Bachelor’s Degree) with a grade of C or better:
Competency
Required Courses
Basic Communications ENG 103, 104 and STH 130
Historical Perspective HIS 106, 107, 108, 228 or 229
Personal/Human Relations Skills (3hrs) PSY 101, 125, 165 or
SOC 100, 225, SOC/EDN 377
Personal Belief Systems/Constructive RSP 126 or 150
Thinking
Basic Mathematics (3hrs)
MTH 125 or higher
Scientific Method (4hrs)
Any Natural Science Lab Course
or NFS 200
Aesthetic Development
AMT 125 and 3 hours in Art,
Literature, Music, Theatre or
Introductory Modern Languages
Information Technology IT 125
Other Graduation Requirements
1. Meet minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (undergraduate) or
3.0 (graduate) and meet departmental requirements for GPA.
2. Apply to and be accepted into the Major Department.
3. Successfully complete departmental requirements for comprehensive exams.
4. Earn 32 of the final 40 credit hours in residence at Mount Marty College
(16 of the final 20 credit hours for AA degree). In addition, at least sixteen
credit hours in the major area must be earned in residence. In order for a
minor to be granted by a department, at least half the hours required for
the minor must be earned in residence at Mount Marty College.
Exceptions to the above must be approved by the department involved
and the Academic Dean. (Residence credit does not include credit
received through portfolio assessment or by challenge examination.
Hours earned through internships, student teaching, practicums, or any
other off-campus programs specifically designed by departments to fulfill
requirements for graduation are counted as residence hours.)
5. Settle all financial accounts with the College.
6. File an application for a degree prior to the beginning of the semester
during which all requirements will be completed.
7. The College holds one annual commencement ceremony in May, but has three
36

official graduation dates: December, May and August. Students who have
eight or fewer credit hours of work to complete graduation requirements will
be permitted to participate in May graduation ceremonies; students
completing a Clinical Laboratory Science or Radiologic Technology
internship by September 1st of the same year will be permitted to take part in
the May graduation ceremonies. Anesthesia and Pastoral Ministry students
completing degree requirements in August likewise participate in May
graduation ceremonies. Students wishing to participate in the May ceremony
under the above conditions must make application at the required time (for
December graduation by July 1; for May or August graduation by October 1).
SPECIAL ACADEMIC OPPORTUNITIES
Continuing Education
Mount Marty College is committed to providing alternate delivery systems
of education for persons for whom traditional educational opportunities are
not appropriate, available, convenient, or possible. In support of this
commitment, Mount Marty offers students: Credit for Prior Learning
Assessment, Credit for Military Experience, Credit for Extra-Institutional
Learning, and Credit for Internships.
In addition, MMC provides opportunities for professional development, job
advancement, license renewal, and life enrichment. Seminars, workshops and
noncredit courses include topics in business, computer applications, and
topics suggested by clientele. MMC is registered with the National and South
Dakota State Agency to award Continuing Education Units (CEU).
Credit for Prior Learning Assessment
Students at Mount Marty College may apply for credit for past personal and
professional experiences that have resulted in the attainment of college-level
competencies. Students must have full admission status before being
considered for Credit for Prior Learning Assessment.
Academic credit may be awarded for learning resulting from career and
personal experiences, job related activities, travel, foreign residence,
community service, and training received through on-the-job instruction, selfstudy,
or specialized schooling. There is no limit to the amount of assessment
credit a student can receive, but assessed credit does not meet the Mount
Marty College residency requirement. Assessed credit must be directly
related to the degree being pursued.
See the Financial Information supplemental cards for the Credit for Prior
Learning assessment fee. Payment is due when the portfolio is submitted. For
more information about the Credit for Prior Learning Assessment Program,
students should call the Registrar’s Office at 605-668-1515.
37

Credit for Military Service
Mount Marty College uses the American Council on Education (ACE)
Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services to
recognize learning acquired through courses taken during military service.
Credit for Extra-Institutional Learning
Mount Marty College follows guidelines recommended by the American
Council on Education for measuring and awarding credit for learning received
outside post-secondary institutions. “Extra-Institutional Learning” is defined
as learning that is attained outside the sponsorship of legally authorized and
accredited post-secondary institutions. The term applies to courses sponsored
by associations, business, government, industry, the military and unions.
Experiential Learning/Internships
Students at Mount Marty College benefit from opportunities to earn credit
through work-study experience. Several instructional departments have
established contacts with various agencies, institutions, and business firms
allowing students to gain on-the-job experience while earning college credit.
Students should consult the proper faculty member for policies and procedures
for experience placement. Many programs have closely integrated
experiential learning and theory components in their program design. Mount
Marty believes that on-the-job experience is key to understanding and
development.
Credit by Examination
Through CLEP, NLN ACE II RN-BSN, AP or Challenge tests, both
traditional and nontraditional students may demonstrate proficiency, earn
advanced placement and in certain cases earn up to 30 semester hours of credit
and apply these credits to a degree program. Contact the Registrar to
determine which CLEP, AP and Challenge exams are accepted at Mount
Marty College. Contact the Nursing Program Director regarding NLN ACE
II RN-BSN exams.
CLEP - Mount Marty College is an authorized Limited Test Center for the
administration of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) Subject
Area Examinations. These national examinations cover a wide range of
subject matter areas and are available to enrolled students. Consult the
Registrar’s Office for further information.
NLN ACE II RN-BSN - The National League for Nursing Acceleration
Challenge Exam (ACE) II is required of LPNs entering the BSN completion
program, and is an option for RNs entering the BSN completion program.
CHALLENGE - Faculty members in some departments provide campus
developed challenge examinations for students who think they can pass a test
covering the content of a course listed in this catalog.
38

Advance Placement Program - Students may receive a limited amount of
credit for AP courses if they meet certain score requirements. Consult the
Registrar’s Office for policy details.
Center for Academic Excellence
The Center for Academic Excellence (SLC 105) is composed of the
following three areas, which focus on the success of each student at Mount
Marty College and support the faculty in assessing their courses and their
programs.
Assessment Center
Mount Marty College places a major emphasis on assessment in all of the
academic programs on campus. This involves the ongoing measurement of
students’ attainment of the general education competencies, as well as their
achievement of the outcomes for each course and major. These reviews and
evaluations are coordinated by the assessment center on campus, which
regularly gathers and analyzes data from students, faculty, and alumni.
Learning Center
The mission of the learning center is to assist students in their regular
coursework, helping them develop the skills necessary to effectively perform
in the classroom. To insure a high student success rate, the Learning Center
offers services and resources that are available free of charge to all students,
whether they are part-time, traditional or non-traditional. Not only does the
Center provide academic support for courses through tutoring and assistance
with accessing resources, the staff is also available to assist students when
they write essays for any of their courses, plan resumes and job application
letters, prepare for the GRE, LSAT and PPST, or simply enhance their time
management and study skills.
Career Counseling and Placement Center
The Career Counseling and Placement Center offers specialized individual
career counseling and testing services without charge to regularly enrolled
Yankton campus students. The Placement Center is operated to assist students
and alumni with their career-related needs. The office delivers a broad range
of programs and services: scheduled on-campus interviews, coordination of
internship programs, credential/reference services, sponsorship of workshops
and seminars on subjects such as career exploration, resume preparation and
letter writing, job search techniques, interview skills building, and summer job
search strategies. The Center maintains career/resource library containing job
descriptions, educational requirements, job outlook and salary information,
and a variety of instructional handout materials.
Information on graduate schools, testing, and notices regarding job
openings, vacancies, and interview opportunities are coordinated and posted
in the Placement Center. The Center cosponsors the South Dakota BIG
(Business-Industry-Government) and Teacher Job Fairs as part of the South
Dakota Career Counselors Association.
39

PART-TIME ENROLLMENT
Mount Marty College extends academic classes to students whose career or
personal circumstances limit their access to traditional forms of higher
education. Mount Marty College is committed to education as a lifelong
process and aims to provide opportunities for part-time learners to achieve
individual goals for personal growth and career development.
Courses delivered during non-traditional times and/or with non-traditional
methods of delivery meet the same rigorous academic standards for which
Mount Marty College is known. These classes and programs include the
following operational goals:
• courses and degree programs are structured and offered at times and
places most suitable to the students served,
• courses and degree programs offered meet a documented need and
are academically sound,
• courses and degree programs are offered at a reduced tuition for parttime
students who are enrolled in eight or fewer credit hours,
• the environment is continually monitored to identify changes which
require new approaches to meet students’ needs,
• all courses and degree programs are monitored closely to ensure the
quality of education,
• administrative and academic services are offered to part-time
learners which reflect a level of excellence consistent with program
goals, and
• new approaches and processes are continually developed and
evaluated to provide educational opportunities to adult learners.
Registration
Part-time students may register by telephone, mail, or in person with their
advisor. Part-time students may register during the same week as full-time
students.
Degrees Offered
Classes in the following degrees are offered during non-traditional times
and/or with non-traditional methods of delivery:
• Bachelor of Arts - Business Administration
• Associate of Arts - Accounting
• Associate of Arts - Business Administration
To earn a degree in any of the above majors some course work must be
taken during regular class hours.
40

Academic Schedule
Instruction for part-time learners is offered within the parameters of the
campus academic calendar (Fall, Spring, Summer). Semesters may include
some courses with compressed schedules and/or mini sessions which permit
an instructor to subdivide a course into varying time blocks and to schedule a
series of intensive study sessions.
Faculty
The flexible course schedule also attracts professionals from a variety of
fields. Instruction is provided by Mount Marty College faculty and area
professionals in business and industry. The academic credentials of all
instructors are approved by the appropriate academic discipline of the College
and the Office of Academic Affairs.
Academic Advising
Academic advising is provided to assist part-time degree seeking students
identify their educational needs, interests, and goals. Academic advisors are
official representatives of the College.
Students work with the advisor to develop a degree completion plan which
serves as a road map to achieve the student’s academic goals. It is the student’s
responsibility to schedule an appointment with the advisor to outline a plan.
This should be completed early in the student’s course of study.
The advisor has authority over the student’s degree completion plan and
approves all course work at the time of registration. While the degree
completion plan is intended to be flexible, students should not deviate from
the plan without consulting with the advisor.
Library Services
Part-time students have full access to the College library and its services.
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Part-time students are governed by Mount Marty College policies and
procedures relating to student rights and responsibilities as described in the
Student Handbook. Questions and issues should be referred to the academic
advisor or Vice President for Student Affairs.
Auditing
Part-time students who do not desire credit may register as auditors and
select lecture courses to meet their particular needs at one-half of the part-time
tuition. Priority of class registration is given, however, to regularly enrolled
students.
41

MOUNT MARTY COLLEGE
WATERTOWN CAMPUS
Mount Marty College meets the educational needs of people in northeastern
South Dakota by extending specific programs to Watertown. Classes are held
at a satellite campus in Watertown, located at 1225 Arrow Avenue NE.
The following degrees may be offered at Watertown:
• Bachelor of Arts - Accounting
• Bachelor of Arts - Behavioral Science
• Bachelor of Arts - Business Administration
Management Emphasis
Marketing Emphasis
• Bachelor of Arts – Elementary Education
• Bachelor of Science in Nursing – Nursing (RN to BSN Program)
• Associate of Arts – Business Administration
• Associate of Arts – Criminal Justice
• Selected Studies Programs in the areas of Allied Health, General
Studies and Liberal Arts
• Bachelor of Arts – Information Technology with Business Minor*
• Bachelor of Arts – Applied Technology Management*
*In Cooperation with Lake Area Technical Institute.
Admission
Admission requirements for the Watertown Campus are consistent with
admission standards for all other Mount Marty College programs. Students
apply for admission through the College Office in Watertown. Students may
also apply on-line at the Mount Marty College website (Watertown Campus
link). The Office of Admissions on the Yankton Campus has final admitting
authority for all applicants.
Registration
Registration for students in Watertown is conducted through the College
Office in Watertown (605-886-6777). Students may register by telephone,
mail or in person. The Director in Watertown serves as the official academic
advisor for all Mount Marty College students in Watertown.
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Students at Watertown are governed by the College’s policies and
procedures relating to student rights and responsibilities as described in the
Mount Marty College Watertown Campus Student Handbook. Questions and
issues should be referred to the Vice President for Student Affairs.
42

STUDENT AFFAIRS
Mount Marty College has something very special to offer - a community of
people who care about each other’s intellectual, physical, social and spiritual
growth. Students are invited to become an integral part of this community by
participating in the total educational experience.
The personnel at Mount Marty College place emphasis on Christian values
and strive to provide opportunities for personal growth. This growth may
result in increased self-understanding, intellectual ability, vocational
competence and appreciation of community living.
Residence Policy
As a residential college, Mount Marty College believes that education is not
confined to the academic classroom. Rather, liberal learning is enhanced
through the sense of community, which occurs when students live and study
on campus. The College is committed to establishing the continuity between
intellectual and residential life. Living on campus contributes to the
intellectual, social, emotional and spiritual growth of the individual as well as
to the other students who compose that living unit.
Statistics show that the satisfaction rating regarding student’s college
experience is higher among graduates that lived on campus than those who
resided off campus. The cost for providing housing and food service to
students is kept lower for all students when all students live in the residence
halls. Mount Marty College is very proud of the campus community that is
built around its mission and values. Mount Marty College, an academic
community in the Catholic, Benedictine liberal arts tradition, prepares
students for a contemporary world of work, service to the human community,
and personal growth. The College believes the residency policy is an integral
part of fulfilling this mission.
The College requires matriculating undergraduate students under the age of
24 (prior to the first day of the semester) to live in the residence halls.
Students who are twenty-one years of age prior to the first day of classes
for the academic year (sorry, no exceptions) and commuter students living
locally (within a 30-mile radius) with their parents (or legal guardian) will be
allowed to file for an automatic exemption with a reduction in institutional
financial aid. Students who are married, veterans or responsible for the care
of dependents are exempt from the On-Campus Residency Requirement.
However, the student still must notify the Office for Student Affairs that they
are taking the automatic exemption. The exemption must exist PRIOR to the
start of the semester that the student wishes to live off campus.
In unusual circumstances, a student may submit a petition to the Office for
Student Affairs to be exempted from the On-Campus Residency Requirement
for compelling reasons which are detailed and fully documented in a written
43

statement along with the Exemption Petition form. However, it should be
recognized that it is uncommon to grant exemptions. Although financial
grounds may be considered, the claim that it is less expensive to live off
campus is not sufficient unless demonstrated financial need is evidenced in the
Financial Assistance Office.
Petition forms are available in the Office for Student Affairs. Students are
advised not to sign an off campus lease until they have been cleared by the
Office for Student Affairs. To do so is to risk a double housing charge: one
by the College and one by the off-campus apartment complex.
Students exempt from the on-campus residency requirement policy who
change their minds and wish to cancel their previously signed residence
contract must notify the Office for Student Affairs in writing of their intention
to cancel the contract by completing an “Off-Campus Housing Intent Form”.
Contract breakage fees listed on the back of the contract will apply.
Violation of Residence Policy: Students who are required to live on
campus and do not follow Mount Marty College’s guidelines, falsify
information, or do not comply with College policy are not eligible for MMC
financial aid. Students who reside off-campus without approval from the
College will be charged for room and board. If a student is charged for room
and board, the expectation is the student will live in campus housing. Please
refer to the Student Handbook for MMC Grant & Scholarship reductions for
traditional students who have been approved to live off-campus.
Campus Ministry
The campus ministry program is committed to applying the teachings and
values of Jesus Christ to the challenges being experienced by the men and
women of today. We believe Christianity to be not only a set of truths to be
learned but also a way of life to be lived. Personal and communal prayer,
Sacred Scripture, and the celebration of the Sacraments, especially the
Eucharist, form the center of the Mount Marty College campus Christian faith
community.
Mount Marty College, one of the two Catholic colleges in South Dakota,
values its rich Catholic and Benedictine heritage. Founded by Mother Jerome
Schmitt, OSB, Mount Marty College supports over a 1500 year tradition of
Benedictine charisms. Four of those—Awareness of God, Community,
Hospitality, and Life-Long Learning—form our core values. Mount Marty
College Campus Ministry seeks to foster spiritual and religious programs that
enhance those principles.
The Office of Campus Ministry offers opportunity for involvement in the
areas of liturgy, music, weekly Bible and Rosary gatherings, Life on the Road
(college version of Life Teen), Collegians for Life, Yahoo Outreach Retreat
Ministry, service projects, college level retreats, Monastery/College Prayer
Partner Programs, etc. Through these opportunities and activities, students,
faculty, staff and administration grow together in their relationship with Christ
44

and other members of our faith community.
Non-Catholic students may fulfill their needs for worship and community at
the churches of their respective denominations, of which some 20 are
represented in the Yankton area. Mount Marty College respects the religious
freedom of the individual student. The Director of Campus Ministry and
Campus Chaplain are on campus. They are available to all the students for
pastoral and personal counseling as well as sacramental ministrations.
The intention of a liberal arts education is to assist students in integrating
body, mind, and spirit. The Office of Campus Ministry aids the faith
community in nurturing this spiritual dimension. Please make your
educational experience complete by becoming involved in the numerous
Campus Ministry activities available to you.
Campus Programming/Student Activities
Campus Programming of Mount Marty College provides students the
opportunity to utilize their gifts by involvement in a variety of activities and
encourages student leadership, community building and personal growth.
Campus Programming is made up of 9 committees: After Hours – Friday
Night Fun in the Cyber Café; Performing Arts – Cultural Programs On/Off
Campus; Entertainment – Comedians, Hypnotists, Concerts; Cyber Café
After Dark – Coffee House Entertainment; Recreation – Campus-wide
Competitions and Outings; Beyond Books – Fun Learning Programs like
Frame Making and Wedding Planning; News & Views –
Speakers/Forums/Lectures; Serve – Community Service Opportunities;
HELP – Health Enhancement Led by Peers.
Campus Programming offers students a variety of opportunities for growth
and FUN outside the classroom! It also allows students to decide what kind
of programs and entertainment they would like to bring to their campus!
Director of Counseling
The Director of Counseling is responsible for providing counseling services
to students through individual/group counseling, developmental
programming, outreach efforts and making referrals to outside mental health
resources when appropriate. The Director establishes an effective working
relationship with the student health office, student affairs staff, and residence
hall staff, and is available for consultation.
Health Services
Mount Marty College offers health services to full time students during the
academic year. The student health service is staffed by a registered nurse and
a physician during designated hours. Services include health assessment,
health education, health promotion, minor injury care and illness care, and
referral. Physician and nurse services are provided at no fee to the student.
Students are responsible for any costs of health care provided off campus.
45

Students are required to complete health questionnaires including a health
history and immunization record on admission to college. Failure to submit a
health history and immunization records will result in a hold placed on future
registration. Students are encouraged to be enrolled in a health insurance plan.
Child Care Center
The Mount Marty Child Care Center is a state licensed facility located in
Corbey Hall. We provide care in a safe, nurturing and educational
environment five days a week for children 6 weeks to 8 years. Care is
available to children of students, faculty and staff during the school calendar
year. Children are accepted on space and staffing availability.
Further information may be obtained at the Child Care Center, Admission
Office, or Student Affairs Office. Applications are available in the Child Care
Center. Pre-registration is REQUIRED.
Student Center
Roncalli Center is the student center located in the middle of campus. This
facility houses the student dining room, Cyber Café, lounge, post office, free
game room, Student Government Association office, student newspaper
office, student affairs offices, health services, and the campus bookstore.
The Roncalli Activities Room serves as a study and socializing area for
commuter students and resident students.
Student Conduct
Mount Marty College has the right and responsibility to protect its
educational purpose by establishing and maintaining standards and
regulations considered essential to its purpose. It is the responsibility of each
student to become familiar with the regulations stated in the College catalog,
student handbook, and other printed material. Unfamiliarity with College
regulations is not reason for excusing violations. Attendance at Mount Marty
College is not an unqualified right but brings with it responsibility for certain
standards of conduct and academic performance. These responsibilities are in
addition to those imposed by civil and criminal law. Responsibility for good
conduct rests with students as individuals.
Student Discipline Policy
By committing an act of misconduct, a student or organization may be
subject to disciplinary action by the College. When a student violates civil or
criminal law off campus, he/she may incur penalties as determined by civil
authorities. Institutional action shall not be used to duplicate functions of
general law. However, when a violation of the law also adversely affects the
orderly operation of the College or reflects poorly on Mount Marty College,
the College may enforce its own regulations regardless of any civil
proceedings or dispositions. The College will normally not defer its
46

proceedings while civil or criminal proceedings are in process. In addition,
the College will not necessarily accept or be bound by the findings of civil or
criminal proceedings.
Students who are apprehended and charged by law enforcement agencies
with criminal conduct on or off campus are required to keep the Office for
Student Affairs informed of their status.
Withdrawal of a student from Mount Marty College does not suspend,
terminate or otherwise affect the prerogative of the College to at any time
initiate, resume, or continue any disciplinary action or proceedings against a
student for actions or events which occurred prior to the withdrawal.
Authority
Ultimate authority in matters of student conduct, as for all College matters,
resides with the President of Mount Marty College as delegated by the Board
of Trustees. The student disciplinary procedures are administered by the
Office for Student Affairs or his/her designee (s), judicial boards, and the
residence hall staff. The disciplinary procedures include both an informal
process, and a formal process.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS
CATALOG, Mount Marty College reserves the right to take immediate
student disciplinary action when there is reason and/or concern for:
1. the health or safety of a member of the College community,
2. the safety of the College property,
3. and/or the disruption of the orderly process of the College.
This includes the right to suspend or request the withdrawal of a student at
any time, with or without specific charges or hearing. This authority is subject
only to the student right to request the President of the College to review the
misconduct disciplinary matter. The administrative authority may require the
student to leave the college property immediately. If the student returns to
campus or a college activity without written permission of the Vice President
of Student Affairs, or his/her designee, the student shall be subject to further
disciplinary action and may be treated as a trespasser.
Physical, Mental and Emotional Well-Being
Physical, mental and emotional well-being of students is an essential
component of educational development. Therefore, a student may be
requested by the College to submit evidence of health as determined by a
physician or other qualified professional anytime during the course of his/her
education. This evidence should be submitted to the Office for Student Affairs
or his/her designee. A student who is reasonably believed to be an immediate
threat to the safety of himself/herself or others, may be requested to obtain
immediate professional assistance and/or to withdraw.
With such matters the College reserves the right to consult with parents,
47

elatives, or significant others. The College catalog, student handbook, and
other printed information containing college policies, procedures, student
regulations, conduct standards, and disciplinary action are available to
students through the Office for Student Affairs.
ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES
Student Government
The Student Government Association is comprised of executive officers,
student senate and committees. The purpose of this association is to promote
student activities and to advance the welfare of all students. Student activities
coordinated through the Student Government Association are Blue and Gold
Days, Family Weekend, Homecoming, dances, live entertainment and
intramural activities. All full-time students are voting members of the Mount
Marty College Student Government Association.
Alumni Association
The Alumni Association is comprised of graduates of degree and certificate
programs of the Mount Marty College Campuses (Yankton and Yankton
Auxiliary Campus, Sioux Falls, SD and Watertown, SD). Membership also
includes former students who earned 24 or more credits, graduates of Mount
Marty High School and the Sacred Heart Schools of Nursing and Anesthesia.
The Alumni Association provides a continuing link among alumni and
between Mount Marty and its former students and faculty. The Alumni assist
the College in student recruitment, fundraising and in publicizing the College.
The Mount Marty Alumni Association Council advises the Alumni Director;
helps with area and regional alumni gatherings; and promotes Alumni
Activities such as religious, social, educational and networking programs for
the over 8,000 members.
The Alumni Director edits and e-mails the newsletter called the MMC E-
ssentials each month and assists with the College magazine, the UPDATE and
the UPDATE IN BRIEF, which is mailed to alumni, parents, and friends of the
College four times a year.
Intramurals and Sports Clubs
A recreational program of intramural activities is available to students
during the regular school year. Some of the activities include touch football,
basketball, volleyball, bowling, softball, tennis and racquetball.
The Club Sports program is designed to offer members of the Mount Marty
College community an opportunity for extramural competition. Students
interested in a particular sport may initiate a club sport by following
established guidelines. They may then develop a schedule of extramural
competition. Some of the club sports that have been initiated are soccer,
tennis and golf.
48

Intercollegiate Athletics - Men’s and Women’s
The purpose of the intercollegiate athletic program is to promote the
education and development of students through athletic participation.
Through intercollegiate athletics students are educated in the skills, principles
and responsibilities of conducting athletic programs. Mount Marty College is
a member of the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) and
the Great Plains Athletic Conference (GPAC) for men and women.
The athletic program for men offers an opportunity for students to compete
in basketball, baseball, cross-country, soccer, indoor track and outdoor track.
The athletic program for women includes volleyball, basketball, crosscountry,
softball, soccer, indoor track and outdoor track. In order to
participate, an athlete must be enrolled as a full-time student, remain in good
academic standing and follow the guidelines as specified by the NAIA and the
Mount Marty Athletic Department.
The College assumes no responsibility for injuries and/or accidents incurred
through participation in athletics.
Lecture/Art Series
Mount Marty College presents a series of free lectures, films, concert artists
and groups who appear nationally and internationally as part of its educational
and cultural enrichment of the students.
Weekly Noon Forums provide the Mount Marty Community and offcampus
friends an opportunity to exchange ideas about significant issues in
today’s world.
Musical Organizations
Several vocal and instrumental organizations are available to students.
Mixed Choir is open to all students. Chambre Choir members are selected
on an audition basis. The Mount Marty College Concert and Pep Bands are
open to all students who play an instrument. Stage Band members are
selected on an audition basis. Laiten Weed Brass Quartet members are
selected by audition and receive the Laiten Weed Scholarship.
The Choirs and Stage Band tour annually during the Spring Semester.
Theatre Productions
The Department of Theatre presents at least one major production each
semester, representing a variety of genres (comedy, drama, musical, etc.), in
Marian Auditorium, a 765-seat proscenium theatre with a newly-installed
counterweight fly system and computer-operated lighting system.
Participation in production is open to all interested students. Students may
assist in a variety of areas, including acting, assistant directing, stage
management, scenery construction and painting, costumes, properties,
makeup, lights and sound, box office and publicity. Non over-load credit is
available through Theatre Practicum for those students who wish to receive
49

academic credit for participation. The department also hosts an annual
regional South Dakota high school one-act play competition, the National
Players professional classical touring productions, as well as student-directed
projects.
Publications
Student publications include The Moderator, the campus newspaper, which
offers students an opportunity for practical journalism experience while The
Midstream, the college literary magazine, allows students to publish creative
work.
Recreation, Camping, and Social Opportunities
Mount Marty students take advantage of the many recreational opportunities
that exist on the Missouri River and Lewis & Clark Lake located within a short
distance of the College campus. Sunbathing, swimming, camping, boating,
water skiing, ice skating, fishing, hiking, biking, and all-college picnics are
some of the activities that keep students busy during their free time.
Students are also encouraged to participate in both individual and group
recreation activities available on campus. The Laddie E. Cimpl Arena includes
a weight training room, racquetball court and a running track.
The Roncalli recreation room is equipped with pool tables, table tennis, and
large TV screens. Students also have access to the Avera Sacred Heart Health
Services Wellness Center.
Special events on campus include those activities sponsored by the Office
for Student Affairs and the Student Government Association as well as music
concerts, theatre productions and lecture series.
Special Interest Clubs
Students benefit in many ways through involvement in social, educational,
cultural and recreational activities provided by the campus clubs. The clubs
promote interest in special areas and create fellowship among students of
similar interest. Campus clubs include: Biology, Business, Criminal Justice,
English, Music, Nursing, Nutrition and Food Science, Psychology, Sports
Club, Spirit Team, Teacher Education, Theatre and Speech, and Anesthesia.
Any student that receives institutional financial aid must belong and
participate in at least one campus club or organization.
Ambassadors
MMC Ambassadors are student representatives who exemplify the Mission
and Benedictine values of Mount Marty College. Students are selected for
their leadership, willingness to be of service, congenial personality, sense of
responsibility, commitment and potential growth as a professional person.
These junior students act as student hosts and hostesses for all special
functions.
50

Honor Societies
Alpha Phi Sigma is a national honor society for students in criminal justice
studies.
Kappa Gamma Pi is a national honor society for students of Catholic
colleges and universities.
Lambda Delta Lambda stimulates interest and student participation in
chemistry, physics, and earth sciences.
MMC Honor Society recognizes students for scholarship, leadership, and
service. Second-semester juniors and first-semester seniors who are in the
top thirty-five percent of their class may be considered for membership.
Selection is based on scholarship, leadership, and participation in campus
and community activities.
Phi Alpha Theta is an international honor society for students who have
completed at least twelve hours of history with honors.
Sigma Tau Delta membership confers distinction on students who excel in
the study of English language and literature.
Theta Alpha Kappa is a national honor society for students in religious
studies.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Tuition and Fees
For current costs please check the supplemental card provided by the
Business Office. The supplemental cards are available through the Business
Office, Admissions Office, Financial Assistance Office, and the Registrar’s
Office. Questions regarding tuition, fees, and billing should be directed to the
Student Accounts Manager at 605-668-1575.
Practicums and Internships
Students provide their own means of transportation to, from and while at the
institution where professional experience is obtained. Some agencies require
use of a car and appropriate insurance coverage. All living expenses during
off-campus experiences are paid by the student.
Field Trips
Transportation costs for required field trips are included in the College
budget. If trips are optional, transportation costs are paid for by the student.
Living expenses in both cases are paid by the student; there is no
reimbursement for room and board for field trips.
51

Financial Arrangements and Payment Plans
Payment of all costs for each semester is due before or during the first week
of classes, unless a monthly payment plan has been arranged. If arrangements
have not been made with the Business Office within the first week of classes,
a late fee of $25 and a monthly one percent (1%) finance charge will be
assessed. In addition, students with unpaid accounts who have not made
arrangements to pay may be dismissed.
Monthly Payment Plan
Mount Marty College provides the option to students to pay the estimated
annual costs in equal monthly payments through each semester. Determining
the amount of the monthly payment is made in consultation with the Business
Office Representative, and includes:
1. estimating the total cost by adding tuition, room, board, and fees.
2. subtracting the financial aid allocated in Federal Grants, Federal
Loans, Mount Marty College Grants and Scholarships, and State
Grants according to the Financial Assistance Award Notice; the
difference is the student's estimated cost.
3. dividing the estimated cost into equal payments over the semester.
4. making equal monthly payments before the first of each month.
Interest shall accrue on the outstanding principle balance at the rate of one
percent (1%) each month. If payments are not current or arrangements have
not been made within the first week of classes, a late fee of $25 and a monthly
one percent (1%) finance charge will be assessed.
Unpaid Accounts
The College does not issue degrees, transcripts, employment placement
credentials, or statements of honorable dismissal until all accounts are paid in
full to the College, and until all current loans are satisfied. Students with
unpaid balances may not register for another semester. The 1% monthly
finance charge applies to unpaid accounts.
Tuition Waivers
The following waivers are applicable to tuition only. All other fees
(program support fee, general fee, clinical fees, liability insurance, etc.) are
not waived.
Sacred Heart Monastery - Professed members of Sacred Heart Monastery
receive full tuition waivers.
Religious - Professed religious, other than members of Sacred Heart
Monastery; pre-novitiate and novitiate members of Sacred Heart Monastery,
receive a 20% tuition waiver. This waiver does not apply to summer courses,
workshops, continuing education, or discount programs.
52

Family Waivers - If two or more full-time students from the same
immediate family (including spouse) are enrolled at the same time, a reduction
in tuition is allowed for each student after the first, according to this
progression:
• one student, no discount;
• two students, each receives 10% tuition discount;
• three students, each receives 13% tuition discount;
• four students, each receives 15% tuition discount.
This waiver is applied equally each semester, to each member of the same
family. Tuition waivers, scholarships, grants, and family waivers awarded to
students will not exceed the amount of tuition in any semester. The Free
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) definition of household is used
to determine “same immediate family” members eligible for this waiver. This
waiver does not apply to summer courses, workshops, or discounted
programs.
Employee Waivers – Permanent full and part-time employees of Mount
Marty College and Sacred Heart Monastery (as validated through appropriate
personnel), their spouses and dependents, receive tuition waivers according to
the following schedule. Employees may take one course per semester at no
cost for tuition, beginning with the first year of employment; their dependents
or spouses are limited to a maximum of 128 credit hours or completion of a
first Bachelor’s Degree at Mount Marty College. This waiver does not apply
to workshops or continuing education classes.
Part time must be at least 50% employed.
Full-Time Part-Time
In second year of employment: 50% 25%
In third year of employment: 100% 50%
Permanent full-time employees of institutions sponsored by Sacred Heart
Monastery (as validated through appropriate personnel) as well as their
spouses and dependents along with siblings of Sisters of Sacred Heart
Monastery are eligible for a graduated tuition waiver. This tuition waiver does
not apply to summer courses, workshops, continuing education, or discounted
programs. The tuition waiver is granted according to the following schedule:
In second year of employment: 15%
In third year of employment: 25%
In fourth year of employment: 35%
In fifth year of employment, and thereafter: 50%
53

REFUNDS
For Withdrawal from Classes
If a student drops from full-time to part-time status or a part-time student
drops courses, the following tuition refund is effective for those courses
withdrawn.
For non-ACES courses:
100% Refund for courses dropped within the first week.
60% Refund for courses dropped within the second week.
There is no tuition refund for courses dropped after the second week of
classes.
For ACES courses:
100% Refund for the first day of class
0% Refund thereafter
All fees are nonrefundable once classes start. Financial Aid grants and
scholarships will be returned to their programs by the same percentage
received for courses dropped.
For Withdrawal/Suspension from College
Refunds and/or tuition adjustments are given to students who officially
withdraw from the College (as described under the section Registration
Information/Withdrawal from College in the Mount Marty College Catalog)
or who incur suspension. Refunds are made to the student according to the
date of formal and official withdrawal or effective suspension date, and
according to the following schedule:
For non-ACES courses:
100% Refund for withdrawal within the first week.
60% Refund for withdrawal within the second week.
There is no tuition refund for withdrawal/suspension after the second week.
For ACES courses:
100% Refund for withdrawal the first day of class
0% Refund thereafter
Refund for room and board is determined according to the number of weeks
the student has been in residence, with partial weeks counted as full weeks.
All fees are nonrefundable once classes start.
Return of Title IV Funds Policy
This policy applies to students who withdraw or are expelled during the
first 60% of the semester. The term “Title IV Funds” refers to the Federal
financial aid programs authorized under the Higher Education Act of 1965
(as amended) and includes the following programs: Federal Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans, Federal Subsidized Stafford Loans, Federal Direct
Unsubsidized Loans, Federal Direct Subsidized Loans, Federal Perkins
54

Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG) and the LEAP Program.
The student’s withdrawal date is:
• The date the student began the institution’s withdrawal process (as
described under the section Registration Information/Withdrawal
from College in the Mount Marty College Catalog) or officially
notified the institution of intent to withdraw; or
• The midpoint of the period for a student who leaves without
notifying the institution; or
• The student’s last date of attendance at a documented academicallyrelated
activity.
Title IV aid is earned in a prorated manner up to the 60% point in the
semester. Title IV aid is viewed as being 100% earned after that point in
time. If a student withdraws on or before the 60% point in the period of
enrollment (calculated using calendar days), the student may be required to
return all or a portion of the Federal Title IV funds they received. The
calculation of the return of these funds may result in the student owing a
balance to the college and/or the Federal Government. A copy of the
“Return of Title IV Funds Worksheet” used for this calculation is available
in the Mount Marty College Financial Assistance Office.
Mount Marty College responsibilities regarding “Return of Title IV
Funds” include: Dispersing “Return of Title IV Funds” information to
students, identifying students affected by this requirement, completing the
“Return of Title IV Funds” worksheet calculation for those students, and
returning any Title IV funds that are due the Title IV programs.
The student’s responsibilities regarding the “Return of Title IV Funds”
include:
Returning to the Title IV programs any funds that were disbursed directly
to the student and which the student was determined to be ineligible for after
the “Return of Title IV Funds” worksheet is calculated.
The order for the return of Title IV funds is as follows:
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, Federal Subsidized Stafford
Loans, Federal Perkins Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell
Grants, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants
(FSEOG), other Title IV assistance.
The Board of Trustees of Mount Marty College reserves the right to make
changes in charges published in this bulletin whenever it may be necessary
to do so.
The Board of Trustees of Mount Marty College reserves the right
to make changes in charges published in this bulletin
whenever it may be necessary to do so.
55

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Mount Marty College provides financial assistance to students who, without
such help, would be unable to attend college. It is the intent of Mount Marty
College that students are able to choose college freely for educational rather
than financial reasons.
The primary responsibility for financing an education rests with the student
and the family. Financial assistance is supplementary to personal and family
resources. In order to determine uniformly the financial need of students, the
College accepts the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
Financial assistance takes the form of (1) gift aid - scholarships and grants,
which need not be repaid; (2) loans, which are repayable; and (3) work
assistance. The type and amount of financial assistance awards are based on
the estimate of financial need according to the Federal Student Aid Report,
academic promise and available funds.
Applications for all types of financial assistance are made annually. If a
family has more than one member applying for financial assistance, each must
submit an application.
Application Procedures
Students applying for scholarships, grants, or loans must do the following:
1. Be accepted for enrollment at Mount Marty College.
2. Complete and submit a FAFSA, requesting that results of the analysis
be sent to Mount Marty College.
3. Complete a Mount Marty College Campus Employment Application
if work-study is desired.
All necessary forms for financial assistance are available from the Financial
Assistance Office and on-line from the Mount Marty College website.
When to Apply
Students are encouraged to apply early since financial awards are based on
available funding. It is recommended that the FAFSA be mailed by March 1st.
Financial assistance awards are made after all necessary application forms
are received by the Financial Assistance Office and financial need has been
determined. Each financial assistance application is given individual attention
so that the type and amount of financial assistance is tailored to an individual’s
need. Because family circumstances change from year to year, application for
federal assistance must be made annually.
Assistance received under federal programs is disbursed in two equal
payments - one each semester for students enrolled in the fall and spring
semesters. Other forms of assistance are credited to the student’s account except
for campus employment checks, which are disbursed in regular payroll intervals.
56

Satisfactory Academic Progress is the measurement of a student’s
performance (academic term, credits completed and cumulative grade point
average) toward the completion of the student’s educational objective.
Students not meeting the minimum standards will not receive financial aid
and may be suspended from school.
The measurement standards for undergraduate students are based on fulltime
enrollment (12 credits per semester minimum) with consideration given
to the student’s adjustment to post-secondary education. The full-time student
is required to maintain academic progress to complete the bachelor’s degree
objective in no more than two academic years longer than what is considered
normal for said degree.
Example: in a four-year degree program, a full-time student may use six
academic years to complete the degree requirements and still receive financial
aid, provided the following standards are maintained:
Academic Years Cumulative Credits Minimum Cumulative
Attended Completed Grade Point Avg.
1 24 2.0
2 48 2.0
3 72 2.0
4 96 2.0
5 128 2.0
NOTE: Part-time students are eligible for financial assistance if attending at
least half-time. Less than half-time students may qualify for a Federal Pell
Grant. The standards are adjusted proportionately with respect to cumulative
credits completed but not in regard to cumulative grade point average
achieved.
Full-time students must complete at least 12 credit hours per semester. Less
than full-time students will be allowed to drop one course per semester. Less
than half-time students must complete all credits attempted.
1. Factors involved in measuring satisfactory academic progress:
a. Academic year completed is defined as the traditional school period
from September-May. The cumulative credits completed will be
evaluated at the end of each academic year. The minimum cumulative
GPA will be evaluated at the end of each semester.
b. Credits completed include all course work for which credit has been
given.
c. General registration students are considered to be either in a bachelor
degree program or an associate degree program.
d. Incomplete and withdrawn courses do not count toward completed
credits, but are factored in semesters attended.
e. In the case of repeat courses, for purposes of determining the
57

student’s cumulative grade point average, only the credits earned in
the last retaking of the course will be used.
f. Transfer students who did not meet satisfactory academic progress at
the former school and are on academic probation will be eligible for
financial assistance. Students will be evaluated only on their
academic progress at Mount Marty College.
g. Actual semesters attended are counted regardless of whether the
student did or did not receive financial assistance.
2. Graduate full-time students have three academic years to complete a
degree with less than full-time students factored proportionately.
Graduate students must maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0.
3. Associate degree program students have three academic years to
complete a degree with less than full-time students factored
proportionately.
4. Students returning for a second degree are eligible for financial assistance
according to their program of study.
5. Summer School credits are part of the previous academic year. These
summer credits will be combined and considered as one semester. The
grade point average will be checked at the end of the summer and the
hours will be included with the academic year.
6. APPEAL PROCESS
a. Students who are not meeting the respective SATISFACTORY
ACADEMIC PROGRESS standards will be put on probation for one
semester.
b. Any subsequent semesters in which the above standards are not met
will result in the cancellation of student financial aid and possible
suspension from the College. Hardship cases may be appealed to the
Financial Assistance Committee. A written statement of academic
intent and financial need must accompany the appeal. This statement
must be received by the College within 15 days from the date of
receipt of the suspension notification letter. Decisions of the
Committee are final.
c. The Committee will notify by letter any student who is not
maintaining SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS.
d. The Committee will evaluate students with mitigating circumstances
(such as re-enrollment after a period of absence) on an individual
basis to determine SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS and
financial aid eligibility. Students who have been suspended must wait
two semesters (not including summer term) before requesting
reinstatement of financial aid. Letters requesting reinstatement of
financial aid should be addressed to the Financial Assistance
Committee in care of the Mount Marty College Financial Assistance
Office.
58

MOUNT MARTY COLLEGE
SCHOLARSHIPS, GRANTS, AND AWARDS
Scholarships
Mount Marty College provides a number of tuition scholarships to
acknowledge and support outstanding academic achievement, community
service, leadership and special talent. Any prospective student who believes
that he or she is eligible and/or has financial need should consider applying for
a scholarship. Information on the scholarships described below may be
obtained from the Admission or Financial Assistance Offices.
Please note that scholarships, grants and awards described in this section,
are reserved for full-time Yankton Campus students (12 or more credits per
semester). The scholarships are contingent on the maintenance of this status
and a designated cumulative grade point average. Mount Marty College
academic scholarships and awards include a requirement to actively
participate in an approved student club, activity, or organization. Scholarships
apply to the regular academic semesters (fall/spring) only. Scholarships do
not apply to discounted programs. The College recommends that eligible
students submit their scholarship application immediately following
acceptance.
Mount Marty College reserves the right to limit the amount and number of
college sponsored scholarships or grants awarded to an individual student.
The College also reserves the right to renew scholarships from college-funded
sources. Awards may be continued, increased or decreased, depending on the
conditions existing at the time of awarding renewal applications.
Mount Marty College scholarships and grants are awarded on an annual
basis. Factors such as academic achievement, talent, need and availability of
funding are used in evaluating the awards. Scholarships may be awarded from
either or both the Mount Marty College or name scholarship programs.
Presidential Scholarships
Incoming freshmen with an ACT composite score of at least 30, or a
cumulative GPA of 4.0 are eligible to apply for the Mount Marty College
Presidential Scholarship. The award is valued up to full tuition and is
renewable as long as the student maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 3.5.
A special application is required.
Dean Scholarships
Incoming freshmen with an ACT composite score of at least 29, or a
cumulative GPA of 3.9 are eligible to apply for Mount Marty College Dean’s
Scholarships. The awards vary and are renewable as long as the student
maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 3.5. A special application is required.
59

Trustee Scholarships
Incoming freshmen with an ACT composite score of at least 28, or a
cumulative grade point average of at least 3.7, are eligible to apply for Mount
Marty College Trustee Scholarships. The awards vary and are renewable as
long as the student maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 3.5. A special
application is required.
Benedictine Scholarships
Incoming freshmen with an ACT composite score of at least 26, or a
cumulative grade point average of at least 3.5, are eligible to apply for Mount
Marty College Benedictine Scholarships. The awards vary and are renewable
as long as the student maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. A special
application is required.
Mount Marty College Excellence and Scholastica
Excellence Scholarships
These scholarships are awarded to incoming students and are renewable to
degree completion as long as the student complies with general scholarship
criteria and maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 3.5. The scholarships vary
and are based on the student’s ACT composite score and cumulative grade
point average.
Mount Marty College Merit and Scholastica
Merit Scholarships
These scholarships are awarded to incoming students and are renewable to
degree completion as long as the student complies with general scholarship
criteria and maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. The scholarships vary
and are based on the student’s ACT composite score and cumulative grade
point average.
Mount Marty College Academic Honors and Scholastica
Honors Scholarships
These scholarships are awarded to incoming students and are renewable to
degree completion as long as the student complies with general scholarship
criteria and maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. The scholarships vary
and are based on the student’s ACT composite score and cumulative grade
point average.
Mount Marty College Achievement Awards
These awards are granted to incoming students and are renewable to degree
completion as long as the student complies with general scholarship criteria
and maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. The awards vary and are based
on the student’s ACT composite score and cumulative grade point average.
60

Mount Marty College Incentive Awards
These awards are granted to incoming students and are renewable to degree
completion as long as the student complies with general scholarship criteria
and maintains a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. The awards vary and are based
on the student’s ACT composite score and cumulative grade point average.
Catholic Awards
These awards are granted to incoming Catholic students with
recommendation from the student’s parish pastor. The award is renewable as
long as the student maintains a college cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 and
participates in Mount Marty College Campus Ministry activities.
Mother Jerome Schmitt Presidential Scholarship
Mother Jerome Schmitt assisted in opening Mount Marty Academy in 1922.
She taught there for 10 years. In 1932 she was elected prioress of Sacred
Heart Convent and served in that position for 29 years. Under her leadership
Mount Marty Junior College began in 1936 and she served as the first
president from 1936-1957.
Afull-tuition scholarship is awarded each spring to a current full-time
student. The award is based on scholastic achievement, participation and
contribution to the academic and civic community, along with faculty
recommendations.
Sister Jacquelyn Ernster Scholarship
Sister Jacquelyn Ernster’s dedicated service to Mount Marty College
spanned 25 years: 13 years as the fifth President, 7 years as the Vice President
for Academic Affairs, and 5 years as a faculty member in the history
department.
This $500.00 scholarship is based on outstanding leadership, campus
involvement and the integration of the Benedictine values and philosophy into
his/her daily living.
Endowed Scholarships
Through the generosity of the College’s donors, endowed and annual
scholarships are available in various amounts. Scholarships are awarded
through the financial assistance office based on donor criteria and student
applications.
Grants
Mount Marty College provides grants to students for outstanding
leadership, community service, campus involvement and need. These grants
are reserved for full-time Yankton Campus students (12 credits or more per
semester).
61

Talent Grants
Mount Marty College provides talent grants in the areas of Arts and Music.
Awards vary to students who possess special talents in these areas. Recipients
are required to participate in extracurricular activities, including play
productions, chorus, band, etc. A special application form is available from
the Admission Office.
Mount Marty Grants
Available to the following students who have financial need: 1) Students
living on-campus; 2) Students living with their parents; 3) Independent
students per federal guidelines (FAFSA).
Athletic Grants
Mount Marty College awards Athletic Grants annually to students with
certain athletic abilities who meet specific requirements. Inquiries should be
directed to the Athletic Department or Admission Office.
Federal Financial Assistance
Each student must apply annually in order to determine eligibility for Title
IV federal student financial aid. Students apply using the FREE
APPLICATION FOR FEDERAL STUDENT AID (FAFSA). Application
forms are available online at www.fafsa.ed.gov or in the Financial Assistance
Office. Students must be admitted as regular students. Financial need and
eligibility are determined by the Federal Student Aid Report.
Federal Pell Grants
These grants are available throughout the academic year for eligible
undergraduate students without prior Bachelor degrees. In order to receive a
full-time Pell Grant, students must enroll in at least 12 credit hours each
semester. Three-quarter time students (9-11 hours) and half-time (6-8 hours)
will have their grants reduced by 25% and 50% respectively. Students taking
less than six hours per semester may also qualify for a Pell Grant. Eligibility
and amount of the Federal Pell Grant are determined by the Federal Student
Aid Report.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
(FSEOG)
FSEOG’s are federal funds administered by the College and awarded to
students with high financial need, as determined by the Federal Student Aid
Report. In order to qualify for FSEOG funds, students must also be eligible
for Pell Grant funds. Funds are limited.
62

Federal Perkins Student Loan
Federal Perkins Loans are low-interest (5%) loans awarded to graduate and
undergraduate students with high financial need, as determined by the Federal
Student Aid Report. Repayment begins nine months after graduation, or when
the student ceases to be enrolled at least half-time. Funds are limited.
Nursing Student Loan
Nursing Student Loans are awarded to students with high financial need, as
determined by the Federal Student Aid Report, who are enrolled in the nursing
program. The interest rate is 5%, and repayment begins nine months after
graduation, or when the student ceases to be enrolled at least half-time.
Availability of nursing loans is dependent on federal allocation of funds.
Federal Stafford Loans
Federal Subsidized Stafford Loans are awarded to students with financial
need as determined by the Federal Student Aid Report. The loans are made
through banks, savings and loan associations, and credit unions. Award
maximums are as follows: Freshmen $2,625; Sophomores $3,500; Juniors and
Seniors $5,500; graduate and professional students $8,500. Interest is
subsidized (paid by the government) while the students are in school at least
half-time. The interest rate is variable, but never more than 8.25%. Students
who do not qualify for the Subsidized Stafford Loan or do not qualify for the
maximum subsidized Stafford Loan are eligible to borrow under the
UNSUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN program. Under the
program, students pay the interest on the loans while they are in school, rather
than the Federal government. Students may borrow the balance of their award
maximum (Example: a freshman qualified for $2,000 under the subsidized
Stafford program; could borrow $625 under the Unsubsidized program to
meet the award maximum of $2,625). Repayment begins six months after
graduation, or when the student ceases to be enrolled at least half-time. First
time student borrowers have a 30 day delay on the first disbursement of
Federal Stafford Loan proceeds. Federal guidelines require two equal
disbursements of the Stafford Loan proceeds within the loan period. Mount
Marty College uses a schedule academic year of September through May for
the majority of its borrowers. The summer school session is considered to be
a trailer to the academic year for Stafford eligibility purposes. The College
may elect to use a borrower-based academic year per individual basis. A
borrower-based academic year is individualized for each borrower and
follows the borrower’s attendance and progress.
Federal PLUS Loan
These loans are available to parents of dependent, undergraduate students.
The loan maximum is figured individually, based on a student’s total cost of
education minus any financial aid. The interest rate is variable but never more
than 9% and repayment generally begins within 60 days after disbursement.
63

Employment Opportunities
Federal College Work Study Program (FCWS)
Afederally sponsored program providing job opportunities for students
with financial need as determined by the Federal Student Aid Report. Students
are assigned to jobs on and off campus. In making job assignments,
consideration is given to the student’s major, interests, skills and previous
experience. New students are asked to complete a Student Employment
Application to assist in job placement. Students are paid at least minimum
wage and receive a check each month.
Campus Employment Program
This program is sponsored by Mount Marty College to provide employment
to students who do not qualify for the Federal College Work Study Program.
This program operates in the same manner as the FCWS program above, but
does not have a need requirement.
64

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS AND COURSE INFORMATION

MOUNT MARTY COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION
The Academic Division structure at Mount Marty College with the offered
majors is as follows:
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
Academic Dean
Selected Studies
Division of Arts & Humanities
English
History
Music
Religious Studies
Division of Natural Sciences
Biology
Chemistry
Clinical Laboratory Science
Forensic Science
Graphic Arts
Horticulture
Information Technology/
Computer Science
Mathematics
Radiologic Technology
Division of Education
Physical Education
Recreation Management
Teacher Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Special Education
Division of Social Sciences
Accounting
Applied Technology Management
Behavioral Science
Business Administration
Criminal Justice
Forensic Accounting
Psychology
Division of Nursing
Nursing
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Division of Graduate Studies
Nurse Anesthesia
Pastoral Ministries
66

INDEPENDENT STUDIES
Each department may offer Independent Study courses at whatever level is
deemed appropriate. Course numbering is 199, 299, 399, or 499 for
undergraduate programs and 599 or 699 for the graduate programs.
Independent Study forms may be obtained in the Registrar's Office and must
be returned at the time of registration. The following guidelines apply to
independent study work:
1. A student who has completed 60+ semester hours may register for
one Independent Study (up to 4 semester hours) each semester,
provided he/she has at least a 2.0 GPA for each of the preceding two
semesters of study.
2. Up to 16 hours of Independent Study may be applied to graduation
requirements. General Education Requirements cannot be fulfilled
by an Independent Study taken during the semester or summer
sessions.
3. The Independent Study may be interdepartmental or interdisciplinary
in nature. All Independent Studies carry the course number plus the
title. The director of the study will determine the level of the study.
4. An Independent Study may be pursued during the summer, provided
an evaluation committee (as determined by the director of the study)
can be formed.
5. Exceptions to the above will be determined by the Dean for
Academic Affairs.
SPECIAL STUDIES
Similarly, each department may offer Special Studies courses at whatever
level is deemed appropriate. Course numbering is 186, 286, 386, or 486 for
undergraduate programs and 586 for the graduate program. Course
descriptions for Special Studies courses are located in the Academic Dean’s
Office.
67

ACCOUNTING &
FORENSIC ACCOUNTING
Accounting as a profession offers considerable options for you. As an
accountant, your highly technical training will often classify you as the
“engineer” of the business world. Graduates can become part of a
management team for a corporation or work as an auditor in public
accounting. Additional entry-level positions for accounting majors include
budget analyst, office manager, financial analyst, staff accountant,
governmental auditor, cost accountant, fraud examiner, internal auditor and
tax accountant. Mount Marty College is unique by offering the accounting
student assistance as each prepare for a wide range of national certifications.
You can prepare at Mount Marty College for the following examinations:
CPA (Certified Public Accountant)
CFE (Certified Fraud Examiner)
CMA (Certified Management Accountant)
CIA (Certified Internal Auditor)
CBA (Certified Bank Auditor)
CISA (Certified Information Systems Auditor)
MMC offers many opportunities in accounting internships. As a Mount
Marty College student, you may also participate in the IRS’s Volunteer
Income Tax Assistance Program. VITA will provide you with further field
experience.
ACCOUNTING
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Accounting
1. Completion of 26 credit hours.
2. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
ACC 240 Intermediate Accounting I
ACC 241 Intermediate Accounting II
ACC 320 Cost Accounting
ACC 321 Advanced Cost Accounting
ACC 325 Federal Taxation
68

ACC 326
ACC 340
ACC 360
ACC 380
Advanced Federal Taxation
Accounting Systems
Auditing
Advanced Accounting
2. Collateral Course Requirements
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 255 Macroeconomics
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 412 Production/Operations Management
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor or collateral courses.
4. Recommendations
Recommended Minor: Information Technology (if not a Forensic
Accounting Major)
ACCOUNTING MINOR
Required Courses:
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
Choose at least 12 hours from the following:
ACC 240 Intermediate Accounting I
ACC 241 Intermediate Accounting II
ACC 320 Cost Accounting
ACC 321 Advanced Cost Accounting
ACC 325 Federal Taxation
ACC 326 Advanced Federal Taxation
ACC 340 Accounting Systems
ACC 360 Auditing
ACC 380 Advanced Accounting
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE
Major Requirements:
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
ACC 320 Cost Accounting
ACC 325 Federal Taxation
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
69

FORENSIC ACCOUNTING
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Forensic Accounting
1. Completion of 26 credit hours.
2. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
ACC 240 Intermediate Accounting I
ACC 241 Intermediate Accounting II
ACC 320 Cost Accounting
ACC 321 Advanced Cost Accounting
ACC 325 Federal Taxation
ACC 326 Advanced Federal Taxation
ACC 340 Accounting Systems
ACC 360 Auditing
ACC 361 Advanced Auditing
ACC 380 Advanced Accounting
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Courses:
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 255 Macroeconomics
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 412 Production/Operations Management
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJU 336 Criminal Investigation
IT 400 Networking
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
Choose one of the following:
IT 220 Files
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor or collateral
courses.
70

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ACC)
120 ACCOUNTING I
The fundamentals of accounting theory and practice are developed through a
study of the accounting cycle of a sole proprietorship and partnership. The
student will gain skills useful in the recording, presenting, and interpretation
of financial data and the compilation and analysis of financial statements. 4.
121 ACCOUNTING II
This is the continuation of Accounting I. The student will gain skills in the
application of special accounting procedures in corporate and managerial
accounting, including costing, budgeting, and responsibility accounting.
Prerequisite: ACC 120. 4.
240 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
The course provides for the development of in-depth knowledge in accounting
theory and practice. The student will study current trends and variations in
corporate accounting procedures. The topics covered will include assets and
equities, investments and inventory evaluation and fixed asset transactions.
Prerequisite: ACC 12l. 4.
241 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
In this continuation of Intermediate Accounting I, the student will gain
knowledge in policies and problems of leasing, pensions, long-term debt, the
fund statement, and shareholder procedures. Prerequisite: ACC 240. 4.
320 COST ACCOUNTING
Contents of this course involve job cost, process cost, and standard cost
systems: application of overhead rates and department cost allocation,
integrated cost systems and cost control. Prerequisite: ACC 121. 3.
321 ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING
This course is a continuation of cost accounting: cost analysis, capital
budgeting, inventory planning, decentralization, and advanced analysis of
variances. Prerequisite: ACC 320. 3.
325 FEDERAL TAXATION
Current tax legislation, particularly the Internal Revenue Code and
Regulations, is included in this course with major emphasis on the preparation
of tax returns for individuals and small firms. Prerequisite: ACC 121. 3.
326 ADVANCED FEDERAL TAXATION
The student continues the studies of Federal Taxation; property transactions,
corporations and partnerships. In addition the student participates in the
Volunteer Income Tax Assistance (VITA) program. Prerequisite: ACC 325. 3.
71

340 ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS
Accounting Systems is a course that studies the development and controls
involved in Accounting Information Systems. Prerequisites: ACC 121, BUS
270. 3.
360 AUDITING
A detailed study of procedures, standards, techniques, internal control
programs, and working papers is presented in this course. Prerequisites: ACC
241, MTH 219. 3.
361 ADVANCED AUDITING
The study of the procedures and techniques of auditing is continued with an
emphasis on forensic auditing/accounting. Prerequisite: ACC 360. 3.
380 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
This course examines specialized problems in accounting processes: branch
and subsidiary accounting, governmental accounting, and consolidated
reports. Prerequisite: ACC 240. 4.
485 INTERNSHIPS
The student will gain experience in the accounting career areas on a part-time
or full-time basis. Prerequisite: Faculty approval. 2-12.
489 CPA/CMA PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
This course provides review and coordination of principles and techniques in
preparation to prepare the student for professional accounting examinations.
2.
APPLIED TECHNOLOGY
MANAGEMENT
This program is offered to complement the associate degree programs in
technology that are offered by Lake Area Technical Institute. Graduates of
LATI, with an associate degree from select programs, have the opportunity to
complete a bachelor’s degree through the addition of general education and
business management courses at the Watertown Campus of Mount Marty
College.
The Watertown Campus is unique in offering this degree in cooperation
with Lake Area Technical Institute. The goal of the program is to improve
employment opportunities of students who are interested in professional
advancement and management positions.
72

This program provides theory and practical experience in business and
general education coursework that, combined with technical skills, will
expand employment opportunities. Technicians in northeast South Dakota
currently do not have access to an academic program designed to meet their
needs professionally and personally.
Employers prefer to hire management personnel from within the
organization, but few technicians possess the additional theory and business
practical experience that would allow for this transition to occur. Students
could continue employment in business or industry while pursing this
bachelor’s degree by accessing MMC’s flexible once-a-week, night time
delivery schedule.
This is the only bachelor degree program available in the Watertown area
that allows for the transfer of technical coursework. This program will assist
you, as a trained technician, to become prepared to move into management
areas within your place of employment or beyond.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Applied Technology Management
1. Completion of 26 credit hours with at least two business courses
completed at Mount Marty College.
2. A cumulative GPA of 2.0.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
ACC 120 Accounting I
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 255 Macroeconomics
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 412 Production/Operations Management
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
Choose at least 4 hours from the following with the consent of the
Program Director:
BUS 215 Business Communication
BUS 256 Microeconomics
BUS 269 Personal Finance
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
BUS 279 Free Enterprise
BUS 324 Public Relations
BUS 329 Market Research
BUS 330 Sales and Sales Management
BUS 333 Advertising
73

BUS 336
BUS 370
BUS 380
BUS 483
BUS 485
BUS 490
International Business
Corporate Finance
Entrepreneurship
Business Policy
Internships
Business Ethics/Community Service
2. Other Requirements
A. Graduated under the 2000-2002 catalog or later of Lake Area
Technical Institute’s Associate of Applied Science degree programs
in one of the following areas: Auto Technology, Aviation
Maintenance Technology, Building Trades Technology, Diesel
Technology, Electronics Systems Technology, Engineering/
Architectural Drafting, Industrial Automation, or Machine Tool
Technology.
B. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor, collateral, or
specialty area courses.
ART
Mount Marty College offers two types of art minors—art education and
commercial art. These programs help students perceive beauty and apply
aesthetics in the world around them. They are an active and practical part of
the student growth process here at Mount Marty College. Students participate
in a world that requires creative thinking and solutions. Students minoring in
art may choose an emphasis to compliment a major in education, psychology
(art therapy), religious studies, or business.
The art education emphasis, when completed along with an approved
teaching major (these majors are listed in the Teacher Education section of this
bulletin), prepares the student to teach art at the elementary and secondary
levels. Religious education majors can pursue an art education minor with an
emphasis in liturgical design. Students who combine an art minor with a major
in business or English will strengthen their qualifications in those job markets.
Curriculum options include painting and drawing, design, sculpture,
photography, calligraphy, art history, and education, as well as other studio
classes.
The Art Department provides understanding and association in relationship
to art’s nature-balance, line, shape, color, and proportion.
74

ART MINOR
1. Art Education Endorsement (18 credit hours)
Required Courses:
ART 100 Design I
ART 150 Drawing and Painting
ART 215 Sculpting
ART 240 Elementary School Art Education
ART 250 Art Appreciation
ART 399 Ind Sty: Secondary School Art Methods
Choose 5 hours from the following:
ART 102 Design II
ART 111 Ceramics I
ART 120 Calligraphy I
ART 211 Ceramics II
ART 221 Calligraphy II
ART 225 Printmaking/Papermaking
ART 230 Photography
ART 260 Art and Architecture in Europe
*Substitutions are available according to state certification requirements.
2. Commercial Art Emphasis (18 credit hours)
Required Courses:
ART 100 Design I
ART 150 Drawing and Painting
ART 225 Printmaking/Papermaking
ART 230 Photography
ART 250 Art Appreciation
Choose one of the following:
ART 102 Design II
ART 300 Painting II
Choose one of the following:
ART 111 Ceramics I
ART 120 Calligraphy I
Choose one of the following:
ART 211 Ceramics I
ART 215 Sculpting
ART 221 Calligraphy II
ART 240 Elementary School Art Education
ART 260 Art and Architecture in Europe
75

3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in the minor courses.
B. Students pursuing an art minor leading to certification as a teacher
may require additional course work. These students require early
counseling by faculty in art and teacher education.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ART)
100 DESIGN I
A course in two-dimensional design including color theory. 2.
102 DESIGN II
Three-dimensional design or sculpture. 2.
111 CERAMICS I
Astudy of various techniques in clay including hand-built and wheel-thrown
pottery, glazing methods, and firing. 2 or 4.
120 CALLIGRAPHY I
Historical background of letters, formal and informal handwriting with special
emphasis on the Italic style. 2.
150 DRAWING AND PAINTING
A basic course on drawing and painting for beginners. The semester begins with
basic techniques in realistic drawing followed by painting techniques. 2 or 4.
211 CERAMICS II
Advanced work in ceramics with experience in glaze making. Prerequisite:
ART 111. 2 or 4.
215 SCULPTING
Experience in three-dimensional forms of art including clay, plaster, wood and
assemblage. 3.
221 CALLIGRAPHY II
An intermediate level course with continued emphasis on formal and informal
Italic handwriting, spacing and layout, and the study of three alphabets,
Uncial, Carolingian, and Foundational. Prerequisite: ART 120. 2.
225 PRINTMAKING/PAPERMAKING
Exploration of the elements of line, shape, color, texture and the principles of
design (unity, proportion, balance, repetition and rhythm) through the
production of paper and prints. 3.
76

230 PHOTOGRAPHY
A concentration on the fundamentals of black and white photography. A studio
course which emphasizes camera use and darkroom techniques including
composition, developing, enlarging, and printing. 2 or 4.
240 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ART EDUCATION
Primary focus on discipline based art education which incorporates art
appreciation, art history, aesthetics and studio production in the teaching of art
at an elementary level. 2.
250 ART APPRECIATION
A comprehensive look at the historical context of art in the Western World.
Visual elements of art and the principles of design will be explored in the
study of two and three-dimensional art forms. 3.
260 ART AND ARCHITECTURE IN EUROPE
This course engages the student in an intensive trip to several European
countries to study the art, architecture, culture, and history of these countries.
On-campus classes are held during the fall semester in preparation for this
experience. Follow-up sessions are held in the spring. The itinerary varies
from year to year.
300 PAINTING II
A studio course where the student will build, plan and implement their own
oil-painting canvases and projects. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 2 or 4.
AMT 125 COMMONALITIES OF THE ARTS
Students will increase their understanding of the common elements forming
an inter-relatedness of art, music, and theatre and thereby learn to formulate a
personal response of increased appreciation and intelligent evaluation of
significant artistic works. Students will be expected to visit and attend artistic
functions and participate in such activities throughout their life at Mount
Marty College. Accomplishment of the desired outcomes will be exhibited in
material selected for an individual portfolio inclusive of seven focused papers
reflecting critical and creative thought pertaining to its contents. 3.
ATHLETIC TRAINING
The Mount Marty College Associate of Arts: Pre-Athletic Training Program
is designed to prepare each student interested in the field of sports medicine,
particularly athletic training. Every student will be able to examine the
77

profession of athletic training through clinical observation hours (ATH 100)
and promote an understanding of the prevention and care of athletic injuries
(ATH 254). This program is NOT a terminal program; it is designed so that a
student may apply to an accredited program of study to meet the requirements
necessary to become a certified athletic trainer (ATC) or the student may
continue their education in another area of study, and upon graduation, if
desired, continue their education and enter into an entry-level Master of
Science degree in Athletic Training.
Students may also use this program to supplement other pre-professional
areas of study in preparation for a graduate degree in exercise science,
physical therapy, physician’s assistant or other sports medicine related fields.
A student may utilize the physical education, recreation management, biology,
or selected studies majors that are offered at Mount Marty College to
complement their studies.
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
ATH 100 Introduction to Athletic Training
ATH 254 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
BIO 103 Principles of Biology
BIO 203 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 204 Human Anatomy and Physiology
PED 217 First Aid and CPR
2. Collateral Course Requirements
NFS 210 Applied Nutrition
PED 350 Principles of Health
PED 353 Biomechanics
PED 450 Exercise Physiology
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major or collateral courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ATH)
100 INTRODUCTION TO ATHLETIC TRAINING
This is an introductory course designed to acquaint students interested in
athletic training with all aspects of the profession. 1.
254 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES
This course involves general care, evaluation and treatment of athletic
injuries. It includes topics in preseason conditioning, thermal and
cryotherapy, and athletic nutrition. This course is a prerequisite for
78

intermediate athletic training classes as well as a requirement for most
coaching certificates. Prerequisite: PED 230 or equivalent or consent of the
instructor. 2.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
In line with the mission of Mount Marty College, the Behavioral Science
Major offers each student a liberal arts major that prepares them for the
contemporary world of work, service to the human community and personal
growth. The Behavioral Science Major fosters sociological and psychological
insight and perspective into human behavior. Human behavior is looked at
from a variety of different perspectives with a multidisciplinary approach.
Career options for behavioral science majors include such areas as human
service agencies, community service organizations, public relations, human
resources, and working in group homes.
The behavioral science major helps each student meet the following
objectives.
• Gain a broad theoretical basis in understanding and explaining
human behavior from a psychological and sociological perspective.
• Understand and apply different research methods to the study of
human behavior.
• Become aware of ethical issues related to research and social
behavior.
• Prepare for employment in the human services.
• Understand applications of behavioral science principles in everyday
life.
To show the attainment of the objectives each student who completes the
major will show the following outcomes.
• Explain behavior using different psychological and sociological
theories.
• Use library and internet resources to conduct literature searches.
• Understand research articles in the different areas of behavioral
science.
• Design, conduct, and write a research study.
• Summarize and analyze data with appropriate statistical techniques.
• Write in APA style.
• Develop experience and exposure to areas of behavioral science and
its applications.
The student will be assessed in the following ways:
• Successful completion of the required courses.
• Successful completion of field service and internship experiences.
79

• Completion of Senior Seminar and its required parts including a
senior research project.
The core courses represent the basic knowledge base in the behavioral
sciences. The elective courses represent the specific content areas of
behavioral science and prepare every student for careers in the areas of their
specific interests.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Behavioral Science
Cumulative GPA of 2.5 after 24 hours of classes.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
PSY 165 Lifespan Development
PSY 275 Experimental Methods I
PSY 276 Experimental Methods II
PSY 310 Service Learning (3 credits)
PSY 370 Social Psychology
PSY 485 Internship (3-6 credits)
PSY 490 Senior Seminar
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology
SOC 202 Marriage and Family
SOC 480 Sociological Theory
Choose five of the following:
CJU 330 Criminal Mind and Corrective Thinking
CJU 444 Juvenile Delinquency
PSY 340 Chemical Dependency and Human Behavior
PSY 341 Introduction to Counseling
PSY 342 Introduction to Alcoholism
PSY 343 Introduction to Group Counseling
PSY 372 Personality Theory
PSY 374 Abnormal Psychology
PSY 485 Internship (3 credits)
SOC 360 Minority Studies
2. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Please see course descriptions in the following sections: Criminal Justice
(CJU), Psychology (PSY), and Sociology (SOC).
80

BIOLOGY
The program in biology assists each student in attaining a broad education
in the field of biology as preparation for choosing among a wide variety of
careers. The department also assists the student in choosing a suitable career
by providing individual counseling.
The student graduating with a major in biology is eligible to work as a
research assistant for various government agencies, pharmaceutical
companies, and medical research laboratories. A degree with a focus in
ecology provides opportunities for employment as an environmental biologist
with various government agencies including the Environmental Protection
Agency, Public Health Service, U.S. Forestry Service, Department of the
Interior, State Departments of Game, Fish and Parks and state departments of
environmental protection.
The student may prepare to teach biology in the secondary school by
fulfilling requirements for certification as outlined by the Teacher Education
Program. A student may prepare to be employed as a microbiologist by
gaining a degree in biology and by spending a semester off campus at a
suitable university for extra course work in microbiology. Similarly, a student
may prepare to be hired as a wildlife biologist by taking suitable courses in
wildlife biology during the summer term in addition to gaining a biology
degree.
The graduate with a bachelor's degree in biology may enter graduate school
for a master's or doctoral degree in applied areas such as environmental
science or public health or may enter graduate school for a degree in basic
biology, zoology, physiology, botany, microbiology or ecology. Successful
undergraduates desiring to enter these programs are assisted in doing so by the
department. A major in biology is also excellent preparation for entrance into
schools of medicine, optometry, dentistry, veterinary medicine, and advanced
degree programs in physical therapy or occupational therapy.
While pursuing a degree in biology, the student will develop an in-depth
knowledge of the field and become competent in the use of current
technologies. Part of the degree requirement for biology graduates is
participation in a research experience. Major course requirements and the
senior seminar give each student an opportunity to examine contemporary
issues in light of their own value system and the college’s guiding ethical
principles.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Biology
1. Completion of 26 credit hours with at least two biology courses
completed at Mount Marty College.
2. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 in biology and required related courses.
81

3. A transfer student must have completed two courses in the department
with a GPA of at least 2.0.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
BIO 103 Principles of Biology
BIO 240 Botany
BIO 310 Ecology
BIO 320 Microbiology
BIO 364 Cell and Molecular Biology
BIO 490 Seminar in Biology
Choose 9 hours from the following with no more than 4 hours from BIO
386 and above to satisfy minimum requirement:
BIO 203 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 204 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 330 Genetics
BIO 360 Vertebrate Embryology
BIO 370 Histology
BIO 380 Aquatic Ecology
BIO 386 Special Studies
BIO 485 Semester Off-Campus in Biology
BIO 498 Research (additional hours)
2. Collateral Course Requirements
CHM 111 General Chemistry I
CHM 112 General Chemistry II
MTH 180 Adv College Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytics
3. Elective Concentration in Ecology
Additional ecological study:
BIO 380 Aquatic Ecology
BIO 386 Special Studies
BIO 498 Research
4. Other Requirements
A. Two hours of research experience at the 498 level is required. These
may be earned in biology, chemistry or forensic science.
B. No grade lower than C is allowed in major, minor or collateral
courses.
C. All major, collateral and research courses must be taken for a letter
grade.
82

D. A student pursuing a biology major or minor leading to certification
as a teacher may require additional course work. This student
requires early counseling by faculty in biology and teacher
education.
5. Recommendations
Recommended courses: Physics, organic chemistry, and calculus.
BIOLOGY MINOR
Required Course:
BIO 490 Seminar in Biology
Choose at least 16 hours from the following:
BIO 103 Principles of Biology
BIO 203 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 204 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 240 Botany
BIO 310 Ecology
BIO 320 Microbiology
BIO 330 Genetics
BIO 360 Vertebrate Embryology
BIO 364 Cell and Molecular Biology
BIO 370 Histology
BIO 380 Aquatic Ecology
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (BIO)
103 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The study of structure and function of living cells with special consideration
of the role of membranes and enzymes in cell functioning. Emphasis is placed
on the central role of DNA in directing the construction and functioning of
cells. Study of the energy-transforming processes of photosynthesis and
respiration and how these processes "provide'' the energetic force necessary
for the continued functioning of living systems - from cells to ecosystems is
considered. Cell reproduction, DNA replication, chromosome separation
during meiosis and the resultant predictable (and sometimes unexpected)
patterns of inheritance are introduced. The relationship between genetic
variation and evolution; the origin of life and the way in which subsequent
evolution has given rise to the vast diversity of organisms which currently
inhabit this planet are studied. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4. NOTE:
Either BIO 103 or 106, but not both, may be taken to fulfill the basic science
requirement. Either may be followed by a second biology course.
83

106 INTRODUCTION TO THE LIFE SCIENCES
The study of the structure and function of biological entities ranging from
single cells through multi-cellular organisms to entire ecosystems. During the
first part of the course emphasis is placed on mankind's role in causing and
solving environmental problems; emphasis then shifts to cellular structure and
processes such as respiration, photosynthesis and cell division. During the
latter third of the course focus is on structures and functions of the human
body. This course is designed primarily for the non-science major and may not
be counted toward the biology major. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
107 INTRODUCTION TO LIFE SCIENCE II
Is an introductory course designed to provide a general study of biology. This
course is best suited for students who have selected a non-science major.
Included in this segment of Introduction to Life Science are the other
disciplines of taxonomy, ecology and anatomy. Offered at Watertown Campus
only. 4.
202 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
The study of basic medical terminology. Prefixes, suffixes, word roots,
combining forms, special endings, plural forms, abbreviations, and symbols
are included in the content. A word-building system that provides the
opportunity to decipher unfamiliar terms will be utilized. Emphasis is placed
on spelling, definition, and usage. Prerequisite: BIO 103 or 106 or consent
of instructor. 2.
203 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY AND ANATOMY
The study of organization in living human systems. The underlying theme is
homeostasis. Study includes bone structure, sensory physiology, coordination
by the autonomic and voluntary nervous systems, the physiology of muscle
contraction, and the response of the organism to environmental variation.
Emphasis is placed on recent research in sensory and neuromuscular
physiology. Laboratory includes dissection, gross and histological studies of
the skeletal, nervous and muscular systems as well as physiological
experimentation. Prerequisites: Two semesters of chemistry and BIO 103.
Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
204 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY AND ANATOMY
The study of organization in living human systems. The underlying theme is
the concept of homeostasis and feedback mechanisms within the organism
which sustains it. Study includes coordination by hormones from endocrine
glands, nutrition, digestion, respiration, transport of respiratory gases,
circulation, water balance, electrolyte balance, excretion and reproduction.
Laboratory includes dissection, gross and histological studies as well as
physiological experimentation. Prerequisite: BIO 203 or permission of
instructor. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
84

240 BOTANY
The study of organization and function in plants from the cellular to the
whole-plant level. Topics to be emphasized include photosynthesis, plant
phylogeny, plant reproduction, nutrient uptake and translocation, hormonal
and environmental control of plant development, and mankind's dependence
on plants and plant products. Prerequisite: BIO 103. Lecture, discussion, and
laboratory. 4.
302 IMMUNOLOGY (MET 302)
An introduction to the basic principles of immunology. Topics include
immunoglobulin structure and function, cellular and molecular immunology,
types of immune reactions and immunological disorders. Emphasis is placed
on how the immune system protects individuals against infectious agents and
prevents the development of abnormal cells within the body. Prerequisites:
BIO 204, 320. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
310 ECOLOGY
An examination of ecological principles that pertain to terrestrial populations,
communities, ecosystems, biomes, and the biosphere, with a central focus on
the interactions between organisms and between organisms and the non-living
environment, and how such interactions manifest themselves in ecosystem
patterns and processes. Laboratory and fieldwork includes student projects
involving physiological ecology, vegetation sampling, study of species
diversity in a variety of habitats, and analysis of prairie and forest ecosystems.
Prerequisites: BIO 103, 240. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
320 MICROBIOLOGY
The study of morphology, physiology, and systematics of bacteria with special
emphasis on biochemical reactions which serve as a basis for bacterial
identification. Included is a brief survey of yeasts, molds, viruses, and
rickettsiae. Consideration is given to microorganisms in their relationship to
disease, i.e., infection, antibiotics, and immunity; as well as their relationship
to soil and water. Identification of unknown bacteria and an independent
project are carried out by each student. Minimum prerequisites: One year of
chemistry and BIO 103. Recommended: BIO 203, 204. Lecture, discussion,
and laboratory. 4.
330 GENETICS
An introduction to the principles of classical Mendelian genetics and the
principles and techniques of modern molecular genetics. Topics to be covered
include Mendel's laws, gene linkage, genetic recombination and chromosome
mapping, followed by a study of the chemistry of DNA and the molecular
mechanics of transcription, translation, replication controls on gene
expression, and modern manipulation of DNA. Prerequisite: One year of
chemistry and BIO 103. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
85

360 VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
The study of gametogenesis, fertilization, differentiation, organogenesis and
system development. Laboratory activities include preparation of histological
sections, physiological and morphological study of live embryos of frog and
chick, and a study of serial sections of the frog, chick and pig. An independent
laboratory project is carried out by each student. Prerequisite: One year of
chemistry and BIO 204. Lecture, discussion and laboratory. 4.
364 CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
The study of topics in protein biology and biochemistry, including protein
structure, function, isolation, molecular evolution, and the detection and
molecular basis of disease. Emphasized are the organization and complexity
of the prokaryotic and eukaryotic cellular infrastructure, genomes, gene
function and regulation, and the structure of the eukaryotic chromosome.
Molecular techniques are developed throughout the course. Techniques
include electrophoresis, affinity chromatography, peptide mapping, enzyme
cytochemistry, western blot, southern blot and nucleic acid analysis.
Prerequisite: CHM 111, 112, BIO 103. Lecture and laboratory. 4.
370 HISTOLOGY
The study of microscopic structure in mammalian tissues and organs.
Emphasis is placed on functional relationships of structures. Prerequisite:
BIO 204. Lecture, discussion and laboratory. 4.
380 AQUATIC ECOLOGY
An examination of ecological principles that pertain to freshwater populations,
communities and ecosystems, and the biological, chemical and physical
analyses of freshwater habitats. Each student works a group to perform an indepth
analysis of an aquatic ecosystem in southeastern South Dakota. Field
and laboratory work is project-oriented, with each student conducting his or
her own research project throughout the course of study. Studies include the
geological, physical, chemical, and biological parameters of lakes and streams
with emphasis on their biotic communities. Statistical data analysis and
presentation of results is required. Prerequisite: BIO 310. 4.
485 SEMESTER OFF-CAMPUS IN BIOLOGY
The semester off-campus program may include placement in a research
laboratory or an internship program. The experience may include
participation in research under a senior investigator or in an internship project
working with a qualified staff. The student chooses an on-campus supervisor
who will visit him/her during the semester. This program is designed to better
prepare a student for employment after graduation. Prerequisites: 6 courses
in biology (excluding BIO 386 and 498) with a GPA of at least 2.0 in biology
and the consent of the department faculty. 1-16.
86

490 SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY
For Biology 490 each student prepares a review article on a topic in biology
of his/her choice and presents this paper to the faculty and senior biology
majors. Prerequisite: 4 courses in biology. 1.
498 RESEARCH
Biology 498 requires an investigation (on or off campus) of a hypothesis
concerning a biological topic. The work is selected and carried out under the
direction of a biology faculty member. It involves a literature review of the
area of the endeavor and selected laboratory experiments designed to test the
hypothesis. Results may be presented to the Collegiate Section of the South
Dakota Academy of Science, the Colleges of Mid-America Conference and/or
other regional or national scientific meetings. Prerequisite: 4 courses in
biology. 1-4.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
In recent years, graduates with degrees in business administration have put
their talents to use as graduate students, salespeople, managers, accountants
and entrepreneurs. Mount Marty College excels in preparing these
individuals. You will gain a basic understanding of business through a preprofessional
education essential to work and the diverse range of experiences
encountered while working in the contemporary business world. Our
instructors will provide you with valuable insights into economics, accounting
practices and computer science based on their experience with today’s
business and market trends. You will have access to up-to-date library and
computer technology, enabling you to conduct research using resources from
all over the world. As an MMC business major, you will be taught to
challenge assumptions and investigate issues beneath the surface. Your
motivation to improve the business world, combined with a quality education,
will lead to a career that will be deeply rewarding on many levels.
The business program has available to any interested student opportunities
for cooperative work with the areas of information technology/computer
science and recreation management. By working with these programs the
student may obtain an information technology/computer science or recreation
management major. All of these opportunities will add to the student's
marketability.
As a business administration student you will choose from two different
emphases within the program: Marketing or Management. It is possible for
any student to complete a dual emphasis within their four-year college career.
Microcomputer applications are an integral part of the business administration
87

major and additional computer coursework is available if the student is
interested. Business administration majors are required to participate in an
internship experience during their junior or senior year. Business
administration majors receive comprehensive career training that will enable
them to choose among several entry-level positions in business.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Business Administration
1. Completion of 26 credit hours.
2. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 255 Macroeconomics
BUS 256 Microeconomics
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 380 Entrepreneurship
BUS 483 Business Policy
BUS 485 Internships
BUS 490 Business Ethics/Community Service
2. Collateral Course Requirements
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
3. Emphasis Areas - The student must choose one or more of the following
emphases:
A. Management Emphasis
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
BUS 336 International Business
BUS 370 Corporate Finance
BUS 412 Production/Operations Management
B. Marketing Emphasis
BUS 324 Public Relations
BUS 329 Market Research
BUS 330 Sales and Sales Management
BUS 333 Advertising
4. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor, collateral or
emphasis area courses.
88

5. Recommendations
A. One year of a foreign language.
B. Recommended Minor: Information Technology
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MINOR
Required Courses:
ACC 120 Accounting I
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 255 Macroeconomics
Choose at least 6 hours from the following with the consent of the
Program Director:
BUS 215 Business Communication
BUS 256 Microeconomics
BUS 269 Personal Finance
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
BUS 279 Free Enterprise
BUS 324 Public Relations
BUS 329 Market Research
BUS 330 Sales and Sales Management
BUS 333 Advertising
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
BUS 336 International Business
BUS 370 Corporate Finance
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 380 Entrepreneurship
BUS 412 Production/Operations Management
BUS 483 Business Policy
BUS 485 Internships
BUS 490 Business Ethics/Community Service
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE
Required Courses:
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
Choose one course from the following:
BUS 255 Macroeconomics
BUS 333 Advertising
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
89

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
(Offered only at a contracted auxiliary site in Yankton)
1. Major Course Requirements
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
BUS 215 Business Communication
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
2. Collateral Course Requirements
ENG 103 Composition and Literature
IT 125 Basic Skills in Information Technology
STH 130 Speech Communication
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (BUS)
215 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Improvement of writing skills to facilitate effective written communication in
the workplace. Topics include purposes of written business communication;
intensive review of the rules governing written communication; planning,
organizing, and editing of effective business letters, memos, and reports. 3.
225 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
The student will examine the policies and problems concerned with flow of
goods and services to the consumer. This course includes the study of pricing,
advertising, consumer behavior, and the distribution of products. 3.
231 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
The process of achieving results through efficient utilization of human and
material resources. Analysis of managerial functions, planning, organizing,
influencing, and controlling. 3.
255 MACROECONOMICS (SSC 255)
This course involves the study of the economy as a whole. Concerned with
national policy issues; government and business; national income analysis;
monetary and fiscal policy. Prerequisite: MTH 150 or consent of instructor. 3.
256 MICROECONOMICS (SSC 256)
This course involves the study of individual market interactions. Concentrates
on the efficient allocation of resources among firms, industries, and
consumers. Prerequisite: MTH 150 or consent of instructor. 3.
90

269 PERSONAL FINANCE
The student will study personal financial management as it applies to budgets,
savings, credit, insurance, and investments. Includes real estate fundamentals.
Prerequisite: ACC 121. 3.
270 SPREADSHEETS
The course provides basic working knowledge of Microsoft Excel. The
student learns commands and functions. 2.
279 FREE ENTERPRISE
This course provides an overview and definition of the free enterprise system.
Also covered are other types of economic systems and their respective
structures. Topics include the development and history of the free market
economic system and the contrast of this system to other economic systems. 3.
324 PUBLIC RELATIONS
Every student is engaged in the public relations process, the goals, functions
and responsibilities of public relations, and the writing and other activities
involved in Public Relations. Prerequisite: BUS 225. 3.
329 MARKET RESEARCH
The basic research concepts and techniques, applications of research findings
to formulating marketing policies. Prerequisite: BUS 225, MTH 219. 3.
330 SALES AND SALES MANAGEMENT
Information on the selling process and its importance in the business
environment. Topics covered will include the psychology of selling,
telemarketing, and computer technology and its impact on selling.
Prerequisite: BUS 225. 3.
333 ADVERTISING
Each student studies advertising from historical, economic, ethical,
psychological and artistic perspectives. Every Student plans, designs and
creates print advertisements and advertising campaigns. Prerequisite: BUS
225. 3.
335 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
This course involves the study of principles of personnel administration and
the responsibilities of the personnel function within an organization. Emphasis
is placed on procurement, selection, training, supervision, job analysis, and
utilization of work forces. Prerequisite: BUS 231 or consent of instructor. 3.
91

336 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Various aspects of traditional business theory will be covered from an
international perspective. Topics will include the impact of the European
Economic Community, international monetary systems and the impact of
political and social changes. Prerequisite: BUS 231. 3.
370 CORPORATE FINANCE
This course involves the study of procurement and utilization of funds for a
business. Includes study of securities, capital and income management, and
procedures for obtaining short, intermediate and long-term funds.
Prerequisite: ACC 121, MTH 219. 3.
372 LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS
An introduction to law and to the legal aspects of common business
transactions: contracts, agencies, personal property and bailments, sales and
commercial paper. Prerequisite: ACC 121. 3.
380 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This course is an overview of small business entrepreneurship and the process
of establishing a small business. This course will cover opportunities,
planning, start up, risk, financing, marketing and growth. The student will
prepare a formal business plan. Prerequisite: BUS 279. 3.
412 PRODUCTION/OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Overview of the production and operation systems common to all types of
business organizations including basic problems in the production of goods
and services and modern strategies for planning and controlling operations.
Prerequisite: MTH 219. 3.
483 BUSINESS POLICY
The student will bring together all of the various theories and concepts learned
in other business courses. Strategic management issues will be covered
through the use of case studies, computer simulations, and classroom
discussion. Prerequisite: senior status or consent of instructor. 3.
485 INTERNSHIPS
The student will gain experience in business fields on a part-time or full-time
basis. Opportunities are available in banking, retail and manufacturing.
Prerequisite: Faculty approval. 2-12.
490 BUSINESS ETHICS/COMMUNITY SERVICE
The student will develop an awareness and understanding of ethics in a
business setting. Each student will participate in a community service project
through various agencies, service organizations, or churches. 2.
92

CHEMISTRY
The chemistry program provides a solid education in chemistry both for
those students whose professions will require a strong background in
chemistry and for those whose interest is more generalized. This course of
study leads to a bachelor of arts degree. Beyond the course work in
chemistry, this program offers experiences in university research laboratories
and the opportunity to participate in lectures and seminars conducted by
various regional and national scientific organizations such as the South
Dakota Academy of Science or the Sioux Valley section of the American
Chemical Society.
One benefit the program offers is a high degree of individualized assistance
to the student. A high percentage of chemistry majors spend some time in a
research program at an off-campus site. This provides an opportunity for the
student to present a paper at a state meeting and have an abstract published.
The successful chemistry major has a wide selection of possible careers upon
graduation. Some graduates elect to further their education by entering a
graduate school in pursuit of a master’s or a doctoral degree while some enter
medical school. The chemistry graduate may elect to enter the professions
directly as laboratory workers in industrial, governmental, or medical
situations while some may elect to branch out, by means of further schooling,
into specialized fields of applied chemistry such as pharmacy, dental school,
optometry, or veterinary medicine. The chemistry major may also fulfill the
requirements for secondary education and the graduate can become a teacher
in the middle school or high school area. A combined major in business and
chemistry may lead to a position as consultant to a chemical industry or a
legal profession. Since chemistry is everywhere, the opportunities for
chemists are also widespread.
While pursuing a degree in chemistry, each student will develop an indepth
knowledge of the field and become competent in the use of current
technologies. Part of the degree requirement for graduates with a chemistry
major is participation in a primary research experience. General course
requirements within the major and the seminar required of all graduates give
the student an opportunity to examine contemporary issues in light of their
own value system and the college's guiding ethical principles.
Chemistry majors with the qualifying GPA are invited to join Lambda
Delta Lambda, a national honor society for the physical sciences. The local
chapter participates in various service projects each year.
93

Prerequisites for Acceptance into Chemistry
1. Completion of Chemistry 111 and 112.
2. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 in chemistry and required related courses.
3. A transfer student must have completed two courses in the program with
a GPA of at least 2.0.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
CHM 111 General Chemistry I
CHM 112 General Chemistry II
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II
CHM 341 Analytical Chemistry
CHM 353 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 490 Seminar
CHM 498 Research
Choose one of the following:
CHM 354 Physical Chemistry II
CHM 364 Biochemistry
CHM 370 Inorganic Chemistry
2. Collateral Course Requirements
MTH 209 Calculus I
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
PHY 221 Principles of Physics I
PHY 222 Principles of Physics II
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor or collateral
courses.
B. A student pursuing a chemistry major leading to certification as a
teacher may require additional course work in the sciences. This
student requires early counseling by faculty in chemistry and teacher
education.
CHEMISTRY MINOR
Required Course:
CHM 490 Seminar
Choose at least 16 hours from the following:
CHM 111 General Chemistry I
CHM 112 General Chemistry II
94

CHM 231
CHM 232
CHM 341
CHM 342
CHM 353
CHM 354
CHM 364
CHM 370
CHM 485
CHM 498
Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
Analytical Chemistry
Instrumental Analysis
Physical Chemistry I
Physical Chemistry II
Biochemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
Semester Off Campus in Chemistry
Research
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (CHM)
101 INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY I
A survey of chemistry: fundamental concepts, structure of matter, the
elements, periodicity, compounds, states of matter, and descriptive inorganic
chemistry. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
102 INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY II
A condensed presentation of the principles of organic chemistry and
biochemistry. Topics in organic chemistry include: saturated, unsaturated and
aromatic hydrocarbons; alcohols; acids; amines; stereoisomers and polymers.
In biochemistry: carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, enzymes, and
the pathways leading to the biosynthesis and intermediary metabolism of the
carbohydrates, proteins and lipids. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory.
Prerequisite: CHM 101 or CHM 111. 4.
111 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
Examination of the physical and chemical properties of the elements and
compounds and the reason they react. Topics include: fundamental concepts;
structure of the atom and quantum theory; periodicity; ions and molecules;
chemical bonding; the gaseous, liquid, and solid states; thermochemistry.
Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
112 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of General Chemistry I. This course covers different facets of
chemistry such as solution chemistry, acid-base and buffer systems, rate of
reaction, chemical equilibrium, solubility of precipitates, electrochemistry,
thermodynamics, nuclear chemistry, and the chemistry of different groups of
elements. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. Prerequisite: CHM 111. 4.
231 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I
Astudy of the most common types of carbon compounds, their properties,
preparation, reactions, and interrelationships. Laboratory work provides
95

experience with contemporary techniques and includes techniques of physical
analysis and synthesis of typical organic compounds. Lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: CHM 112 or consent of instructor. 4.
232 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
Chemistry 232 (Organic Chemistry II) is a continuation of Chemistry 231. The
lecture provides the theoretical basis for a wide range of organic syntheses
including synthesis of alcohols, ethers, aromatics, and carbonyl containing
compounds. The laboratory provides hands-on experience in organic
synthesis and qualitative organic analysis. Lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisite: CHM 231. 4.
341 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
The objective of this course is to provide a background in those chemical
principles that are important to analytical chemistry such as aqueous-solution
chemistry, chemical equilibrium, acid/base theories, theory and application of
gravimetric, titrimetric, chromatographic, electrochemical, and
spectrophotometric methods of chemical analysis and statistical evaluation of
analytical data by microcomputers. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites:
MTH 150/180, CHM 112. 4.
342 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS
Principles of operation and application of instrumental methods of chemical
analysis involving spectrophotometry, spectroscopy, and chromatography.
Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. Prerequisites: CHM 112, 341. 3.
353 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I
Examines in greater detail the theoretical foundations of chemistry. Topics
covered include: properties of gases, quantum theory, thermodynamics, free
energy and chemical equilibria and solution chemistry. Lecture and laboratory.
Prerequisites: MTH 209, CHM 112. 4.
354 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of Physical Chemistry I. Topics covered include: kinetics,
enzyme kinetics, electrochemistry, macromolecules, and photochemistry.
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: MTH 209, CHM 353. 4.
364 BIOCHEMISTRY
Topics to be covered include chemical composition, assimilation, and
metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids, as well as
enzyme kinetics. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 103, CHM 112,
231. 4.
96

370 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Astudy of selected topics of inorganic chemistry including atomic structure,
acid base systems, selected groups of elements, group theory, and crystal field
and ligand field theory as applied to coordination compounds. Lecture and
discussion. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3.
485 SEMESTER OFF CAMPUS IN CHEMISTRY
A semester off-campus program may include placement in a research
laboratory or an internship program. The experience may include coursework,
participation in research under a senior investigator or in an internship project
under a qualified staff. The nature of the project undertaken is established by
the student, faculty representative, and the faculty advisor. Prerequisites:
CHM 112, 232, with a GPA of at least 2.0 in chemistry and the consent of the
department faculty. 1-16.
490 SEMINAR
Examination and use of the current chemical literature to compose a written
report and an oral presentation to the faculty and senior chemistry majors.
Prerequisite: 4 chemistry courses. 1.
498 RESEARCH
A research investigation (on or off campus) involving review of relevant
scientific literature followed by laboratory work under the guidance of a
faculty member. A written report and an oral presentation of the results are
required. Prerequisite: 3 chemistry courses. 1-4.
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE
(Medical Technology)
Clinical laboratory science is a traditional program with three years of preclinical
preparation followed by a one year clinical course which fulfills the
requirements for the major. After completion of the clinical year, the student
graduates from Mount Marty with a bachelor of science degree in Clinical
Laboratory Science and is eligible to take the national registry examination in
Medical Technology. One advantage Mount Marty offers to the student in its
Clinical Laboratory Science program is a strong introduction to clinical
material during the first three college years. A degree in Clinical Laboratory
Science equips the student to seek careers in many laboratory settings.
The majority of CLS’s pursue careers in hospital or clinical laboratories.
97

Many advance to supervisory or management responsibilities in these labs.
Other career areas include government regulatory agencies, education,
research, and positions in development, quality control or sales in large
pharmaceutical or scientific equipment companies. While pursuing a degree in
Clinical Laboratory Science, the student will develop an in-depth knowledge
of the field and become competent in the use of current technologies. The year
of clinical internship includes both didactic and extensive opportunities to use
state of the art equipment in clinical laboratory science. The student will be
able to pursue special topics of interest in research and present a seminar
within the internship year. Courses within the major in the pre-clinical
program of study as well as during internship will give the student the
opportunities to examine the contemporary issues facing the clinical
laboratory scientist and apply the college’s guiding ethical principles.
Graduates of Lake Area Technical Institute’s (LATI) medical laboratory
technician program may continue their education at Mount Marty College,
Yankton Campus, to receive the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in
CLS by completing certain major and general education requirements. See
requirements as listed under “LATI Articulation Requirements.”
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Clinical Laboratory Science
1. Sophomore standing with a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00 (clinical
affiliates require a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.80).
2. Completion of 8 hours of chemistry and 12 hours of biology with a
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in these courses.
3. Acceptance into the program does not mean acceptance into a particular
internship. Acceptance into internship is determined on an individual
basis.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
BIO 103 Principles of Biology
BIO 203 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 204 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 320 Microbiology
BIO 364 Cell and Molecular Biology
CHM 111 General Chemistry I
CHM 112 General Chemistry II
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 341 Analytical Chemistry
CHM 342 Instrumental Analysis
CHM 364 Biochemistry
CLS 302 Immunology
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
98

2. Recommendations
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II
CLS 490 Seminar
CLS 498 Research
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in major, minor or collateral
courses.
B. All major, collateral and research courses must be taken for a letter
grade.
C. Internship at an approved hospital. Successful completion of the
internship is determined by the institution at which the student
interns. Upon receipt of documentation that the student has
successfully completed the internship, 40 credit hours will be
transcripted.
4. LATI Articulation Requirements
A. Major Course Requirements
BIO 364 Cell and Molecular Biology
CHM 112 General Chemistry II
CHM 364 Biochemistry
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
B. Recommendations
CHM 111 General Chemistry I
C. Other Requirements
1. Graduated under the 2000-2002 catalog or later of Lake Area
Technical Institute’s Medical Laboratory Technician Program.
2. Other requirements as noted in #3 above.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (CLS)
INTERNSHIP
The senior year curriculum in medical technology is a 12-month clinical
internship to be completed at an approved hospital. The internship begins in
the summer between the junior and senior year and is completed 12 months
later. Fifty-two weeks of course work is required. Since course work in the
individual areas is distributed over the period, the entire internship must be
completed to obtain credit for courses listed below. The senior internship
constitutes a total of 40 credit hours. For purposes of registration and
assessment of fees, the senior student registers for 6 hours in the second
99

summer session and 17 credit hours for the fall and spring semesters. Policies
concerning the internship are determined by each hospital where the program
is offered. The student should consult the handbook developed by the hospital
program for specifics. At the successful completion of the internship as
determined by the hospital-based program, the student will be granted a
Bachelor of Science Degree in Clinical Laboratory Science from Mount Marty
College if all degree requirements have been met. Courses listed below are
representative of those offered at approved hospitals.
302 IMMUNOLOGY (BIO 302)
An introduction to the basic principles of immunology. Topics include
immunoglobulin structure and function, cellular and molecular immunology,
types of immune reactions and immunological disorders. Emphasis is placed
on how the immune system protects individuals against infectious agents and
prevents the development of abnormal cells within the body. Prerequisites:
BIO 204, 320. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. 4.
410 GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC METHODS: MICROSCOPY
Lecture and laboratory instruction on body fluids and urine in regard to
chemical and cellular composition. In addition, utilization of results in
diagnosis and management is emphasized. 2 or 3.
411 SEROLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
Application of the principles of immunology to serologic diagnosis. 2 or 3.
416 IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY
Theory and practice of immunohematology as applied to blood transfusion,
component therapy, immunologic diagnostic procedures and blood bank
administration. 4-6.
421 CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY
Lecture and laboratory instruction in the isolation and identification of
pathogenic organisms and of their susceptibility to therapeutic agents.
Includes bacteriology, mycology, virology and parasitology. 8-12.
431 CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
Medically-oriented biochemistry as applied to normal and abnormal
physiology and analysis of body constituents. Includes instruction in
instrumentation and the use of radionuclides in laboratory medicine. 8-12.
441 CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY
Lectures and laboratory instruction in the analysis of cellular elements of the
blood and bone marrow, both normal and abnormal, and of the hemostatic
mechanisms. Application to various disease entitites also included. 5-8.
100

490 SEMINAR
Each student prepares a review article on a topic in biology, chemistry or
medical technology of his/her choice and presents this paper to the faculty and
senior natural science majors. Prerequisite: 4 courses in biology and/or
chemistry. 1.
498 RESEARCH
Medical Technology 498 requires an investigation (on or off campus) of a
hypothesis. The work is selected and carried out under the direction of a
biology or chemistry faculty member. It involves a literature review of the
area of the endeavor and selected laboratory experiments designed to test the
hypothesis. Prerequisite: 4 courses in biology and/or chemistry. 1-4.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
The program of study and course descriptions for Computer Science are
found in the Information Technology (IT) section of this catalog.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
The Criminal Justice major provides a student the background necessary to
become practitioners in the Criminal Justice field. The student is prepared for
careers in the areas of law enforcement, juvenile justice, corrections,
probation/parole, or as an undergraduate major in preparation for law school.
Criminal Justice majors learn how the Criminal Justice System works and gain
insights into investigations, corrections, juvenile justice, chemical
dependency, legal writing and research, career opportunities, and security
administration.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Criminal Justice
Cumulative GPA of 2.5 after two semesters of college.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
101

CJU 336
CJU 341
CJU 358
CJU 410
CJU 444
CJU 485
CJU 490
Criminal Investigation
Introduction to Counseling
Corrections
Legal Research & Report Writing
Juvenile Delinquency
Internship (4-6 hours)
Senior Seminar
Choose at least 6 hours from the following:
CJU 310 Service Experience
CJU 320 Police Administration
CJU 330 The Criminal Mind & Corrective Thinking
CJU 340 Chemical Dependency & Human Behavior
CJU 342 Introduction to Alcoholism
CJU 343 Introduction to Group Counseling
CJU 365 Security Administration
CJU 485 Internship (1-2 hours)
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Course:
POS 120 American Government
Choose one of the following:
SOC 360 Minority Studies
SOC 377 Human Relations
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor or collateral
courses.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE MINOR
Required Courses:
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJU 336 Criminal Investigation
CJU 358 Corrections
CJU 444 Juvenile Delinquency
Choose two of the following:
CJU 341 Introduction to Counseling
CJU 485 Internship (3 hours)
POS 322 Constitutional History and Law
SOC 360 Minority Studies
SOC 377 Human Relations
102

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE
Required Courses:
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJU 336 Criminal Investigation
CJU 358 Corrections
CJU 444 Juvenile Delinquency
CJU 485 Internship (3 hours)
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology
Choose two of the following:
CJU 340 Chemical Dependency & Human Behavior
CJU 341 Introduction to Counseling
CJU 342 Introduction to Alcoholism
PSY 370 Social Psychology
PSY 374 Abnormal Psychology
SOC 360 Minority Studies
SOC 377 Human Relations
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (CJU)
133 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
An overview of the criminal justice system. Review of law enforcement,
courts, corrections, contemporary issues and practices. 3.
310 SERVICE EXPERIENCE
Every student does volunteer service under supervision in a learning
environment. Prerequisites: CJU 133 and consent of instructor. 1-5 hours.
320 POLICE ADMINISTRATION
An overview of police organizations, police management systems, and police
management, focusing on the understanding of hiring, training, personnel
evaluation, budgeting, planning, developing standards, and services in the
police environment. Prerequisite: CJU 133. 3.
330 THE CRIMINAL MIND AND CORRECTIVE THINKING
An identification of errors in thinking resulting in destructive reasoning.
Aberrations of self-evaluation and a closed world view which results in
criminal behavior and tactics. Prerequisite: CJU 133. 3.
336 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
Advanced study of law enforcement with special emphasis on criminal
investigation and criminal procedure, effective police work, modern detective
103

investigation, and procedures in homicide and drug cases. Prerequisite: CJU 133. 3.
340 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY & HUMAN BEHAVIOR
(PSY 340, SOC 340)
Survey the use, abuse and addictive nature of alcohol and other mood altering
drugs including the symptomatology of alcoholism and other drug addiction.
Examine the nature and complexity of mood altering chemical substances and
current approaches to treatment and prevention of alcohol and other drug abuse.
Prerequisites: CJU/PSY/SOC 341, SOC 100, CJU 133 or consent of instructor. 3.
341 INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING (PSY, SOC 341)
Survey of approaches to counseling with emphasis on gaining an
understanding of basic theory concepts utilized in the helping professions.
Emphasis is also placed on developing a personal philosophy of helping or
counseling. Counseling topics explored include family issues, youth in
trouble, and substance abuse. 3.
342 INTRODUCTION TO ALCOHOLISM (PSY 342, SOC 342)
An introductory survey of alcoholism, a major public health problem in
contemporary society. A review of the physiological, psychological, and social
effects of alcohol consumption, theories of causation, diagnosis, treatment and
prevention of alcoholism. It will seek to form a balanced base of knowledge
about a complex and controversial subject for both professional and personal
applications. This course and CJU 340 are South Dakota requirements for
certification as a Chemical Dependency Counselor. 3.
343 INTRODUCTION TO GROUP COUNSELING (PSY 343, SOC 343)
An exploration of the approaches and process of group therapy that integrates
ideas from different perspectives of group counseling. The student will gain
an understanding of group process and the skills and techniques related to the
stages of group processing, and the application of group strategies to specific
group counseling issues and populations. Prerequisite: CJU/ PSY/SOC 341. 3.
358 CORRECTIONS
Examines modern correctional systems, contemporary issues and practices in
probation, parole, and community alternatives. Study history of retaliation,
rehabilitation, and reform efforts. Prerequisite is CJU 133. 3.
365 SECURITY ADMINISTRATION
A comprehensive overview of the dimensions of protective service:
philosophy, law, loss, control, crime prevention, and security system
management. Prerequisite: CJU 133. 3.
410 LEGAL RESEARCH & REPORT WRITING
Focus on how to do legal research and the writing of professional reports in
104

the criminal justice area. Prerequisite: CJU 133. 3.
444 JUVENILE DELINQUENCY (SOC 444)
Sociological and behavioral approaches to understanding juvenile
delinquency. Study street crimes and gangs, as well as the juvenile justice
system. Prerequisites: SOC 100, CJU 133. 3.
485 INTERNSHIP
Use of criminal justice principles in an applied setting. Every student works
under supervision in an off-campus placement. Goals and requirements are
determined in consultation with faculty. Selected reading is required.
Prerequisites: 9 hours of CJU and consent of instructor. 3-12 hours.
490 SENIOR SEMINAR
Acts as a capstone course for the criminal justice major. Draws together
material from many courses and integrates them into a final senior project. 3.
TEACHER EDUCATION
Teacher Education Mission Statement
The mission of the Mount Marty Teacher Education Department is to foster
growth among the student and among us in order to produce competent and
confident teachers. The department strives to develop the whole person in a
family centered environment, “morphing” candidates from a student into a
teacher and actualizing potential academically, professionally, and personally.
The underlying philosophy in the department of education is that every
student can and will learn. One of the unique characteristics of the department
is the integration of theory with practice throughout the entire academic
career. Each MMC student will have the opportunity to work in area schools
from their freshman orientation class through the field experiences, practica
and into the student teaching semester during the senior year. Given the small
size of classes, professors teach all classes, know each student, and commit to
helping the student become competent and confident professionals. The
student benefits from guidance in placement for field experiences, in student
teaching, and in securing that all-important first teaching job.
The Teacher Education Program offers a Bachelor of Arts degree and
includes preparation for teaching at the elementary or secondary level and in
special education (K-12). A student completing a major in elementary
education is eligible to teach grades kindergarten through eight. The student
completing a major in secondary education is eligible to teach grades 7
through 12. A student completing a major in physical education, music, or
105

special education is eligible to teach grades K-12. Special education graduates
will be certified for working with students with mild/moderate disabilities in
grades K-12.
Secondary education majors complete requirements in education and a
teaching major. The teaching majors include Biology, Chemistry, English,
History, Mathematics, Music, or Physical Education. Each student is also
advised to complete additional teaching authorizations. Special education
majors must also complete an Elementary Education major or a Secondary
Education major.
A student majoring in Music, Physical Education, or Special Education is
required to complete appropriate methods courses and student teach at both
elementary and secondary levels.
The special education program is a four and one-half year program for those
who also major in elementary education. This includes one semester of student
teaching in the elementary classroom and one semester in a special education
setting. Special education majors who are also majoring in a secondary or K-
12 area require five years to complete the program. They also complete a
semester of student teaching in a secondary classroom and a semester in a
special education setting.
Graduates of the program teach in public and private schools across the
nation; several have held positions as teaching assistants while pursuing
graduate studies. Others have pursued careers outside of education where they
can utilize the human relations and administrative skills they developed in the
teacher education program.
This teacher education program is fully accredited by the South Dakota
Department of Education. To be eligible for state certification, candidates
must possess or be in the process of acquiring U.S. citizenship. (Applicants
may be denied certification if they have been convicted of a crime involving
moral turpitude, including traffic in narcotics).
Every student must meet the program requirements for graduation listed in
“Guidelines for a Student Preparing to Teach” at the time of official
acceptance into the program unless an update requirement is requested by an
accrediting agency prior to the student’s completion of the program.
The teacher education department is committed to the liberal arts mission of
Mount Marty College. Consequently, the courses required for the majors
address the agreed upon general education outcomes of the college as well as
the teacher education certification requirements set forth by the state. The
program is subject to change depending upon the certification standards of the
State of South Dakota.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Elementary Education
1. Successful completion of EDN 150, 214 or 216 or 218, 233, ENG 103,
106

ENG 104, STH 130, MTH 125 or higher, a lab science, or demonstration
of competency for any of the above. All courses are to be passed with a
grade of a C or above.
2. Completion of PPST with minimum scores of 170 (316) in Reading, 171
(316) in Mathematics, and 172 (316) in Writing.
3. Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5, including all post-secondary work.
4. Evidence of academic proficiency at a GPA of 2.6 or above in academic
major.
5. Recommendation from two education faculty members.
6. Completion of application forms, including a disclosure form.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
EDN 150 Orientation to Teaching
EDN 157 Growth and Development of the Elementary Student
EDN 158 Growth and Development of the Middle School Student
EDN 214* Field Experience in Elementary
EDN 216* Field Experience in Middle School
EDN 233 Educational Psychology
EDN 234 Measurement, Evaluation and Management
EDN 266 Middle School/Junior High Education
EDN 314* Practicum in Elementary
EDN 342 Reading: Philosophy, Psychology and Methods
EDN 343 Elementary Social Studies Methods
EDN 346 Reading: Children’s Literature/Language Arts Methods
EDN 347* Reading: Methods, Diagnosis and Remediation in Reading
EDN 348 Elementary School Science and Math Methods
EDN 360 Indian Studies
EDN 376 Integrating Technology into Teaching and Learning
EDN 377 Human Relations Skills
EDN 453 Student Teaching Seminar
EDN 454 Elementary School Student Teaching
EDN 490 Seminar: The Teaching Profession
*Substitutions are available according to state certification requirements.
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Courses:
ART 240 Elementary School Art Education
ENG 103 Composition and Literature
ENG 104 Composition and Literature
HIS 228 U.S. History and Government for Teachers
MUS 315 Elementary School Music Methods
PED 217 First Aid & CPR
107

PED 315 Elementary Methods of Physical Education
PHY 111 Physical/Earth Science
SED 260 Psychology of the Exceptional Individual
STH 130 Speech Communication
*Substitutions are available according to state certification requirements.
Choose one of the following:
SSC 270 Cultural Geography of the West
SSC 271 Cultural Geography of the East
Choose one of the following:
PHY 112 Earth Science Astronomy I
PHY 113 Earth Science Astronomy II
Choose one of the following:
BIO 103 Principles of Biology
BIO 106 Introduction to the Life Sciences
Choose 9 hours of math including MTH 150 College Algebra.
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major or collateral courses.
B. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 with a minimum 2.75 in major and
collateral courses. The GPA includes all post-secondary grades.
C. Science and math credits must each total at least 9 hours.
D. PRAXIS II scores for the Teaching and Learning and for the
Elementary Education Content tests to meet the certification
requirements of South Dakota.
Criteria for Acceptance into Elementary Student Teaching (by Teacher
Education Committee)
1. Completion of application forms.
2. Prior acceptance into Teacher Education Program.
3. At least a 2.5 cumulative GPA; and 2.75 GPA in education/major courses.
GPA includes all post-secondary work.
4. 100 hours working with children whose ages fall within the desired
endorsement level.
5. Recommendations from three faculty members indicating applicant is
sufficiently prepared in the teaching area and has demonstrated
responsibility, dependability and good character.
6. Successful completion of all methods courses for the major prior to
student teaching.
7. Health adequate for working in elementary and/or secondary schools as
required by the state.
8. Disclosure statement and background check.
108

9. Evidence of liability coverage
Exit Requirements for Elementary, Secondary or Special Education
Majors
1. Successful completion of student teaching.
2. Maintenance of a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5, with at least a 2.75 in
both EDN (including Required Related Courses for elementary) and
Major (content, secondary or special education).
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Secondary Education
1. Successful completion of EDN 150, 216 or 218, 233, ENG 103, 104, STH
130, MTH 125 or higher, a lab science, or demonstration of competency
for any of the above. All courses are to be passed with a grade of at least
C.
2. Completion of PPST with minimum scores of 170 (316) in Reading, 171
(316) in Mathematics, and 172 (318) in Writing.
3. Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5, including all post-secondary work.
4. Evidence of academic proficiency at a GPA of 2.6 or above in academic
major.
5. Recommendation from two education faculty members.
6. Completion of disclosure statement.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
EDN 150 Orientation to Teaching
EDN 158 Growth and Development of the Middle School Student
EDN 159 Growth and Development of the High School Student
EDN 216* Field Experience in Middle School
EDN 218* Field Experience in Secondary
EDN 233 Educational Psychology
EDN 234 Measurement, Evaluation and Management
EDN 266 Middle School/Junior High Education
EDN 318* Practicum in Secondary
EDN 360 Indian Studies
EDN 362 Middle School/Secondary Reading in the Content Area
EDN 375 Middle School and Secondary General Methods
EDN 376 Integrating Technology into Teaching and Learning
EDN 377 Human Relations Skills
EDN 453 Student Teaching Seminar
EDN 457 Secondary School Student Teaching
EDN 490 Seminar: The Teaching Profession
*Substitutions are available according to state certification requirements.
109

Additional Requirement for Biology, Chemistry and Math Majors:
EDN 451 Science and Math Methods in Secondary Education
Additional Requirement for English and History Majors:
EDN 452 Language Arts and Social Science Methods
in Secondary Education
Additional Requirements for Music Major:
EDN 456 Elementary School Student Teaching in Music
MUS 315 Elementary School Music Methods
MUS 451 Methods of Teaching Music
Additional Requirements for Physical Education Major:
EDN 455 Elementary School Student Teaching in Physical Education
PED 315 Elementary Methods for Physical Education
PED 451 Secondary Health and Physical Education Methods
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Courses:
ENG 103 Composition and Literature
ENG 104 Composition and Literature
SED 260 Psychology of the Exceptional Individual
STH 130 Speech Communication
Choose at least one course from each of the following areas
(could be met through general education requirements):
Behavioral Science
Social Science
Math
Natural Science
3. Other Requirements
A. Completion of an additional major with a GPA of 2.75 in one of the
following areas: Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Math, Music,
or Physical Education.
B. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major or collateral courses.
C. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 with a minimum of 2.75 in both
major area and collateral courses. The GPA includes all postsecondary
grades.
D. PRAXIS II scores for the Teaching and Learning 7-12 and the
content test for the major that meet the certification requirement of
South Dakota.
110

Criteria for Acceptance into Secondary Student Teaching (by Teacher
Education Committee)
1. Completion of application forms.
2. Prior acceptance into Teacher Education Program.
3. At least a 2.5 cumulative GPA; and 2.75 GPA in education/major courses.
GPA includes all post-secondary work.
4. 100 hours working with children whose ages fall within the desired
endorsement level.
5. Recommendations from three faculty members indicating applicant is
sufficiently prepared in the teaching area and has demonstrated
responsibility, dependability and good character.
6. Successful completion of all methods courses for the major prior to
student teaching.
7. Health adequate for working in elementary and/or secondary schools as
required by the state.
8. Disclosure statement and background check
9. Evidence of liability coverage
Exit Requirements for Secondary, Elementary or Special Education
Majors
1. Successful completion of student teaching.
2. Maintenance of a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5, with at least a 2.75 in
both EDN (including Required Related Courses for elementary) and
Major (content, secondary or special education).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (EDN)
150 ORIENTATION TO TEACHING
This is an introductory course in the field of education as well as an
introduction to the profession of teaching. Students are exposed to foundations
of educational thought, philosophical and historical perspectives of the public
school system, and a global view of theory and practice. Ten hours of
classroom observations are included in the course design. Students are
encouraged to reflect on their desire to enter the teaching profession. 2.
157 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE ELEMENTARY
STUDENT
This course is a study of the nature and processes of change in the structure,
function and behavior of the child in order to gain an understanding of the
ways in which children develop as well as a study of the physical, cognitive,
and social-emotional growth of an elementary school student, kindergarten
through grade four. 1.
111

158 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE MIDDLE SCHOOL
STUDENT
This course is a study of the nature and processes of change in the structure,
function and behavior of the child in order to gain an understanding of the
ways in which children develop as well as a study of the physical, cognitive,
and social-emotional growth in the middle school student, grades five through
eight. 1.
159 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE HIGH SCHOOL
STUDENT
This course is a study of the nature and processes of change in the structure,
function and behavior of the child in order to gain an understanding of the
ways in which children develop as well as a study of the physical, cognitive,
and social-emotional growth in the high school student, grades nine through
twelve. 1.
212 - 218 FIELD EXPERIENCE
The student will observe and aid in a local classroom 2 hours per week and
assist a cooperating teacher. Students develop individual objectives or follow
the journal expectations of EDN 233, complete personal data and grade level
request before placement, and arrange an individual conference with the
instructor upon completion of the experience. Every student is required to
enroll in this course during the same semester as EDN 233. The student may
enroll in EDN 212-218 for additional 1-2 credit hours. Prerequisite: EDN 150
or consent of instructor.1-2.
212 Field Experience in Early Childhood/Kindergarten
214 Field Experience in Elementary
216 Field Experience in Middle School
218 Field Experience in Secondary
233 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
This course is an application of major psychological approaches and the stages
of human development at the elementary, middle, and secondary levels
(cognitive, psychosocial, moral, psychomotor, linguistic) to learning theories
and models of teaching as well as theories of motivation. The course includes
basic principles of educational planning, instruction and research. A field
placement is a requirement of this course and is taken with the course.
Prerequisite: EDN 150 or consent of instructor. 3.
234 MEASUREMENT, EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
This course is concerned with the use of educational and psychological
112

evaluation in educational settings. Emphasis is given to those aspects of
measurement that are most applicable for the classroom teacher whether
elementary or secondary. The construction of teacher-made tests, authentic
assessment rubrics and use of standardized test scores is given particular
attention. Theories and principles of classroom management are studied and
the student develops a personal philosophy of discipline. Prerequisite: EDN
150 or consent of the instructor. 3.
256 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
This course is an introduction to the area of early childhood and includes a
review of the history of early childhood education and the goals, philosophies,
methods and materials for this stage of development. 3.
257 KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION
This course is a study of curricula used in kindergartens. Methods and
materials appropriate for the kindergarten child are demonstrated and
practiced by the student. 2.
266 MIDDLE SCHOOL/JUNIOR HIGH EDUCATION
Middle level education is based on the unique needs and characteristics of the
young adolescent learner. These needs encompass physical, psychological,
social/emotional, and intellectual needs of students at the ages of 10-14. The
course provides an historical and contemporary look at the middle level
philosophy, structure, curricula, and instructional strategies. 2.
291/294 WORKSHOPS IN TEACHING
This course is a workshop on principles, methods, materials and techniques of
teaching selected subjects. Emphasis on new trends, materials, and techniques
will be addressed. This course is designed specifically for in-service growth. 1-4.
312 - 318 PRACTICUM
Practicum is an in-school experience required of all education majors prior to
student teaching. It involves a minimum of two weeks of full day in-school
activities including observation, aiding, lesson preparation and teaching. The
student will register for this in either the fall or spring semester. Elementary
and secondary education majors complete this during winter or winter/spring
break. An additional practicum for four hours a week throughout the semester
is also allowed. Every student will attend an orientation session prior to
placement, keep journals, and meet with college professors during the spring
semester to discuss and evaluate the experience. Prerequisite: Acceptance into
teacher education. 2.
312 Practicum in Early Childhood/Kindergarten
314 Practicum in Elementary
316 Practicum in Middle School
113

318 Practicum in Secondary
342 READING: PHILOSOPHY, PSYCHOLOGY, AND METHODS
This course is a study of reading including the psychology of reading and
predominant theories concerning the development of reading. It includes textbased,
reader-based, and interactive reading models as well as specific
strategies for the teaching of reading. Connections between theory and
practice are included. The South Dakota K-8 language arts standards are used
in the developing of lessons. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the department. 3.
343 ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES METHODS
This course is concerned with the methods appropriate for the teaching of
social studies. This course will include study of cooperative learning, direct
instruction, experiential learning, and problem solving strategies. The South
Dakota K-8 content standards will be used and studied. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the department. 2.
346 READING: CHILDREN’S LITERATURE/LANGUAGE ARTS
METHODS
This course is concerned with methods, materials and curricula used in
teaching oral and written communication skills in the elementary grades as
well as a study of classic and contemporary children’s and adolescent
literature. The course includes all components of a whole-language or
literature-based program: spelling, handwriting, listening, and speaking units,
as well as reading aloud, story telling and extending literature. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the department. 4.
347 READING: METHODS, DIAGNOSIS AND REMEDIATION IN
READING
This course is concerned with methods and materials used in teaching reading
and includes practicum experience at primary and intermediate levels. This
course includes methods of assessing reading and diagnosing difficulty using
an informal reading inventory as well as ways of remediating reading
difficulties. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the department. 3.
348 ELEMENTARY SCIENCE AND MATH METHODS
This course is concerned with methods and materials used in the teaching of
science and math in the K-8 classroom. Various methods will be studied and
the K-8 South Dakota standards as well as the NCTM standards are used in
the development of lessons. A field placement is required with this course and
should be taken at the same time as this course. Prerequisite: Acceptance into
the department. 2.
360 INDIAN STUDIES
This course meets the certification requirements for all individuals desiring to
114

teach in South Dakota. The focus is on the cultural dynamics of Native
American life and history of the South Dakota Sioux Indians. Appropriate
content and pedagogy for educating students with Native American
background as well as those with non-Native backgrounds is addressed. 3.
362 MIDDLE SCHOOL/SECONDARY READING IN THE CONTENT
AREAS
This course is a study of materials and methods for improving the reading
skills of every secondary student in the various academic disciplines and
includes evaluation techniques, diagnosis of reading problems, adolescent
literature and the use of support staff and specialists. A field placement is
required with this course and should be taken at the same time as this course.
Prerequisite: Acceptance into the department. 3.
375 MIDDLE SCHOOL AND SECONDARY GENERAL METHODS
This is a general methods course for secondary education majors or those who
plan to teach at the middle/and or senior high levels. Based on the current
research of effective teaching and standards-based education, students are
actively engaged in lesson plan preparation. Students prepare an
interdisciplinary unit with a variety of teaching strategies and methodologies
in their content areas and the South Dakota Content Standards. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the department. 2.
EDN 376 INTEGRATING TECHNOLOGY INTO TEACHING AND
LEARNING
This course is designed for future educators to effectively use technology and
integrate this knowledge into the classroom. Students manipulate among the
Microsoft Office programs to produce lesson plans and discover alternative
methodologies with use of the computer. Students generate samples of
strategies to teach with technology as well as direct student use of technology.
Prerequisite: IT 125. 2.
377 HUMAN RELATIONS SKILLS (SOC 377)
This course is concerned with the awareness of values in a pluralistic society
and recognition of and the ability to deal with bias as it impacts interpersonal
relations. Techniques to enhance classroom instruction and relationships in
today’s multicultural classroom are addressed. This course is for all education
majors and meets the SD, NE, MN, and IA certification requirements as well
as the MMC general education requirement “Human Relation Skills.” 3.
451 SCIENCE AND MATH METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
This course includes methods, materials and curricula appropriate to the major
(Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics) and is taught by faculty currently teaching
(or having recently taught) in secondary schools. The course includes analyses
115

of current secondary curricula/materials, professional organizations and
periodicals, unit preparation, and related extracurricular activities.
Prerequisite: Acceptance into the major and into education. 2.
452 LANGUAGE ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCE METHODS IN
SECONDARY EDUCATION
This course includes methods, materials and curricula appropriate to the major
(English, Social Studies) and is taught by faculty currently teaching (or having
recently taught) in secondary schools. The course includes analyses of current
secondary curricula/materials, professional organizations and periodicals, unit
preparation, and related extracurricular activities. Prerequisite: Acceptance
into the major and into education. 2.
453 STUDENT TEACHING SEMINAR
Seminar is a course for both elementary and secondary student teachers. The
seminar covers a variety of topics necessary for effective teaching. Among
those topics to be discussed are the following: safety and health issues,
academic learning, classroom management, long and short range planning,
legal issues, parent-teacher conferences and communication with the public,
credentials, SD State Content Standards, INTASC standards, inclusions and
special needs, and current trends in education. Students will also have
opportunities to discuss their student teaching experience with their peers and
college supervisor(s). Prerequisite: Acceptance by Teacher Education
Committee. 1.
454 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING
This is a practicum for the student seeking an elementary teaching
certification and involves a full semester of full-day observing and teaching in
an elementary school under the guidance of cooperating teachers and
principals and under the direction of a college supervisor. Student teachers
begin with workshops in August and follow their cooperating teachers’
schedules through a 15-week semester. Prerequisite: Acceptance by Teacher
Education Committee. 12.
455 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
This is a practicum for the student seeking teaching certification with an
endorsement to teach Physical Education in grades K-12. Each student will
spend half days all semester or all day for a half semester observing and
teaching elementary P.E. classes under the guidance of a cooperating teacher,
principal and college supervisor. The student will begin with workshops in
August and follow their cooperating teachers’ schedules throughout the
semester. Prerequisite: Acceptance by Teacher Education Committee. 6.
Integrated with EDN 457.
116

456 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING IN MUSIC
Same as 455 except practicum is completed in music classrooms. 6. Integrated
with EDN 457.
457 SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING
This is a practicum for the student seeking secondary level teaching
certification in Biology, Chemistry, English, Physical Education, Math,
Music. The student observes and teaches in a secondary classroom under the
guidance of a cooperating teacher, a principal and a college supervisor. Each
student in P.E. and Music spend half days all semester or all day for a half
semester at the secondary level. The student will begin with workshops in
August and follow their cooperating teachers’ schedules throughout the 15-
week semester. Prerequisite: Acceptance by Teacher Education Committee. 6
(PED and MUS) - 12 (all others).
459 MIDDLE SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING
This is a practicum for the student seeking the Middle School endorsement.
The student works with a cooperating teacher in grades 6-8 all day for a
semester observing and teaching in a middle school classroom. The student is
certified in secondary education if they taught in grade 7-8 and in elementary
education if their placement was in 6th grade. Prerequisite: Acceptance by
Teacher Education Committee. 6-12.
490 SEMINAR: THE TEACHING PROFESSION
This course includes examination of current professional, social, and legal
issues affecting teachers, job placement procedures, teacher
rights/responsibilities, contracts and negotiations, certification, professional
organizations/journals, school organization and administration. Students
design and implement an active research proposal and study of a current topic
in education. A formal presentation is required. Prerequisite: Acceptance into
the department. 2.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Special Education
1. Same as for Elementary or Secondary Education.
2. Successful completion of SED 260 and SED 270 with a GPA of 2.5.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
SED 260 Psychology of the Exceptional Individual
SED 261 Behavior and Group Management
SED 320 Practicum in Special Education
117

SED 360
SED 361
SED 390
SED 440
SED 442
SED 460
Assessment of Exceptional Learners
Diagnostic Instruction: Early Childhood – Transition
Consultation and Collaboration and Inclusion
Curriculum and Instructional Strategies
Learning Disabilities: Methods and Materials
Special Education Student Teaching
2. Other Requirements
A. Elementary or Secondary Education Degree or Certification
B. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major or minor courses.
Criteria for Acceptance into Special Education Student Teaching (by
Teacher Education Committee)
1. Completion of application forms.
2. Prior acceptance into Teacher Education Program.
3. At least a 2.5 cumulative GPA; and 2.75 GPA in education/major courses.
GPA includes all post-secondary work.
4. 100 hours working with children whose ages fall within the desired
endorsement level.
5. Recommendations from three faculty members indicating applicant is
sufficiently prepared in the teaching area and has demonstrated
responsibility, dependability and good character.
6. Successful completion of all methods courses for the major prior to
student teaching.
7. Health adequate for working in elementary and/or secondary schools as
required by the state.
8. Disclosure statement and a background check.
9. Evidence of liability coverage
Exit Requirements for Special Education, Elementary or Secondary Majors
1. Successful completion of student teaching.
2. Maintenance of a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5, with at least a 2.75 in
both EDN (including Required Related Courses for elementary) and
Major (content, secondary or special education).
SPECIAL EDUCATION MINOR (will not certify to teach)
Required Courses:
SED 260 Psychology of the Exceptional Individual
SED 261 Behavior and Group Management
SED 270 Interacting with Parents and Professionals
SED 360 Assessment of Exceptional Learners
SED 361 Diagnostic Instruction: Early Childhood – Transition
SED 390 Consultation and Collaboration and Inclusion
Note: This minor will strengthen a regular education major and
118

is also appropriate for a psychology major or a criminal justice major.
SPECIAL EDUCATION (SED)
220 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
The student observes in a local classroom 2-4 hours per week and assists a
cooperating teacher. They develop individual objectives, attend orientation
sessions before placement, and participate in seminars or individual
conferences throughout the semester. The student is required to enroll in this
course during the same semester as EDN 233. A student may enroll in SED
220 for an additional 1-2 credit hours. Prerequisite: EDN 150 or consent of
instructor. 1-2.
260 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE EXCEPTIONAL INDIVIDUAL
This course offers an overview of physical, mental, emotional, and medical
exceptionalities that affect growth and development. Etiology, characteristics,
and federal regulations affecting educational programming of students with
disabilities will be emphasized. The IEP/IHP/ITP/IFSP process will be
presented and the student will conduct case studies in an effort to understand
each process. Special education law is an area of concentration as is disability
awareness. 3.
261 BEHAVIOR AND GROUP MANAGEMENT
This course is a survey of individual and group management techniques using
a variety of methods based on humanistic, behavioral, cognitive, and
psychological theories. There is a special emphasis placed on understanding
children with behavioral/emotional disabilities. The course is designed to help
develop and implement positive behavior management to include
interventions, strategies and supports as appropriate for an individual student.
Astrong emphasis will be placed on special education law and the IEP
process. The student will develop IEPs, ITPs, and IFSPs. Prerequisite: SED
260. 3.
270 INTERACTING WITH PARENTS AND PROFESSIONALS
This course is designed to increase knowledge in the field of special education.
The major emphasis of the course is to help the pre-service teacher interact
effectively with parents, professionals, and students with special needs. The
student will explore resources available to students with disabilities and their
families via Internet, clearing houses, and the textbook. A student will study,
discuss, share and simulate through case studies effective ways to
communicate information (including assessment, diagnostic, IEP, IHP, IFSP,
and transition) to parents and other professionals in an educational setting. The
roles and responsibilities of required members of special education teams will
119

e discussed and role-played. The student will develop IEPs, ITPs, IFSPs. 3.
291/294 WORKSHOPS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
Workshops on principles, methods, materials and techniques of special
education. Emphasis on new trends, laws, methods, etc. This is designed
specifically for in-service growth. 1-4.
320 PRACTICUM IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
This is an in-school experience recommended of all education majors prior to
student teaching. It involves two weeks of full day in-school activities
including observation, aiding, lesson preparation and teaching. The student
registers for this in either the fall or spring semester. Special education majors
complete this during winter break, spring break, and/or in May. Each student
attends an orientation session prior to placement, keep journals, and meet with
college professors during the spring semester to discuss and evaluate the
experience in seminar format. Prerequisite: Acceptance into teacher
education. 2.
360 ASSESSMENT OF EXCEPTIONAL LEARNERS
This course is designed to investigate a wide variety of assessment materials.
After the initial investigation, the student will conduct assessments on
children, write up the test results, describe how the information would be
shared with parents and other professionals, and determine if a disability
exists. If there is a disability, it will be determined if the student qualifies for
Special Education and related services. IEP and IFSP will then be formulated.
The student will explore traditional as well as authentic assessment
procedures, including multiple intelligence theories. Then the student will
utilize various forms of assessment including but not limited to: formal,
informal, standardized, non-standardized, teacher-made, authentic, and
portfolio. 3.
361 DIAGNOSTIC INSTRUCTION: EARLY CHILDHOOD -
TRANSITION
This course is an introduction to analysis of task and sequence of instruction,
leading to the development, implementation, and evaluations of instructional
techniques and strategies used in meeting the needs of students on IEPs,
IFSPs, and ITPs. The student will develop IEPs, ITPs, and IFSPs. The ITP
process includes but is not limited to extracurricular and nonacademic
activities and includes diagnostic instruction for children with disabilities,
teacher charting and direct instruction. A special emphasis on early childhood
and transition is included. 3.
390 CONSULTATION AND COLLABORATION AND INCLUSION
120

This course is designed to increase the student’s knowledge of the field of
special education. The major emphasis of this course is to help pre-service
teachers in their professional interactions by sharpening their interpersonal
communication skills. Another major emphasis of this course is to increase
the student’s knowledge on the concept of inclusion and lesson modification.
The student will demonstrate an ability to work cooperatively and respectfully
with others and to communicate effectively in both written and oral modes in
an effort to meet the needs of children with disabilities. 3.
440 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES
This course is designed for student teachers and is taught during a block of
classes at the beginning of the special education student teaching semester.
This is an intensive course dealing with all previously gained special education
knowledge in such areas as inclusion of special needs students, special
education law, employment for mildly disabled students and various
instructional models. The major emphasis of this course is to add to the student
teacher’s repertoire strategies which will aid in the education of students with
mild disabilities, including but not limited to: assessment in language, problemsolving,
curriculum-based measurements, whole language, reading, math, and
general best practices. It is expected that student teachers will utilize these
strategies during the student teaching experience, allowing for completion of
this course with students demonstrating competence in these areas. 3.
442 LEARNING DISABILITIES: METHODS AND MATERIALS
This course is designed to be taught as part of the block class schedule during
the first part of the special education student teaching semester. This course
deals strictly with students who have learning disabilities. Student teachers
will select, modify, and utilize all types of instructional materials, both
commercial and teacher-made in order to meet the needs of students with
disabilities. This course shall review special education law and study any
current law or court cases (including disciplining students with disabilities),
review professionalism in special education, and prepare the student teacher
to combine past knowledge into the student teaching experience. 3.
460 SPECIAL EDUCATION STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching in regular education and special education is required for all
special education students. Each student is placed in classrooms by the
Director of Field Placements and administrators of the public and private
schools in the Yankton area. The student spends the semester observing and
teaching under the direction of the college supervisor and guidance of the
cooperating teachers and building principals. Pre-service teachers will
monitor the progress of a student toward the IEP goals. Prerequisite:
121

ENGLISH
Acceptance into special education student teaching. 10.
The Bachelor of Arts degree in English fosters students’ development as
creative and critical thinkers who will become productive members of society
by assisting them to:
1. gain insight into basic human concerns and think through
contemporary issues in a disciplined and imaginative way;
2. understand how philosophical and religious thought have been and
are fundamental to the development of culture and are interrelated
with every area of human life, and;
3. examine their value system in dialogue with ethical principles
consistent with Christian principles.
The degree in English provides:
1. entry-level job skills for the English/education major who plans to
teach in the elementary or secondary level;
2. pre-professional preparation for the student who will pursue graduate
or professional study or on-the-job training, or;
3. preparation for entry-level positions in communications or public
relations writing.
Designed to develop graduates who think creatively and critically and who
communicate well, the English major is an excellent foundation for the future
lawyer, doctor, business executive, librarian, social worker, or teacher.
Combined with appropriate minors, it is a sound preparation for careers in
television, radio, journalism, advertising, public relations, public service,
merchandising, and computer programming.
Graduates of the Mount Marty College English program are found today in
most of these fields. They have been supported in their career development
by faculty who take pride not only in offering an excellent academic program
but also in seeing that each graduate is well positioned in graduate study or a
career.
Through a cooperative program with the University of South Dakota,
Vermillion, students accepted for a master’s degree program in English at the
University may complete up to 50 percent of their course work in approved
courses at Mount Marty. Approved courses are indicated by an asterisk.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into English
1. Completion of ENG 103, 104 or their equivalent.
2. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0.
122

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
ENG 250 World Literature
ENG 310 Early American Literature
ENG 311 Recent American Literature
ENG 343 Early British Literature
ENG 344 Recent British Literature
ENG 369 Advanced Composition
ENG 490 Senior Seminar
Choose 12 hours from the following, not taken above:
ENG 220 The Short Story
ENG 255 European Fiction
ENG 303 Creative Writing
ENG 348 Theatre: An Overview
ENG 349 History of Film
ENG 355 Shakespeare’s Drama
ENG 356 The Novel
ENG 360 Mythology
ENG 370 The English Language
2. Collateral Course Requirements (Non-teaching majors)
Choose 6 hours from the following:
FRN Special Studies
FRN 101 Elementary French
FRN 102 Elementary French
SPN Special Studies
SPN 101 Elementary Spanish
SPN 102 Elementary Spanish
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor or collateral courses.
4. Recommendations
A. English Education majors or minors are encouraged to include ENG
355 in their program. Students pursuing an English major or minor
leading to certification as a teacher may require additional course
work. These students require early counseling by faculty in English
and teacher education.
B. English majors are strongly encouraged to take a variety of liberal
arts and humanities courses.
C. Suggested career-option courses: Teacher education, business,
computer science, or another field in which the student wishes to
123

ecome a professional communicator.
ENGLISH MINOR
Required Course:
ENG 369 Advanced Composition
Choose one of the following:
ENG 310 Early American Literature
ENG 311 Recent American Literature
Choose one of the following:
ENG 343 Early British Literature
ENG 344 Recent British Literature
Choose 9 hours from the following, not taken above:
ENG 220 The Short Story
ENG 250 World Literature
ENG 255 European Fiction
ENG 303 Creative Writing
ENG 310 Early American Literature
ENG 311 Recent American Literature
ENG 343 Early British Literature
ENG 344 Recent British Literature
ENG 348 Theatre: An Overview
ENG 349 History of Film
ENG 355 Shakespeare’s Drama
ENG 356 The Novel
ENG 360 Mythology
ENG 370 The English Language
ENG 490 Senior Seminar
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ENG)
099 INTRODUCTION TO WRITING
This is a course in the fundamentals of the English language. Instruction and
practice in grammar usage, mechanics, and effective written composition
comprise the developmental process for writing short critiques, evaluating
one’s personal writing, and finding the student writer’s own
voice/persona/style. Through a progressive approach, students will practice
applying language concepts to a variety of writing tasks. Appropriate readings
provide examples of mature written expression and suggest topics for student
composition. The course will introduce students to the close reading of
literature, to issues of interpretation, and to written responses to literature.
Individual tutorials will give attention to specific problems. A grade of C or
124

etter and an approved portfolio are required to pass.
103 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
Students will learn to write that are organizationally and stylistically effective.
Freshmen essays will be evaluated through a departmentally designed
assessment tool; the established standard will be expected in all subsequent
courses across the college curriculum. 3.
104 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
In continuation of ENG103, students will use literature from various
disciplines in developing reading, writing, and research skills. 3.
220 THE SHORT STORY
The student will study the form of the short story and develop competence in
reading selected stories. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
250 WORLD LITERATURE
Students will study works of major authors of the Eastern and Western world
(exclusive of British and American) from artistic, cultural, and historical
perspectives. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
255 EUROPEAN FICTION
Students will study typical and significant works of major authors of Europe
(exclusive of British) from artistic, cultural, and historical perspectives. The
course will give the students an appreciation of the diversity of different
cultures’ interpretations of human problems and of the common concerns that
cut across the differences of time, place, and culture. Prerequisite: ENG 103,
104. 3.
*303 CREATIVE WRITING
Students write poetry, short stories and drama in a workshop setting, critiquing
and helping to shape the work of fellow students. They also learn strategies
for marketing free-lanced writing. Prerequisites: ENG 103,104. 3.
310 EARLY AMERICAN LITERATURE
Students will explore American literature from its beginning to the late 19th
century from artistic, cultural, and historical perspectives. Prerequisites: ENG
103,104.
311 RECENT AMERICAN LITERATURE
Continuation of English 310 with focus on American writers of the 20th
century. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
343 EARLY BRITISH LITERATURE
Students will study selected works of British writers from Beowulf through
125

the 18th century from artistic, cultural, and historical perspectives.
Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
344 RECENT BRITISH LITERATURE
Continuation of ENG 343, with focus on British authors of the 19th and 20th
centuries. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
348 THEATRE: AN OVERVIEW (STH 348)
Students explore the dramatic experience to gain appreciation of the theatre
through an understanding of its historical development, the principles of
drama theory and criticism, and theatrical forms, styles, and production
techniques. 3.
349 HISTORY OF FILM (STH 349)
The first audience watched a motion picture flicker on a screen in 1895, a little
over a century ago. In this one century the movies have developed from a
simple recording device to a complex art and business. Today film stands on
its own as a distinct means of artistic expression. The purpose of this course
is to explore the history of film on both the international and American scenes.
Since it is one of the major arts to have evolved within the past century, it can
be vividly respected as a significant contribution to our understanding of the
culture and history of our daily lives. The course is limited to narrative fiction
film and will analyze the film as a mass medium of cultural communication.
Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
*355 SHAKESPEARE’S DRAMA (STH 355)
Astudy of selected Shakespearean tragedies, histories, and comedies, this
course focuses on developing an appreciation of both theatrical and literary
aspects of the plays. Prerequisite: ENG 103,104. 3.
*356 THE NOVEL
The student will study the form of the novel and develop competence in
reading selected works of major novelists. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
360 MYTHOLOGY
Through this course, students will explore the role of myth in human
experience, from early times until our own, with special emphasis on myths of
classical Greece and Rome, Asia, Africa, Northern Europe, and the Americas.
Myths will be studied from literary, anthropological, psychological, and
religious perspectives, with special attention to similarities among myths from
diverse peoples. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
*369 ADVANCED COMPOSITION
Students write various prose forms, developing style and personal voice in a
systematic program of writing. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
126

*370 THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
This course offers an integrated approach to the study of the English language.
Although the origins and diversity of the language will be presented and
discussed, the emphasis will be on a descriptive linguistic analysis of it
phonology, morphology, and syntax; and an in-depth examination of its
supportive grammar. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
490 SENIOR SEMINAR
Required of English majors and recommended for English minors. Each
senior completes an approved research project, prepares a formal paper, and
FORENSIC ACCOUNTING
makes a public oral presentation of the research findings. 2.
The program of study and course descriptions for Forensic Accounting are
FORENSIC SCIENCE
found in the Accounting (ACC) section of this catalog.
The program in Forensic Science provides the student with a unique
opportunity to apply science to the law as preparation for a wide variety of
careers. The Forensic Science Major is a 4-year interdisciplinary program.
The Division of Natural Sciences in conjunction with the Division of Social
Sciences assist the student in choosing a suitable career by providing
individual advising in Forensic Science.
The student graduating with a major in forensic science is eligible to work
as a forensic scientist specializing in forensic biology, forensic chemistry or
professional studies in medicine, law, anthropology, psychiatry, criminology,
education as well as practice, study, and research in the forensic sciences.
While pursuing a degree in forensic science, a student will develop an indepth
knowledge of forensic biology or chemistry and criminal justice, as well
as become competent in the use of current crime scene and laboratory
technologies. Forensic science majors learn how scientific applications are
applied to investigations and how the Criminal Justice System works
concerning legal writing, and administration. Part of the degree requirement
for Forensic Science graduates is participation in 15 credit hours of Forensic
127

Science Laboratory course work to include 6 hours of specialized training
within the student’s major area of interest. Students will be provided the
opportunity for one on one instruction in areas such as controlled substances,
toxicology, trace evidence, biological evidence, including DNA, firearms,
fingerprints, impression or pattern evidence and questioned documents.
Major course requirements and seminar give the student an opportunity to
examine contemporary issues in light of their own value system and the
college’s guiding ethical principles.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Forensic Science
1. Completion of 26 credit hours with at least three 200-level science
courses completed at Mount Marty College.
2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in biology and criminal justice
courses.
3. The student will be required to make written application for admission
into the Forensic Science Program for approval by the faculty. The
student will receive a program booklet providing guidelines and
requirements to assist them with the application process. As part of the
admission process the student will be required to meet the criteria to pass
a background check and review process needed for employment in a
traditional law enforcement position. Such requirements are necessary in
order to insure employment placement following graduation. The student
unable to meet such stringent qualifications will not be admitted into the
Forensic Science Program and will not be permitted to enroll in
specialized Forensic Science courses.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
1. Major Core Requirements
Required Courses:
BIO 103 Principles of Biology
CHM 111 General Chemistry I
CHM 112 General Chemistry II
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJU 320 Police Administration
CJU 410 Legal Research and Report Writing
FSC 420 Forensic Science Technology I
FSC 430 Forensic Science Technology II
FSC 490 Seminar in Forensic Science
FSC 498 Forensic Science Applications/Research (7 hours)
Choose 16 hours from any of the following:
128

BIO 203
BIO 204
BIO 302
BIO 364
BIO 320
BIO 330
CHM 341
CHM 342
CHM 353
CHM 364
CHM 370
Anatomy and Physiology I
Anatomy and Physiology II
Immunology
Cell and Molecular Biology
Microbiology
Genetics
Analytical Chemistry
Instrumental Analysis
Physical Chemistry
Biochemistry
Inorganic Chemistry
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Courses:
PHY 221 Physics I
PHY 222 Physics II
MTH 209 Calculus
MTH 219 Statistics
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
SOC 225 Human Relations
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major or collateral courses.
B. All major and collateral courses must be taken for a letter grade.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (FSC)
420 Forensic Science Technology I
This course provides the student with a focused understanding of the various
scopes included within the discipline of forensic science. In addition, the
student experiences the critical analysis and collection of evidence within the
various forensic disciplines, including forensic pathology and related
specialties, crime scene investigation and forensic laboratory functions.
Topics included within these areas include such applications as toxicology,
death investigation, taphonomy, blood spatter and more. Prerequisite:
Permission of Instructor. Lecture and laboratory. 4.
430 Forensic Science Technology II
The student will continue to build upon the concepts and understanding
introduced in Forensic Science Technology II. Concepts and applications in
Forensic Laboratory analysis will be continued within this course. In addition,
the student will be exposed to forensic engineering specialties, such as fire and
explosion investigation and vehicular accident reconstruction. The students
will also go beyond the classroom into areas such as cybertechnology as well
129

as various legal and ethical issues applicable to forensic science. Prerequisite:
FSC 420. Lecture and laboratory. 4.
490 Seminar in Forensic Science
The student will prepare a review paper on a topic in Forensic Science of their
choice and present the paper in conjunction with the Natural Science Senior
Seminar series. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 1.
498 Forensic Science Laboratory Applications/Research
The laboratory application/research provides the student with the opportunity
to experience real world activities and applications within the field of forensic
science. Students will be required to demonstrate introductory competency
within 2 of the following forensic science laboratory applications: controlled
substances, toxicology, trace evidence, firearms, fingerprint, impression or
pattern analysis, or questioned documents. Students may request credit
towards completion of this requirement through participation in off-site
internship programs. Specialty areas not listed, such as forensic entomology,
forensic radiology etc., will be examined and discussed with the Forensic
Science Program Director and the student upon request, to identify resources
available for a suitable program of study within the specialty area.
FRENCH
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 2-6.
The program in modern languages offers a minor in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing French and the study of the literature and culture of France.
The study of a foreign language helps in the understanding and development
of one’s own language and in the appreciation of the language and culture of
other people. New developments in international trade and exchange
relationships have made the study of foreign languages imperative.
The command of a foreign language opens to students such opportunities as
teaching on the elementary and secondary levels and becoming involved in
government service, foreign service, social work, and communication media.
Those completing a modern language education minor must take special
methods and major in one of the approved teacher education programs listed
in the Teacher Education section of this catalog.
The minor is offered only when justified by sufficient enrollment as
determined by the Academic Dean.
FRENCH MINOR
1. Minor Course Requirements
Choose at least 21 hours from the following:
130

FRN
FRN
FRN 101
FRN 102
FRN 203
FRN 204
FRN 360
FRN 361
FRN 369
Special Studies
Independent Study
Elementary French
Elementary French
Intermediate French
Intermediate French
Advanced Composition and Conversation
Survey of French Culture and Literature
Applied French
2. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in minor courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (FRN)
100 FRENCH READING
AFrench reading course designed for students who want to be exposed to the
French language. It is adapted to suit the needs of those in science, business,
the fine arts, and other disciplines. 3.
101-102 ELEMENTARY FRENCH
Study of functional French with emphasis on the audio-lingual approach. Four
class hours with supplementation in the language lab. 3.
203-204 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review of grammar. Graded reading with increased practice in composition
and conversation. Three class hours with supplementation in the language lab.
Prerequisite: FRN 101, 102 or equivalent. 3.
360 ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Practice in conversational French and narration; oral and written composition
on reading and experiences of students; emphasis on idioms and acquisition of
active vocabulary and fluent speech. Prerequisite: FRN 204 or consent of
department. 3.
361 SURVEY OF FRENCH CULTURE AND LITERATURE
Introduction to the history of French literature and culture from the beginning
to the 20th century. Prerequisite: FRN 360 or consent of department. 3.
369 APPLIED FRENCH
Credit will be granted to students who spend several weeks in France, studying,
working, and/or living with a French-speaking family. Upon the students’
return, faculty will evaluate their study and other activities for credit. 3.
131

GRAPHIC ARTS
The program in Graphic Arts is designed to:
1. enable students to acquire knowledge and skill in graphic arts;
2. prepare a student for graduate work; and
3. prepare a student for careers in technology and graphic arts.
Over the last 40 years there has been an interesting and profound change in
the way people communicate all over the world. Society has moved from one
that communicates verbally to one involved in visual exchange. People have
moved from reading and writing to television, film, and the Internet. Career
opportunities abound for individuals who are expert visual communicators.
While pursuing this degree, students will develop an in-depth knowledge of
their field and become competent in the use of current technologies. This
program will also help students to understand the principles and applications
of visual communication. General course requirements within the major will
give students an opportunity to examine contemporary issues in light of their
own value system and the college’s guiding ethical principles. Students in
graphic arts receive from department faculty the personal and individual
attention necessary for a successful learning experience.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Graphic Arts
1. Completion of GRA 100, 200, and 250.
2. A department GPA of 2.3 and a cumulative GPA of 2.2.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
GRA 100 EMS 1
GRA 200 Technical Design
GRA 250 Graphics
GRA 300 Video
GRA 301 Media Studies
GRA 350 Sound
GRA 351 Motion Graphics
GRA 400 Advanced Video
GRA 450 Web Based Motion Graphics
GRA 451 Interactive Art
2. Collateral Course Requirements
ART 100 Design I
132

ART 102
ART 150
ART 225
ART 230
ART 250
BUS 333
IT 360
IT 460
Design II
Drawing and Painting (4 hours)
Printmaking/Papermaking
Photography (4 hours)
Art Appreciation
Advertising
Web Site Design
Web-Based Programming
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major or collateral courses.
4. Recommendations
GRA 485 Internship
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (GRA)
100 EMS
Introduction to the computer as a multi-purpose art-making tool, utilizing
various pieces of software. Students will explore graphics, sound, motion, and
interactivity. 3.
200 TECHNICAL DESIGN
This course is designed to give students an understanding of computer based
design with a focus on printed works (e.g., posters, books, covers, etc.).
Principles of layout, balance, and type will be explored and implemented in
various project formats. Prerequisites: ART 100, 102 or faculty approval. 3.
250 GRAPHICS
An intense look at computer based graphics. Students will explore computer
graphics as a tool to communicate and in the process learn the technical
aspects of computer based graphics. Prerequisite: GRA 100 or faculty
approval. 3.
300 VIDEO
In this introductory course in video and postproduction, students will learn to
create a storyboard, shoot video, edit, and overlay graphics onto video in the
context of communicating through a moving medium. Prerequisite: GRA 100
or faculty approval. 3.
301 MEDIA STUDIES
Students will explore the various types of media used today including video
games, virtual reality, and the possibility of interactive film and television.
This course is expected to give the student an understanding of media as it is
133

used in the present. 3.
350 SOUND
Students will be exposed to various uses for sound and ways to complement
and enhance their multimedia creations with sound. They will learn to record,
edit, and produce various types of sound projects. 3.
351 MOTION GRAPHICS
Students will explore kinetic typography, 2d animation, and other forms of
motion graphics. They will create computer based motion graphics with a
principal focus on communication. Prerequisite: GRA 300 or faculty
approval. 4.
400 ADVANCED VIDEO
In this intense study of video as both an art form and a design medium,
students will storyboard, shoot and edit various projects to complete their
understanding of the technical aspects of video. They will also explore the
commercial and communicative elements of video. Prerequisite: GRA 300 or
faculty approval. 4.
450 WEB BASED MOTION GRAPHICS
Students will examine kinetic typography, 2d animation, and other forms of
motion graphics for the web. They will create computer based motion
graphics for the web with a principal focus on communication. Prerequisite:
IT 360 or faculty approval. 4.
451 INTERACTIVE ART
This course is designed to explore and advance students’ understanding of and
ability to create computer-based interactivity. Prerequisite: IT 360 or faculty
approval. 4.
485 INTERNSHIP
These are supervised part-time and full-time experiences in professional
graphic arts settings. The student is encouraged to enroll in this class, as
prospective employers may prefer to hire entry-level personnel with practical
experience outside of the classroom. Prerequisite: Graphic Arts faculty
approval. 3-6.
134

HISTORY
A history major provides students with a broadly based liberal arts
education emphasizing knowledge of the past as the foundation of
contemporary institutions and society. A history major prepares students for
careers in journalism, government, and politics. It also serves as excellent
preparation for future studies and careers in law, theology, and teaching.
This major is designed to be a double major with Teacher Education for
students who wish to teach history in schools. Teacher Education majors are
prepared to be certified to teach in South Dakota and many other states.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into History
Cumulative GPA of 2.5 after two semesters of college.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
HIS 106 Ancient and Medieval World Cultures
HIS 107 16th to 18th Century World Cultures
HIS 108 19th and 20th Century World Cultures
HIS 228 U. S. History and Government for Teachers
HIS 229 U.S. History Since 1877
HIS 322* Constitutional History and Law
HIS 346* U.S. Diplomatic History
HIS 360* History of Christianity
HIS 370* Korean and Vietnam Wars
HIS 380* Recent America:1932 – Present
HIS 399* Independent Study
*History 386 (Special Studies in History) or a second 399 course may
be substituted for any of the 300 level courses, a minimum of 31 hours
is required for the major.
2. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major courses.
B. Students pursuing a history major or minor leading to certification as
a teacher may require additional course work. These students require
early counseling by faculty in history and teacher education.
HISTORY MINOR
Required Courses:
135

HIS 106 Ancient and Medieval World Cultures
HIS 107 16th to 18th Century World Cultures
HIS 108 19th and 20th Century World Cultures
HIS 228 U. S. History and Government for Teachers
HIS 229 U.S. History Since 1877
Choose 3 hours from the following:
HIS Special Studies
HIS Independent Study
HIS 322 Constitutional History and Law
HIS 346 U.S. Diplomatic History
HIS 360 History of Christianity
HIS 370 Korean and Vietnam Wars
HIS 380 Recent American: 1932-Present
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (HIS)
106 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL WORLD CULTURES
Development of history and culture from prehistoric times through the
Reformation of the 16th century. Major historical trends of primary
civilizations, the contributions of Greek and Roman societies, and the rise of
Christianity are emphasized. 3.
107 16TH TO 18TH CENTURY WORLD CULTURES
The development of history and cultures from the late Middle Ages through
the French Revolution of 1789. The Reformation, interaction between various
world cultures, the Scientific Revolution and Enlightenment, and the
development of various political traditions are emphasized. 3.
108 19TH AND 20TH CENTURY WORLD CULTURES
The development of history and cultures from the French Revolution to the
late 20th century. The French and Industrial Revolutions, the development of
Pacific Rim cultures, World Wars I and II, and the Cold War are emphasized.
3.
228 U.S. HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT FOR TEACHERS
The origins and development of the United States and its government from
pre-colonial times through the Civil War period. The Native American
cultures, European colonial efforts, American Revolution and development of
the Constitution, Westward movement and the Civil War are emphasized. 4.
229 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
The continuation of United States history beginning with the Reconstruction
136

era to the late 20th century. The Industrial Revolution, Progressive era, and
the emergence of the United States as a world power are emphasized. 3.
322 CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW (POS 322)
Origins and development of the Constitution and subsequent major court
decisions affecting constitutional law interpretations. 3.
346 U.S. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY (POS 346)
This course presents a study of the Korean and Vietnam era within the broader
context of the Cold War. The emphasis is on the involvement of the United
States in these conflicts and the manner in which these conflicts influenced the
political, social, and cultural life of the United States. Prerequisite: HIS 120 or
121. 3.
360 HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY
The origins of Christianity and the subsequent history of the Christian church.
The developments of doctrines, the rise of monasticism, and the impact of
Christianity on world history are emphasized. 4.
370 KOREAN AND VIETNAM WARS (POS 370)
This course will focus on two of the main events of the Cold War: the Korean
and Vietnam Wars. We will study the origins of the conflicts and focus on the
role of the United States in these two events. Documentary films will be used
extensively to provide a means by which to study and interpret these events.
We will also analyze “Hollywood” interpretations of the Vietnam War. Our
goal will be to obtain an overall grasp of the significance of these events, as
well as to discuss the various interpretations of these Cold War episodes. 3.
380 RECENT AMERICA: 1932-Present
Astudy of U.S. history from the election of FDR in 1932 to the present. The
Great Depression, New Deal, World War II, Cold War, and cultural
developments are emphasized. 3.
390 HISTORY OF SOUTH DAKOTA
Astudy of the history of the state of South Dakota. This course will feature
topics related to the political, social, cultural and economic history of South
Dakota. Contributions of various individuals, groups, and movements will be
considered as the history of South Dakota is presented within the context of
the history of the United States. 3.
137

HORTICULTURE
The Associate of Science degree in horticulture blends technical classes
with the liberal arts to provide a broader based education to prepare graduates
for entry-level management and practitioner careers in Horticulture. This
program is offered only at a contracted auxiliary site in Yankton, and its
continuation is dependent upon renewal of the contract.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Horticulture
1. Completion of 26 credit hours with at least two horticulture courses
completed at Mount Marty College.
2. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 in horticulture and required related
courses.
3. A transfer student must have completed two courses in the department
with a GPA of at least 2.0.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
HRT 100 Introduction to Horticulture
HRT 120 Landscape Design
HRT 125 Woody Landscapes, Morphology
HRT 130 Herbaceous Plants
HRT 135 Turf Management
HRT 140 Green House Operations
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Courses:
ACC 120 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 121 Principles of Accounting II
ART 100 Design I
BIO 240 Botany
Choose one of the following:
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in major or collateral courses.
B. All major, collateral and research courses must be taken for a letter
138

grade.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (HRT)
100 INTRODUCTION TO HORTICULTURE
This course is an examination of fundamental horticulture principles, from
careers in the field to the cultivation of specific crops. Special care is taken to
treat highly technical subjects, such as plant propagation and taxonomy, in a
comprehensive and understandable manner. A section on pest control, both
chemical and biological, includes up-to-date information of the subject, with
emphasis on personal safety and the protection of human beings and the
environment. 4.
120 LANDSCAPE DESIGN
This course incorporates the information learned from Introduction to
Horticulture, and woody and herbaceous plants into landscapes. 3.
125 WOODY LANDSCAPES, MORPHOLOGY
This course is an in-depth study of 120 woody plants common to the Northern
Plains and their use in the landscapes. 2.
130 HERBACEOUS PLANTS
This course is designed to give the student a solid background in the use of
herbaceous plants in the landscape, interior scapes, general aesthetics, and use
of color. 2.
135 TURF MANAGEMENT
This class is an expanded course from Introduction to Horticulture for the
future lawn care professional. The class will feature hands on projects and
labs relating to managing turf. 2.
140 GREEN HOUSE OPERATIONS
This course is designed to meet the need of an ever-expanding industry. We
will overview the state of the industry and explore the processes to operate a
successful greenhouse. 3.
139

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/
COMPUTER SCIENCE
The program in information technology/computer science is designed to:
1. enable the student to acquire knowledge and skills in information
technology/computer science;
2. prepare a student for graduate work; and
3. prepare a student for careers in technology.
With the advancements being made in technology, the role of information
technology/computer science is essential to society, industry, and education.
Career opportunities available for college majors in computer science include:
web site development, software engineering, systems engineering,
programming, systems analysis, database design, systems design,
management, and more.
While pursuing this degree, a student will develop an in-depth knowledge
of their field and become competent in the use of current technologies.
Research activity is part of the degree requirements.
This program requires more of the student than merely memorizing
principles and concepts. General course requirements within the major require
a student to examine contemporary issues in light of their own value systems
and the college’s guiding ethical framework. Leaders in the profession express
the need for graduates who possess the ability to use their knowledge to meet
everyday challenges while maintaining high ethical standards.
The student is expected to become proficient in thinking creatively and
critically about problems and issues within this discipline. Assignments
attempt to provide the student with practice in analytical thinking and tests
will attempt to measure the mastery of relevant skills and strategies. The
student in this program receives personal and individual attention from the
department faculty.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMMING/
SOFTWARE DESIGN
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Information Technology
Programming/Software Design
1. Completion of IT 125 (or equivalent), and 220 or 230.
2. A department GPA of 2.3 and a cumulative GPA of 2.2.
140

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
IT 220 Files
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
IT 231 Data Structures
IT 335 Advanced Programming Topics
IT 345 Systems Analysis and Design
IT 355 Database Management Systems
IT 360 Web Site Design
IT 400 Networking
IT 465 Operating Systems
IT 475 Machine Organization
IT490 Senior Seminar
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Course:
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
Choose one of the following:
MTH 125 Finite Mathematics
MTH 205 Discrete Mathematics
3. Specialty Area
The student must choose one or more specialty areas
(listed after Computer Science major).
4. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor, collateral, or
specialty area courses.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Information Technology Management
1. Completion of IT 125 (or equivalent), and 220 or 230.
2. A department GPA of 2.3 and a cumulative GPA of 2.2.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
IT 345 Systems Analysis and Design
IT 355 Database Management Systems
IT 360 Web Site Design
IT 400 Networking
141

IT 460 Web-Based Programming
IT 465 Operating Systems
Choose one of the following:
IT 220 Files
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
2. Collateral Course Requirements
ACC 120 Accounting I
ACC 121 Accounting II
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
BUS 370 Corporate Finance
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 412 Production/Operations Management
3. Specialty Area
The student must choose one or more specialty areas
(listed after Computer Science major).
4. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor, collateral, or
specialty area courses.
5. Recommendations
MTH 205 Discrete Math and MTH 209 Calculus I.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (2+2 Program)
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Information Technology 2+2 Program
1. Completion of IT 490.
2. A department GPA of 2.3 and a cumulative GPA of 2.2.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Course:
IT 490 Senior Seminar
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Courses:
ACC 120 Accounting I
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 255 Macroeconomics
142

Choose at least 7 hours from the following with the consent of the
Program Director:
ACC 121 Accounting II
BUS 215 Business Communication
BUS 256 Microeconomics
BUS 324 Public Relations
BUS 329 Market Research
BUS 330 Sales and Sales Management
BUS 333 Advertising
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
BUS 336 International Business
BUS 370 Corporate Finance
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 380 Entrepreneurship
BUS 412 Production/Operations Management
BUS 483 Business Policy
BUS 485 Internships
BUS 490 Business Ethics/Community Service
3. Other Requirements
A. Graduated under the 2000-2002 catalog or later of Lake Area
Technical Institute’s associate degree program in Computer
Information Systems.
B. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor, collateral, or
specialty area courses.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Computer Science
1. Completion of IT 220 or 230.
2. A department GPA of 2.3 and a cumulative GPA of 2.2.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
IT 125 Basic Skills in Information Technology
IT 220 Files
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
IT 231 Data Structures
IT 335 Advanced Programming Topics
IT 345 Systems Analysis and Design
IT 355 Database Management Systems
IT 465 Operating Systems
143

IT 475 Machine Organization
IT 490 Senior Seminar
2. Collateral Course Requirements
MTH 205 Discrete Mathematics
MTH 209 Calculus I
MTH 210 Calculus II
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
MTH 270 Mathematical Modeling
MTH 355 Linear Algebra
MTH 375 Methods in Numerical Analysis
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor, collateral, or
specialty area courses.
4. Recommendations
The student may choose one or more specialty areas
(listed after Computer Science major).
SPECIALTY AREAS
Database Analysis and Administration
IT 450 Database Programming
IT 475 Machine Organization
e-Commerce/Web Page Development
BUS 333 Advertising
BUS 329 Market Research
IT 460 Web-Based Programming
Systems Engineering
IT 475 Machine Organization
IT 495 Independent Study for Professional Certification
(7 hours to include the completion of MSCE core exams)
MTH 209 Calculus I
MTH 355 Linear Algebra
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MINOR
Required Courses:
IT 345 Systems Analysis and Design
IT 355 Database Management Systems
IT 360 Web Site Design
IT 400 Networking
IT 460 Web-Based Programming
IT 465 Operating Systems
144

Choose one of the following:
IT 220 Files
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR (Computer Science Emphasis)
Required Courses:
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
IT 231 Data Structures
IT 345 Systems Analysis and Design
IT 355 Database Management Systems
IT 360 Web Site Design
MTH 205 Discrete Mathematics
Choose one of the following:
IT 220 Files
IT 335 Advanced Programming Topics
IT 465 Operating Systems
IT 475 Introduction to Machine Organization
COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR (Business Emphasis)
Required Courses:
BUS 270 Spreadsheets
IT 220 Files
IT 345 Systems Analysis and Design
IT 355 Database Management Systems
IT 360 Web Site Design
MTH 205 Discrete Mathematics
Choose two of the following:
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
IT 231 Data Structures
IT 335 Advanced Programming Topics
IT 465 Operating Systems
IT 475 Introduction to Machine Organization
Choose one of the following:
Accounting Major
Business Administration Major
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (IT)
125 BASIC SKILLS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
145

The student will learn to effectively use an array of personal computer
software including but not limited to graphical user interfaces, Internet
technologies, word processing, spreadsheet software, personal computer
database management systems, presentation graphics. The student will learn
to integrate office automation software with the World Wide Web. In addition,
the student will learn the fundamental concepts and principles of computer
technology as articulated through web pages. Assessment will be based upon
hands-on course projects and written tests. 2.
220 FILES
The student will learn to write business application software in the COBOL
programming language. Specifics of a high-level language are taught in light
of software development and design techniques. Structured programming,
internal documentation, and functional decomposition techniques are stressed.
The student is introduced to program design through Warnier-Orr diagrams
and flowcharts. The student’s programming projects demonstrate mastery in
coding report programs, data validation, control break programs, editing, table
and array processing, sorting, merging, and sequential file maintenance.
Assessment is based upon programming projects and written tests.
Prerequisite: IT 125. 4.
230 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE AND DESIGN
This course is an introduction to computer programming using a high-level
language. Specifics of the language are taught in light of software structure
and design theory and techniques. The course encourages a top-down logical
approach to problem solving. Course content includes expressions, inputoutput
statements, control structures, user defined data types, functions,
procedures, and files. Assessment is based upon programming assignments
and written tests. Prerequisite: IT 125. 4.
231 DATA STRUCTURES
This course builds upon the knowledge gained in IT 230 Software Structure
and Design. The course teaches the principles of data structures within the
context of a high-level programming language. The topics presented typically
include object-oriented programming, complexity analysis, linked lists, stacks
and queues, recursion, trees and graphs, sorting algorithms, hashing, data
compression, and memory management. Assessment is based upon
programming assignments and written tests. Prerequisite: IT 230. 4.
335 ADVANCED PROGRAMMING TOPICS
This course presents advanced programming concepts within the context of C
and C++. Specific topics presented include abstraction, interface diagrams,
extending the language, object-oriented design, object-oriented programming,
efficiency issues, and more. Assessment is based upon programming projects
146

and written tests. Prerequisite: IT 231. 4.
345 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
The student will demonstrate competence in systems analysis and design
using the concepts and techniques employed in the practice of systems
analysis and design including but not limited to structure charts, data flow
diagrams, Warnier-Orr diagrams, system flowcharts, coupling, cohesion,
project management, feasibility study, structured analysis, system life cycle,
development life cycle, test plans, implementation plans, and management.
The student will demonstrate mastery through written tests and system design
projects. Prerequisite: IT 220 or 230. 3.
355 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
The course presents state-of-the-art techniques in database development and
database management systems including entity-relationship modeling,
semantic object modeling, relational modeling, and data normalization. The
role of database technology in modern information technology sites and the
World Wide Web is stressed. The student will collaboratively work on
significant database design projects. Assessment is based on database design
projects, collaboration, and written tests. Prerequisite: IT 220 or 230. 3.
360 WEB SITE DESIGN
The student will master techniques of web page development with particular
focus on efficiency and effective design. The focus of this class is to create
appealing and affective web pages using the principles of advertising and
public relations. Web page editors will be used to facilitate the creation of
complete web sites. The student will also be introduced to HyperText Markup
Language (HTML). Assessment will be based on written tests and course
projects. Prerequisite: IT 125. 3.
400 NETWORKING
The student will learn the fundamental concepts of computer networks
including terminology, topology, network operating systems, the OSI model,
protocols, transmission media, components, diagnostic software, and
administration. The student will set up one or more local area networks and
design a network as a course project. Assessment will be based on written tests
and course projects. Prerequisites: IT 125 and either IT 220 or IT 230. 3.
450 DATABASE PROGRAMMING
The student will learn how to develop a database system in a standard database
programming language. The student will develop new systems, from modeling
through implementation, and perform maintenance programming. Assessment
will be based on written tests and course projects. Prerequisites: IT 355. 4.
147

460 WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING
This course introduces a student to programming for the World Wide Web.
The student will learn to develop web pages using HyperText Markup
Language (HTML) and Java script. Other languages may be included
depending on job market demand and time. Assessment will be based on
programming projects and written tests. Prerequisites: IT 360 and either IT
220 or 230. 2.
465 OPERATING SYSTEMS
The student learns the fundamental concepts and issues involved in the design
of operating systems including, but not limited to, CPU management, memory
management, resource allocation, deadlock, interrupts, priorities, user
interfaces, concurrency, multi-user, multiprocessing, security, and
administration. The theories of operating systems are stressed and specific
operating systems introduced. Assessment is based on written tests and a
research paper. Prerequisite: IT 220 or 230. 3.
475 MACHINE ORGANIZATION
This course is a study of the computer as a hierarchy of levels. Topics include
digital logic circuits, digital components, data representation, register transfer
and micro-operations, basic computer organization and design, programming
in machine and assembly languages, and more. Prerequisite: IT 231. 3.
485 INTERNSHIP
These are supervised part-time and full-time experiences in professional
information technology environments. The student is encouraged to enroll in
this class, as prospective employers may prefer to hire entry-level personnel
with practical experience outside of the classroom. Prerequisite: Information
Technology faculty approval. 2-6.
490 SENIOR SEMINAR
This is the capstone course for the Computer Science/Information Technology
major. The student will demonstrate knowledge learned within the major by
completing a senior project focusing on contemporary issues in computer
science through creative work in the major area. Assessment is based upon the
senior project including a formal presentation. Prerequisites: Seniors majoring
in Information Technology, Information Technology faculty approval. 2.
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION
These are opportunities for a student to simultaneously achieve professional
certification and receive academic credit toward their degree. Professional
certification provides a valid and reliable measure of technical proficiency and
expertise. These exams are developed with the input of professionals in the
industry and reflect how the technologies are used in organizations throughout
148

the world. The student is encouraged to pursue the Microsoft certification
programs as defined by Microsoft Corporation. Other certification programs
in the field of computer technology, such as Novell’s program may also be
eligible. The student is required to demonstrate mastery by providing
certification to the instructor from the respective vendor. Credit is granted on
MATHEMATICS
a Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: Information Technology faculty approval. 1-2.
The program in mathematics is designed to:
1. enable the student to acquire basic knowledge and skills in
mathematics, computer science, and physics;
2. supply requisite training for the student interested in becoming
teachers at the middle and/or secondary levels;
3. prepare a student for graduate work; and
4. give special guidance to a student who desire technical careers.
With the great strides being made in technology, the role of the
mathematician is essential to society, industry, and education. Career
opportunities available for college majors in mathematics include accounting,
actuary science, administration, architecture, auditing, banking, computer
science, contracting, drafting, economics, engineering, estimation, education,
market research, statistics, and systems analysis.
While pursuing a degree in mathematics, the student will develop an indepth
knowledge of their field and become competent in the use of current
technologies. Part of the degree requirement for graduates with a major is
participation in a primary research experience. General course requirements
within the major and the seminar required of all graduates give the student an
opportunity to examine contemporary issues in light of their own value system
and the college’s guiding ethical principles. The student in mathematics
receive from department faculty the personal and individual attention
necessary for a successful learning experience.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Mathematics
1. Completion of MTH 209 - Calculus I.
2. A department GPA of 2.3 and a cumulative GPA of 2.2.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Course:
149

MTH 490
Seminar
Choose 34 hours from the following:
MTH 201 Geometry for Education I
MTH 202 Geometry for Education II
MTH 203 Geometry for Education III
MTH 205 Discrete Mathematics
MTH 209 Calculus I
MTH 210 Calculus II
MTH 219 Elementary Statistics
MTH 270 Mathematical Modeling
MTH 311 Calculus III
MTH 355 Linear Algebra
MTH 375 Methods in Numerical Analysis
MTH 455 Abstract Algebra
MTH 485 Differential Equations
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Courses:
PHY 221 Principles of Physics I
PHY 222 Principles of Physics II
Choose one course from the following:
IT 220 Files
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
IT 360 Web Site Design
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor or collateral
courses.
B. The student pursuing a mathematics major or minor leading to
certification as a teacher may require additional course work. These
students require early counseling by faculty in mathematics and
teacher education.
C. Mathematics Education Majors may substitute up to 4 hours of
science or Information Technology credits for mathematics credits.
MATHEMATICS MINOR
Required Course:
PHY 221 Principles of Physics I
Choose 18 hours from the following:
MTH 201 Geometry for Education I
MTH 202 Geometry for Education II
150

MTH 203
MTH 205
MTH 209
MTH 210
MTH 219
MTH 270
MTH 311
MTH 355
MTH 375
MTH 455
MTH 485
MTH 490
Geometry for Education III
Discrete Mathematics
Calculus I
Calculus II
Elementary Statistics
Mathematical Modeling
Calculus III
Linear Algebra
Methods in Numerical Analysis
Abstract Algebra
Differential Equations
Seminar
Choose one course from the following:
IT 220 Files
IT 230 Software Structure and Design
IT 360 Web Site Design
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (MTH)
099 INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA
Review of computations with whole numbers, integers and rational numbers;
simplifying algebraic expressions; solving and graphing linear equations and
inequalities; one variable practical applications; basic geometric concepts to
include perimeter and area of basic figures; systems of linear equations;
computations with polynomials, rational expressions and radicals. This
course is offered without elective credit as a service to the student who needs
to study basic mathematical concepts as a preparation for MTH 150. This
course should not be taken by a student who has had Algebra I or Algebra II
on the secondary level. 4.
125 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Statistics, probability, logic, personal finance, algebra and related topics. 3.
150 COLLEGE ALGEBRA
First degree equations and inequalities in one variable; irrational and complex
numbers; quadratic equations and inequalities; functions and graphs;
exponential, logarithmic and special functions; systems of equations. This
course is designed for a student who has completed one year of high school
algebra. 4.
180 ADVANCED COLLEGE ALGEBRA, TRIGONOMETRY
AND ANALYTICS
Basics of college algebra, trigonometry and analytic geometry. This course is
designed for a student who has completed two years of high school algebra but
151

has not had trigonometry and/or analytic geometry. Prerequisite: MTH 150 or
consent of instructor. 4.
201 GEOMETRY FOR EDUCATION – I
An introduction to computational geometry. The course will include areas,
volumes, and surface areas, angles and elementary trigonometry. 1.
202 GEOMETRY FOR EDUCATION – II
Astudy of Euclidian Geometry emphasizing deductive proofs. 1.
203 GEOMETRY FOR EDUCATION – III
An extension of geometry into non-Euclidean forms including spherical
geometry. 1.
205 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
Mathematical structures and their applications to computer science. Topics
include: counting techniques, mathematical logic, set theory, Boolean algebra,
graph theory, and the application of algebraic structures to computer design.
Prerequisite: MTH 150 or consent of instructor. 3.
209 CALCULUS I
An elementary introduction to most of the basic material of calculus: functions
and limits, derivatives, direction fields, antiderivatives, trigonometric
functions, integrals, areas of regions in the plane. The course is designed for
the student who needs the basic topics for physics, chemistry, biology,
business, and engineering courses. Prerequisite: MTH 180 or equivalent. 4.
210 CALCULUS II
A deepening of the material of Calculus I. Topics include: applications of the
definite integral, transcendental functions, techniques of integration, polar
coordinates and analytic geometry, indeterminate forms, improper integrals,
lower order Taylor polynomials, infinite series. Prerequisite: MTH 209. 4.
219 ELEMENTARY STATISTICS
Basic concepts of elementary statistics and their practical application. Topics
include: frequency distributions, measures of central tendency, measures of
dispersion, normal distribution, correlation, regression and prediction,
inferential statistics. Prerequisite: MTH 125 or consent of the instructor. 4.
270 MATHEMATICAL MODELING
This course attempts to involve a student in the creative and early design
aspects of problem formulation and solution. Case studies using real-world
and contrived problems will be presented to demonstrate that modeling is a
fundamental part of the general scientific method and is especially important
152

in applied mathematics. 1.
311 CALCULUS III
A continuation of the calculus sequence. Topics include: vector calculus,
functions of several variables, higher level partials and applications, double
integrals, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: MTH 210. 4.
355 LINEAR ALGEBRA
Gaussian elimination, vector spaces and subspaces, orthogonal projections
and least squares fitting of data, the pseudoinverse, determinants, eigenvalues
and eigenvectors. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 4.
375 METHODS IN NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Solution of nonlinear equations, interpolating polynomials, numerical
integration, numerical differentiation, method of undetermined coefficients,
numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, sets of equations,
boundary value problems. Prerequisite: MTH 210. 3.
455 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
Rings, sets, integral domains, properties of the integers, fields and the rational
numbers, real and complex numbers, groups, polynomials. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 4.
485 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
The study of the fundamental methods of solving ordinary differential
equations and their applications. Prerequisite: MTH 210. 3.
490 SEMINAR
Contemporary mathematics, research readings, creative work in major area.
MUSIC
This is the terminal course for mathematics majors. 2.
The music program, which offers a bachelor of arts degree, has a twofold
purpose: to provide a preparation for those who intend to pursue music as a
career, and to offer courses and provide an atmosphere on campus which will
serve to broaden students’ cultural outlooks and acquaint them with the value
of music in making life more meaningful and enjoyable.
All music courses and performing groups are available to all students
regardless of their academic major. Groups include Concert Band, Jazz Band,
Pep Band, Mixed Chorus and Chambre Choir.
153

Career opportunities in the field of music include those of arranger, vocal or
instrumental ensemble conductor, teaching in the classroom or private studio,
music critic, music sales, music librarian, music instrumental repair,
performer, composer, and church musician. Students who complete a
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Music will gain an in-depth knowledge of their
field of study and become competent in the usage of music technologies.
Students will have an opportunity for research experiences through the course
Music 420, Recital and Research.
General course requirements within the major give students an opportunity
to examine contemporary issues in light of their own value system and the
college’s stated ethical principles.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Music
1. Successful completion of MUS 100 and 101.
2. Successful completion of 2 credit hours in applied music.
3. Successful completion of 1 credit hour in ensemble.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
MUS 100 Music Theory
MUS 101 Music Theory
MUS 200 Music Theory
MUS 201 Music Theory
MUS 300 History of Music
MUS 301 History of Music
MUS 302 Twentieth Century Music
MUS 310 Choral and Instrumental Conducting Techniques
MUS 420 Recital and Research
Choose 8 hours from the following:
MUS 160 Piano
MUS 162 Voice
MUS 164 Organ
MUS 166 Woodwinds
MUS 168 Brass
MUS 170 Percussion
Choose 4 hours from the following:
MUS 126 Chambre Choir
MUS 127 Mixed Chorus
MUS 128 Concert Band
154

2. Emphasis Area
Students must choose one or more of the following emphases:
A. Music Education*
MUS 311 Stringed Instrument Methods
MUS 312 Woodwind Instrument Methods
MUS 313 Brass Instrument Methods
MUS 314 Percussion Instrument Methods
MUS 315 Elementary School Music Methods
MUS 451 Methods of Teaching Music
*as per current South Dakota Education standards
B. Non-Education
Required Course:
MUS 485 Music Internship
Choose 4 additional hours from the following:
MUS 160 Piano
MUS 162 Voice
MUS 164 Organ
MUS 166 Woodwinds
MUS 168 Brass
MUS 170 Percussion
Choose 4 additional hours from the following:
MUS 126 Chambre Choir
MUS 127 Mixed Chorus
MUS 128 Concert Band
MUS 202 World of Music: Jazz and Popular Music
MUS 203 World of Music: The American Musical
MUS 204 World of Music: American Folk Music
MUS 205 World of Music: American Women Composers
MUS 311 Stringed Instrument Methods
MUS 312 Woodwind Instrument Methods
MUS 313 Brass Instrument Methods
MUS 314 Percussion Instrument Methods
MUS 315 Elementary School Music Methods
MUS 329 Liturgical Music
MUS 330 Contemporary Liturgical Music
MUS 331 Hymnody
MUS 451 Methods of Teaching Music
MUS 485 Internship
155

C. Music Education and Church Music
Required Courses:
MUS 315 Elementary School Music Methods
MUS 329 Liturgical Music
MUS 330 Contemporary Liturgical Music
MUS 331 Hymnody
MUS 451 Methods of Teaching Music
MUS 485 Internship
Choose 6 hours from the following, not counted above:
MUS 126 Chambre Choir
MUS 127 Mixed Chorus
MUS 128 Concert Band
MUS 160 Piano
MUS 162 Voice
MUS 164 Organ
MUS 166 Woodwinds
MUS 168 Brass
MUS 170 Percussion
MUS 202 World of Music: Jazz and Popular Music
MUS 203 World of Music: The American Musical
MUS 204 World of Music: American Folk Music
MUS 205 World of Music: American Women Composers
MUS 311 Stringed Instrument Methods
MUS 312 Woodwind Instrument Methods
MUS 313 Brass Instrument Methods
MUS 314 Percussion Instrument Methods
3. Other Requirements
A. Attain a level of piano proficiency, as outlined in the Music Program
Policy Handbook, by the end of the third year.
B. Take at least one credit hour in voice before the end of the fourth
year.
C. Take at least 5 credit hours in one area of concentration in applied
music (keyboard, voice, woodwinds, brass, percussion).
D. Students pursuing a music major or minor leading to certification as
a teacher may require additional course work in music. These
students require early counseling by faculty in music and teacher
education.
MUSIC MINOR
Required Courses:
MUS 100 Music Theory
156

MUS 101 Music Theory
MUS 310 Choral and Instrumental Conducting Techniques
Choose 4 hours from the following:
MUS 160 Piano
MUS 162 Voice
MUS 164 Organ
MUS 166 Woodwinds
MUS 168 Brass
MUS 170 Percussion
Choose 4 hours from the following:
(MUS 315 and 451 are required to teach Music)
MUS 300 History of Music
MUS 301 History of Music
MUS 302 Twentieth Century Music
MUS 315 Elementary School Music Methods
MUS 451 Methods of Teaching Music
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (MUS)
Applied Music
All students, regardless of major, may take applied music (music lessons) in
the following areas:
Piano (1-2 credits): MUS 160
Voice (1-2): MUS 162
Organ (1-2): MUS 164
Woodwinds (1-2): MUS 166
Brass (1-2): MUS 168
Percussion (1-2): MUS 170
Piano Class (1): MUS 140
(For students with little or no keyboard background).
Voice Class (1): MUS 142
(For students with little or no singing background).
Ensemble
Membership in all music ensembles is open to all students. Chambre Choir is
by invitation only.
Chambre Choir: MUS 126 .5 credit each semester.
Mixed Chorus: MUS 127 .5 credit each semester.
Concert Band: MUS 128 .5 credit each semester.
100 MUSIC THEORY
An integrated course in basic musicianship approached through the four
common elements—duration, pitch, timbre, and amplitude. Study of music
fundamentals (great staff notation, key signatures and meters, accidentals,
157

clefs), ear-training, sight-reading, functional keyboard, rhythmic and melodic
dictation intervals, basic scales, major and minor triads. 3.
101 MUSIC THEORY
A continuation of MUS 100. Deals with structure of tonality. Study of triads
and inversions, doubling, spacing, and voice leading, phrase structure and
cadences, harmonic progressions, technocracies of harmonization, and nonharmonic
tones. Further study of ear-training, sight-reading, rhythmic and
melodic dictation and keyboard harmony. Prerequisite: MUS 100. 3.
200 MUSIC THEORY
A continuation of MUS 101. Study of modulation, seventh, ninth chords,
augmented sixth chords and altered chords. Advanced study of ear-training,
sight-reading, rhythmic and melodic dictation and keyboard harmony.
Prerequisite: MUS 100 and 101. 3.
201 MUSIC THEORY
A study of musical structure from the phrase through large forms.
Concentration on music of common practice period. Prerequisites: MUS 100,
101, 200. 3.
202-205 WORLD OF MUSIC
An introduction to music listening. Course headings are: Jazz and Popular
Music, The American Musical, American Folk Music, and American Women
Composers. 2.
300 HISTORY OF MUSIC
A study of Western music in its evolution from pre-plainchant sources through
the Baroque period. Emphasis is given to the music through a study of its
written and aural forms and the cultural context from which it was generated.
Students are thus enabled to recognize the stylistic features and performance
practices of each major epoch in the history of music. Prerequisite: Music
majors or minors. 3.
301 HISTORY OF MUSIC
A continuation of MUS 300 extending from the pre-Classic period through the
Classic, Romantic, late Romantic, and Impressionistic eras. Prerequisite:
Music majors or minors. 3.
302 TWENTIETH CENTURY MUSIC
A continuation of MUS 301. As a separate study, this course enables students
to study more closely the post-Impressionistic stylistic eras of music—twelvetone,
atonal, electronic, and various experimental styles. Attention is also
given to indigenous music of America as well as to some examples of non-
Western idioms. Prerequisite: Music majors or minors. 2.
158

310 CHORAL AND INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING TECHNIQUES
Principles of conducting as applied to choral and instrumental groups; study
of choral and instrumental techniques including voice classification and
instrumental transposition. Conducting experiences. 3.
311 STRINGED INSTRUMENT METHODS
Methodologies of teaching stringed instruments. 1.
312 WOODWIND INSTRUMENT METHODS
Methodologies of teaching woodwind instruments. 1.
313 BRASS INSTRUMENT METHODS
Methodologies of teaching brass instruments. 1.
314 PERCUSSION INSTRUMENT METHODS
Methodologies of teaching percussion instruments. 1.
315 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MUSIC METHODS
Exploration and development of basic skills in musicianship needed to teach
music in the elementary school with exposure to Orff-Kodaly and Dalcroze
methods. 2.
329 LITURGICAL MUSIC
The liturgical music class is a survey of the church music from the roots of the
Jewish temple traditions to the twentieth century practices of the Christian
Church. While the class will focus on the practices of the Roman Catholic
Church, the different protestant church music traditions will also be discussed.
The objective is to get a clear historical perspective of tradition and practice
and a clear vision of the future. 2.
330 CONTEMPORARY LITURGICAL MUSIC
A study of the music of sacred worship from the standpoint of the choir director
and/or organist. Designed to train musicians for positions of leadership in
church music. Investigation of contemporary sacred music repertoire. 2-4.
331 HYMNODY
Hymnody is a survey class that includes a study of the Book of Psalms,
Gregorian hymnody and plainsong, and Christian hymnody through the ages.
While this class is meant for music majors interested in church music, this
class would also be helpful for those interested in ministry in the church. 2.
420 RECITAL AND RESEARCH
159

Public performance of a major recital and preparation of a paper involving
stylistic analysis of the works performed for the recital. 1.
451 METHODS OF TEACHING MUSIC
A survey and study of the materials for and methods of teaching secondary
school music including instrumental and vocal music, performance and
nonperformance groups. Includes observation in schools. 2.
485 MUSIC INTERNSHIP
Experiences in areas of music such as music therapy, concert management,
music industry (business), music librarianship, church music ministry, and
instrumental tuning and/or repair. Prerequisites: Music majors only and
consent of music faculty. 1-16.
AMT 125 COMMONALITIES OF THE ARTS
Students will increase their understanding of the common elements forming
an inter-relatedness of art, music, and theatre and thereby learn to formulate a
personal response of increased appreciation and intelligent evaluation of
significant artistic works. Students will be expected to visit and attend artistic
functions and participate in such activities throughout their life at Mount
Marty College. Accomplishment of the desired outcomes will be exhibited in
material selected for an individual portfolio inclusive of seven focused papers
NURSING
reflecting critical and creative though pertaining to its contents. 3.
The mission of the Nursing Program is to provide students with quality
education which develops professional nursing expertise, holistic personal
development and community service involvement in a Catholic, Benedictine
liberal arts setting. The four purposes that provide direction in Mount Marty’s
nursing program are: (1) to develop a professional nurse who provides holistic
nursing care based on nursing theory and research and on an appreciation of
the uniqueness of each individual and family, the influence of society, and the
multidimensional aspects of health; (2) to develop a graduate who is prepared
to provide professional nursing care as a generalist in a variety of settings and
to culturally diverse groups; (3) to provide the educational foundation for
advanced professional preparation and graduate study, and for making
contributions to the profession; and (4) to provide a values-centered nursing
education which enhances personal growth and development, fosters critical
thinking and problem-solving skills, and supports responsible collaboration
within communities.
The nursing program, leading to a bachelor of science in nursing degree
160

(BSN), is approved by the South Dakota Board of Nursing and accredited by
the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission (NLNAC) (61
Broadway, New York, NY 10006; 1-800-669-1656). The curriculum
combines core liberal arts studies, collateral courses, and nursing courses to
enhance the student’s personal development and to build professional
competence.
Through the program of study in nursing, a student acquires in-depth
knowledge and applies that knowledge to provide basic clinical skills of
professional nursing for individuals, groups, and communities. The nursing
student is introduced to the conduct and utilization of nursing research. They
explore contemporary and ethical issues encountered in practice and are
introduced to current technologies in healthcare. Supervised clinical practice
begins in the sophomore year and takes place in a variety of acute care and
community settings.
Baccalaureate nursing graduates are prepared to work in all areas of nursing
and have the foundation to enter graduate school. Graduates, often in
leadership and management roles, are active in pediatric, maternal-infant,
medical-surgical, geriatric, mental health, critical care and community health
nursing. They are employed in acute, intermediate, and long-term care
settings, as well as nursing education.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree for the RN or LPN
A BSN Completion Program is available for registered and licensed
practical nurses who desire a baccalaureate degree with a major in nursing.
RN and LPN students are required to take a transition course and senior level
nursing course credits at Mount Marty College to meet residency and program
requirements.
For a registered nurse (RN) student, college credit is transferred for previous
nursing courses and experience. That credit is applied toward completing the
BSN degree through validation testing and escrow application of credit for
nursing courses. Transfer of credit is dependent upon accreditation status of
the first nursing program. The RN student must successfully pass NSG 295,
Transition into Baccalaureate Nursing; and HACE (Health Assessment
Competency Examination) before moving into senior level nursing
coursework. Two or more credits are required in nursing research.
A licensed practical nurse (LPN) student can receive college credit for
previous nursing courses and experience through validation testing. LPNs
must meet course requirements for admission into the Nursing Major, and
must successfully complete NSG 295, Transition into Baccalaureate Nursing;
NSG 350, Health Assessment; and HACE (Health Assessment Competency
Examination). Other required nursing courses include senior level courses,
and lower level courses, if not successfully challenged.
Information on the BSN Completion Program is available by contacting the
Admissions Office (1-800-658-4552, Ext. 1545) or the Nursing Program
161

Office (605-668-1594).
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Nursing Major
1. Admission to Mount Marty College.
2. Because some coursework in the Nursing Program Plan is sequential in
nature, planning a program of study with an advisor is essential.
3. Application of a generic student is made during the first semester of the
sophomore year while taking NSG 290. Applications are considered by
the Nursing Program’s Admission and Progression Committee.
4. The generic student must have attained a cumulative GPA of 2.70 and
have at least a 2.0 in each collateral and nursing course taken up to the
time of application. Post-secondary level coursework accepted by the
Registrar will be included to calculate a transfer student’s cumulative
GPA for acceptance into the nursing major
5. Collateral coursework includes BIO 203, 204, 320, CHM 102, NFS 210,
PSY 101,165 and SOC 100. Some collateral courses have prerequisites.
All collateral coursework must be completed prior to the beginning of
junior-level nursing courses. MTH 150 is to be completed prior to the
beginning of the second semester of the sophomore year courses, i.e. prior
to taking NSG 292 and NSG 350. In addition, it is strongly recommended
that PSY 165 and BIO 203 be completed prior to beginning the second
semester of the sophomore year.
6. For BSN Completion students: Registered Nurses are not required to take
NFS 210; LPN students are required to take NFS 210.
7. All nursing students must meet program health requirements. Prior to
consideration of an application to the nursing major, documentation of a
physical exam must be received. The physical exam must have been
completed within six months prior to application to the program.
Immunizations must be up-to-date. Specific information on health
requirements is available in the library, Nursing Program Office and
nursing student handbooks.
8. The student must review "Essential Clinical Eligibility Requirements for
Admission to and Continuation in the Nursing Program." This document
is available in the library, Nursing Program Office and nursing student
handbooks.
9. The student must review legal limitations that could prevent them from
obtaining a license to practice nursing ("Legal Limitations for the Practice
of Nursing"). In addition, the student must complete a legal infractions
screening survey prior to acceptance into the nursing major. Applicants
identified as being "at risk" in this screening process will be considered
by the MMC Nursing Program Admission and Progression Committee on
a case-by-case basis, with any action taken based on consideration of the
safety and welfare of the public.
10. Complete information on policies related to admission, progression, and
162

etention are available in the library, Nursing Program Office and nursing
student handbooks.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
NSG 290 Introduction to Nursing as a Profession I
NSG 292 Introduction to Nursing as a Profession II
NSG 311 The Childbearing Family
NSG 321 Mental Health Nursing
NSG 331 Nursing of Adults and Children
NSG 332 Nursing of Adults and Children
NSG 350 Health Assessment
Health Assessment Competency Examination (HACE)
NSG382 Nursing Research I
NSG384 Nursing Research II
NSG 450 Professional Issues
NSG 471 Community Health Nursing
NSG 480 Nursing Management
NSG 482 Health Care Ethics
NSG 488 Critical Care Nursing
2. Collateral Course Requirements
BIO 203 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 204 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 320 Microbiology
CHM 102 Introductory Chemistry II
MTH 150 College Algebra
NFS 210 Applied Nutrition
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
PSY 165 Lifespan Development
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology
3. Notes
A. The following ratios are used to assign credit to clock hours in
nursing courses: lecture 1:1, conference and lab 1:2, clinical
experience 1:3. For Independent Study, total number of credit hours
assigned to theory, lab or clinical is developed by the student and
instructor following the ratio formulas above.
B. The grading scale used in all nursing courses is A = 93-100, B = 85-
92, C = 77-84, D = 70-76, F = 0-69.
C. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 must be maintained, with no
grade lower than a C in any nursing or collateral course. A minimum
of C is required in the general education courses, PSY 101 and SOC
100. Clinical experiences are graded “satisfactory” or “unsatisfactory.”
D. The student who fails to obtain a C or 2.0 in a nursing course required
163

for the major shall not be allowed to progress to a higher level
nursing course.
E. For transfer and BSN Completion students: Senior level nursing
courses (NSG 450, 471, 480, 482, 488) must be taken through the
Mount Marty College Nursing Program.
F. The nursing program follows the grievance procedure of the college.
G. The length of the program for a generic student is generally 4 years
(8 semesters). Length of program for a BSN Completion student is
individualized and depends upon the number of previous credits and
type of program attended.
H. BSN Completion Program Requirements:
RNs: NSG 295, HACE, validation testing (if that option is chosen or
required), NSG 382, NSG 384, and senior level nursing courses.
LPNs: validation testing, NFS 210, NSG 295, NSG 350, NSG 382,
NSG 384, HACE, and senior level nursing courses.
4. Other Requirements
A. A total of 128 credit hours is required to graduate.
B. No grade lower than C is accepted in major and collateral courses.
C. Satisfactory grade is required for all clinical evaluations.
D. All students must successfully complete Health Assessment
Competency Examination (HACE) before taking senior-level
clinical nursing courses.
E. Students who will take the NCLEX-RN licensure examination
following graduation, i.e., generic and LPN to BSN Completion
students, are required to take a nationally standardized
comprehensive examination chosen by the faculty and must achieve
a score specified by the faculty.
Copies of all nursing program policies are available in the Nursing Student
Handbook and in the BSN Completion Program Student Handbook. These are
available in the Nursing Program Office and on reserve at the Mount Marty
College Library in Yankton and in Watertown. Students are given access to
the College’s BlackBoard server; program handbooks are available on
BlackBoard.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (NSG)
290 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING AS A PROFESSION I
The student will explore nursing theory, nursing process, and nursing roles
and functions within the context of professional nursing practice. The course
provides an overview of nursing care of the individual across the life span.
The concept of self-awareness is explored and developed as the student begins
164

socialization into the nursing profession. The family and community will
begin to be examined, but focus of course content is on the elderly client.
Open to non-majors with consent of Nursing Program Director. Co-requisite
or completion of CHM 102, BIO 203, 320, MTH 150, PSY 101, 165, SOC
100. 4.
292 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING AS A PROFESSION II
A continuation of NSG 290, students begin application of nursing theory and
the nursing process in the clinical setting. Principles of Pharmacology and a
basic understanding of pharmacological interventions as they apply to each
body system are also introduced as integrated content. Emphasis focuses on
health, basic human needs, adaptation to maintain homeostasis as well as
continued focus on the geriatric client. Student outcomes are evaluated
through a clinical experience and evaluative process, written nursing care
plans and comprehensive exams, class participation and discussion, a reaction
paper and laboratory competencies. Prerequisites: NSG 290, BIO 203, 320,
CHM 102, MTH 150, PSY 101, 165, SOC 100 or equivalent. Co-requisite:
NSG 350. 6.
295 TRANSITION INTO BACCALAUREATE NURSING
The student reads and responds to issues related to various levels of nursing
and to professional nursing. The student participates in verbal communication
as a member of a reflective group. The student demonstrates critical thinking
about professional data, defines and responds to client risk factors, and plans
corresponding therapeutic nursing intervention. The student utilizes his or her
clinical life experiences to demonstrate course competencies. Achievement of
course outcomes requires participation in individual and group discussion of
professional issues, use of critical thinking for professional decision making,
and use of professional written communication, as well as electronic search
and communication. Prerequisites: RN or LPN licensure and consent of the
Program Director. (This course is not required of generic students). 2.
311 THE CHILDBEARING FAMILY
The student develops skills needed to provide holistic nursing care for healthy
childbearing families and for women with selected women’s health issues.
Students explore the physiologic, psychological, and developmental stressors
experienced by childbearing families. Students employ critical thinking to
identify health risk factors and to select nursing interventions and
communication to help individuals and the family adapt. Students evaluate
social, cultural, and societal issues that affect women’s health and
childbearing. Medication administration during the peri-natal period is
addressed. Clinical experiences are in a variety of settings. Assessment of
outcomes includes evaluation of clinical competencies, tests, and written
165

assignments. Prerequisites: Nursing 290, 292, 350 or equivalents, and all
collateral courses. 5.
321 MENTAL HEALTH NURSING
The student demonstrates proficiency in use of self as a therapeutic tool to
assist individuals and families to maintain or improve mental health.
Emphasis is on analysis of psychological and developmental stressors related
to maladaptive functioning and on concepts of major psychological theorists.
The student demonstrates professional growth through self-awareness by
writing a weekly journal and contributing to clinical conferences. The nursing
process is utilized to meet the mental health needs of clients during clinical
experience in both hospital and community settings. The student demonstrates
understanding and application of psychopharmacology. Critical thinking,
communication, and therapeutic nursing interventions are evaluated for
successful course completion. Assessment will also include exams and written
assignments. Prerequisites: NSG 290, 292, 350 or equivalents, and all
collateral courses. 4.
331 NURSING OF ADULTS AND CHILDREN
The student will develop skills needed to provide holistic nursing care for
children and adults. The knowledge base is the anatomy and physiology of
body systems, and includes clinical manifestations of dysfunction in the
system, assessment of the body system, diagnostic procedures, and medical
and surgical interventions applicable to disorders of that system. Nursing care
is then understood as it relates to consequences of biopsychosocial changes in
the individual. Pharmacology is integrated throughout study of pathology and
nursing. The opportunity to coordinate nursing theory and practice is
provided in acute care settings, clinics, and community settings. Assessment
of student learning includes evaluation of clinical competencies and
understanding, tests, and written assignments. Prerequisites: NSG 290, 292,
NSG 350 or equivalents, and all collateral courses. 6.
332 NURSING OF ADULTS AND CHILDREN
NSG 332 is a continuation of NSG 331 and relates to specific nursing
diagnoses not previously addressed. Nursing theory and practice is
developed, founded on anatomy and physiology of body systems, clinical
manifestations of dysfunction in the system, assessment of the body system,
diagnostic procedures, pharmacologic interventions, and medical and surgical
interventions, in relation to biopsychosocial changes. Assessment of student
outcomes is carried out with evaluation of clinical competencies and
understanding, tests, and written assignments. Prerequisites: NSG 290, 292,
331, 350 or equivalents, and all collateral courses. 6.
350 HEALTH ASSESSMENT
The student develops skills needed to gather data in an organized, systematic
166

way. The student identifies actual or potential health problems and assists the
client in maintaining an optimal level of wellness through integration of
theory and skills, including interviewing and physical assessment.
Assessment of these learning outcomes includes evaluation of return
demonstrations and tests. Prerequisite or concurrent enrollment: NSG 290,
BIO 203 (or equivalent anatomy and physiology courses). Prerequisites for a
BSN Completion student, RN or LPN licensure and consent of Program
Director. (This course is open to licensed nurses not enrolled in the nursing
program.) 2.
382 NURSING RESEARCH I
The student will develop an understanding of the critique and utilization of
nursing research. Quantitative research principles are introduced and students
come to understand the application of nursing research in their practice in
various clinical settings. Prerequisites: NSG 290, 292, 350 or equivalents, and
all collateral courses. 1.
384 NURSING RESEARCH II
This course is a continuation of NSG 382 and builds upon it. Qualitative
research principles are introduced. Commonalities of quantitative and
qualitative research will be explored. The student employs critical thinking to
evaluate the merit of nursing research studies, evidenced through the
composition of papers, presentations, and exams. The student develops further
understanding of the critique and utilization of nursing research and the
application of nursing research in various clinical settings. Prerequisites: NSG
290, 292, 350, 382 or equivalents, and all collateral courses. 1.
450 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES
The student develops professional skills to begin a nursing career. Content
includes considering the impact of education of nurses in relation to that of
other healthcare professionals, the political environment, legal issues,
educational preparation issues, technology issues, and licensure requirements
and responsibilities for nurses. Students explore their career options and
discuss plans for the initial years of their working career. Prerequisites: NSG
290, 292, 311, 321, 331, 332, 350, 382, 384 or equivalents, and all collateral
courses. 1.
471 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING
The student will be prepared to demonstrate an understanding of community
based care. Student learning is based upon population-focused study that
considers individuals, families, groups and communities. The student will
utilize the concepts of self-awareness, the nursing process and therapeutic
communication to meet basic human needs. Cultural backgrounds will be
explored as the student works with clients of diverse lifestyles and backgrounds
167

in a variety of community settings. Pharmacology is addressed in relation to
the nursing needs of individuals and groups. Assessment of learning outcomes
will be based upon assignments such as a health education project,
participation in health screening activity, management of a community health
project, and written course examinations. Prerequisites: NSG 290, 292, 311,
321, 331, 332, 350, 382, 384 or equivalents, and all collateral courses. 6.
480 NURSING MANAGEMENT
The student demonstrates an understanding of the healthcare environment and
the impact it has on the role of the nurse manager and provision of nursing care.
The student applies principles of leadership and management in care of clients
in a variety of clinical settings. The student utilizes critical thinking skills and
understanding of group dynamics as he or she addresses situations and
problems, and makes decisions within the practice of nursing. Particular
attention is paid to medication administration in the role of manager.
Assessment of these outcomes includes examinations, presentations,
conferences, a geriatric assessment, a change project, a log of daily activities,
and clinical evaluations. Prerequisites: NSG 290, 292, 311, 321, 331, 332, 350,
382, 384 or equivalents, and all collateral courses. 6.
482 HEALTH CARE ETHICS
The student explores contemporary ethical issues in healthcare and factors that
influence the ethical decision making process. The student utilizes ethical
norms and principles as well as critical thinking skills in examining situations,
problems and/or concerns. The student will articulate an ethical position in
relation to a variety of healthcare issues. Assessment of these outcomes
includes class participation, examinations, and a written paper on an ethical
topic. Prerequisite: Senior level or consent of instructor. 1.
488 CRITICAL CARE NURSING
The student synthesizes assessment data and knowledge used in nursing
intervention and management of clients with multi-system life-threatening
conditions. A variety of critical care and emergency clinical sites will be utilized
to provide the student with the opportunity to participate in patient care.
Assessment of these outcomes includes the student's documentation of his or her
clinical experience according to course specific criteria, and written course
exams. Prerequisites: NSG 290, 292, 311, 321, 331, 332, 350, 382, 384 or
equivalents, and all collateral courses. 4.
168

NUTRITION & FOOD SCIENCE
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (NFS)
200 FOOD PROCUREMENT, PREPARATION, AND ACCEPTANCE
PRINCIPLES
The student undertakes a scientific study of the principles underlying
preparation, nutritional value, preservation and selection of foods. Lab is used
to investigate scientific principles and supporting theories. The preparation of
food uses both theoretical and practical aspects of food principles. Includes:
PMDP—ServSafe. This course contains everything needed to strengthen and
update the food safety and sanitation in your facility. The latest developments
and procedures, current governmental standards and emerging issues are
covered, including the Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP)
system of food safety. HACCP, developed for food manufacturing, is rapidly
becoming the system of choice for food service as well. Upon successful
completion of the course, the student will receive the SERVSAFE food safety
certificate, recognized by 95% of state and local jurisdictions that require
training or certification. Student evaluation is by lab performance, application
of principles as well as written examinations. PMDP 1, NFS 4 (3 hrs. lecture/4
hrs. laboratory).
210 APPLIED NUTRITION
The student applies principles of physiology and chemistry applied to normal
and therapeutic nutrition; methods and materials utilized by the health care
professional with particular emphasis on dietary management of pathological
conditions. This course presents fundamental principles of human nutrition
which include the requirements of the body for nutritive essentials,
composition of foods, planning of an adequate diet for health and diets for
special needs throughout the life cycle. Student evaluation is based on class
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
participation, projects, and written examinations. 3.
While pursuing the degree in physical education the student will develop the
knowledge, concepts, and teaching strategies to provide quality, safe,
appropriate, and effective programs in physical education (K-12) and
169

athletics. This is done through a sequential progression of courses in which
the student experiences a hands-on approach to problem solving. Emphasis is
on the analysis of movement and the application of teaching technique to
correct errors as well as the underlying principles of human physiology, and
psychosocial aspects of physical activity and sport. In addition, course
requirements within the major give each student an opportunity to examine
contemporary issues in light of their own value system and the guiding
principles of the college.
The student is encouraged to combine course work from other disciplines in
an interdisciplinary approach to create opportunities in an ever-changing job
market. They are also introduced to and encouraged to pursue national
certification in areas such as personal training and strength and conditioning
to enhance their employment opportunities.
The physical education major prepares its graduates for PE teaching at the
elementary, middle, and secondary levels as well as coaching and athletic
administration. The degree also prepares a student for graduate work.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into PED Teaching
1. Completion of 36 credit hours.
2. Cumulative GPA of 2.6 with no grade lower than C in any course applied
to the PED major.
3. Completion of the application to the major.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
PED 100 Introduction to Physical Education
PED 133 Gymnastics/Tumbling
PED 135 Dance
PED 211 Individual/Dual Sports I
PED 212 Individual/Dual Sports II
PED 213 Team Sports I
PED 214 Team Sports II
PED 217 First Aid & CPR
PED 225 Fitness and Wellness
PED 226 Strength Training and Conditioning
PED 230 Human Anatomy and Physiology (or equivalent)
PED 315 Elementary Methods of Physical Education
PED 350 Principles of Health
PED 353 Biomechanics
PED 382 Adapted Physical Education
PED 440 Organization and Administration of Physical Education
and Athletic Programs
PED 450 Exercise Physiology
170

PED 451 Secondary Health and Physical Education Methods
PED 490 Senior Seminar
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Course:
ATH 254 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
Choose at least one outdoor recreational activity from the following:
REC 212 Biking and Hiking
REC 214 Skiing
REC 222 Community Recreation
REC 341 Camping/Outdoor Recreation
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in major, coaching or collateral
courses.
B. This major is only offered in conjunction with Teacher Education.
Coaching Certification
Each state has requirements for the coaching endorsement to be included with
the teaching certificate. The student is advised by their sophomore year to
check with their advisor, the education advisor and the certifying agency in the
state in which they wish to teach and coach for exact requirements. The
following plan will meet most requirements of area states.
Required Courses:
ATH 254 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
PED 200 Principles of Coaching
PED Coaching Theory
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (PED)
100 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL EDUCATION
This course is an orientation to the history, philosophy, and objectives of
physical education. Two contact hours per week. 2.
108, 208, 308, 408 VARSITY SPORTS
This course involves regular and systematic participation in intercollegiate
sport. One credit per year is given for participation in varsity sports. 108 – 1st
year; 208 – 2nd year, 308 – 3rd year, 408 – 4th year.
133 GYMNASTICS/TUMBLING
This course is an introduction to basic gymnastics equipment, routines, and
safety considerations. Study and practice of the fundamental skills,
171

techniques, and safety involved in tumbling and matwork are addressed. Two
contact hours per week. 1.
135 DANCE
This course is the study of the historical development of dance and its
transition to contemporary society through participation in selected dances of
foreign countries and the United States. Two contact hours per week. 1.
200 PRINCIPLES IN COACHING
This course is a general overview of the fundamentals and principles of
coaching. This course serves as a basis for the other theory of coaching
courses. 1.
211 INDIVIDUAL/DUAL SPORTS I
This course is the study and practice of the fundamental skills, techniques,
strategy, and rules for activities common to secondary physical education
programs. Specific activities include golf, badminton, and racquetball. Two
contact hours per week. 1.
212 INDIVIDUAL/DUAL SPORTS II
This course is the study and practice of the fundamental skills, techniques,
strategy, and rules for activities common to secondary physical education
programs. Specific activities include tennis, bowling and archery. Two contact
hours per week. 1.
213 TEAM SPORTS I
This course is the study and practice of the fundamental skills, techniques,
strategy, and rules for activities common to secondary physical education
programs. Specific activities include soccer, flag football, and basketball. Two
contact hours per week. 1.
214 TEAM SPORTS II
This course is the study and practice of the fundamental skills, techniques,
strategy, and rules for activities common to secondary physical education
programs. Specific activities include volleyball, softball, and hockey. Two
contact hours per week. 1.
215 SPORTS OFFICIATING
A study of rules and mechanics of officiating for the sports of football,
volleyball, basketball, track and field, and baseball. 2.
217 FIRST AID & CPR
This course is a standard Red Cross first aid course. Two contact hours per
week. 2.
172

225 FITNESS-WELLNESS
This course is an introduction to the basic concept of wellness and offers the
student experience related to cardiorespiratory endurance, muscular strength
and endurance, flexibility and body composition. Other activities include
assessment of fitness and various exercise routines, stress reduction, disease
prevention and program design. 2.
226 STRENGTH TRAINING AND CONDITIONING
The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to the principles,
techniques, and physiology behind strength training. Various topics relating to
strength and resistance training will be discussed in detail including energy
expenditure power, specificity, free vs. machine weights, and the design of
resistance programs. The goal is to provide students with theoretical and
practical knowledge to design and supervise strength and conditioning
programs for various populations. 2. (Spring even)
230 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
This course is a study of the structure and function of the human body
emphasizing the body systems that maintain the human body. Importance is
placed on broad, general anatomical and physiological principles as they
apply to structure and function of the human body. Prerequisite: BIO 103 or
106 or equivalent. 4.
315 ELEMENTARY METHODS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
This course is an introduction to the principles of teaching and evaluating the
physical development of elementary school children (K-8). Lesson planning,
curriculum development and supervision of the physical education program
are covered. Prerequisite: PED 100 or consent of the instructor. 2.
330 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN COACHING
This course involves a field experience in coaching gained by working with a
sports team under the supervision of department faculty and the coaching staff
of the high school, junior high school, or approved club sport. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing and consent of department faculty. 1.
350 PRINCIPLES OF HEALTH
This course is the study of current health problems and the formation of a
philosophy of health based upon an understanding of the human organism and
the individual’s responsibility to community health. Three contact hours per
week. 3.
353 BIOMECHANICS
This course is an analytic and synthetic study of body movements.
Biomechanics and anatomical kinesiology are emphasized in lecture,
173

discussion, and lab. Prerequisite: PED 230 or equivalent. 3.
382 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION
This course is a study of principles and programming to meet the unique needs
of individuals limited, restricted, special, or handicapped in their locomotor
activity. Particular attention to programming for individuals affected by
mental illness or retardation is given. Two contact hours per week.
Prerequisite: PED 315 or 451. 2.
440 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION AND ATHLETIC PROGRAMS
This course is the study of organization and management theory and practice
as it relates to physical education, sports, and the fitness industry. Emphasis
will primarily be on elementary and secondary programs with consideration
for special populations and the fitness fields. Each student will be introduced
to the practical application of theory as it relates to managing personnel and
programs. 2.
450 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
Lecture, discussion and laboratory will revolve around the effects of physical
activity on neuromuscular, cardiorespiratory, and metabolic control
mechanisms. Laboratories will demonstrate current applications in exercise
testing. Prerequisite: PED 230 or equivalent. 3.
451 SECONDARY HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS
This course is an introduction to the principles of teaching and evaluation for
grades 6-12. Curriculum developments, class organization, lesson planning,
and guidelines for establishing a health and physical education program are
covered. A unit on methods for measuring and evaluation unique to physical
activities is included. Prerequisite: PED 100. 2.
470 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
This course is a general overview of basketball coaching in the secondary
school with emphasis on the fundamental aspects of coaching. Prerequisite:
PED 200 or consent of the instructor. 1.
471 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
This course is a general overview of football coaching in the secondary school
with emphasis on the fundamental aspects of coaching. Prerequisite: PED
200 or consent of the instructor. 1.
472 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL
This course is a general overview of baseball and softball coaching in the
174

secondary school with emphasis on the fundamental aspects of coaching.
Prerequisite: PED 200 or consent of the instructor. 1.
473 COACHING OF TRACK & FIELD AND CROSS COUNTRY
This course is a general overview of track and field and cross country
coaching in the secondary school with emphasis on the fundamental aspects
of coaching. Prerequisite: PED 200 or consent of the instructor. 1.
474 COACHING OF WRESTLING
This course is a general overview of wrestling coaching in the secondary
school with emphasis on the fundamental aspects of coaching. Prerequisite:
PED 200 or consent of the instructor. 1.
475 COACHING OF VOLLEYBALL
This course is a general overview of volleyball coaching in the secondary
school with emphasis on the fundamental aspects of coaching. Prerequisite:
PED 200 or consent of the instructor. 1.
477 COACHING OF SOCCER
This course is a general overview of soccer coaching in the secondary school
with emphasis on the fundamental aspects of coaching. Prerequisite: PED
200 or consent of the instructor. 1.
490 SENIOR SEMINAR
This course is an examination of current professional trends and opportunities
for the physical education major. Summarize course work and discuss topics
PHYSICS
of importance to the profession. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 1.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (PHY)
111 PHYSICAL/EARTH SCIENCE
Lectures on fundamental principles of the physical sciences (astronomy,
chemistry, geology, and physics) explained with the aid of demonstrations and
laboratory experimentation. Lecture, discussion, and laboratory. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. 4.
112 EARTH SCIENCE ASTRONOMY I
This course is a study of how we know, as well as what we know, about the
solar system. History of astronomy, earth as a planet, the moon and the solar
system. Lecture, discussion, observation and laboratory. 1-2.
175

113 EARTH SCIENCE ASTRONOMY II
This course is a study of how we know, as well as what we know, about the
universe. Suns, stars, galaxies, black holes, quasars, and the “Big Bang”
theory. Lecture, discussion, observation and laboratory. 1-2.
160 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY I
Astudy of the basic physical features of the Earth; the influence of weather
and climate on life on Earth; Earth’s relationship with the sun, moon and other
planets. Lecture and laboratory. Offered at Watertown Campus only. 4.
161 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY II
A study of the Earth and its basic physical state. Topics covered in lectures
and labs include vegetation, soils, landforms, and cartography. Offered at
Watertown Campus only. 4.
221 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS I
Mechanics, kinematics, gravitation, harmonic motion and sound. Lecture,
discussion and laboratory. Prerequisite: MTH 180 or consent of instructor. 4.
222 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS II
Heat, electricity, magnetism, light, relativity and nuclear physics. Lecture,
discussion and laboratory. Prerequisite: PHY 221. 4.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Aminor in Political Science prepares the student to be a responsible
member of society and provides background for careers in government, civil
service, law, and public relations.
POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR
1. Minor Course Requirements
POS 120 American Government
POS 221 State and Local Government
POS 322 Constitutional History and Law
POS 346 U.S. Diplomatic History
POS 361 International Relations
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
2. Other Requirements
176

No grade lower than C is allowed in minor courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (POS)
120 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
Study of the structure and operation of U.S. government. Emphasis on
contemporary development and issues. 3.
221 STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
Study of the organization, power, and responsibilities of people in state and
local government. 3.
245 POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ECONOMICS
Study of the relationship of economics to social and political issues
throughout the world. 3.
310 SERVICE LEARNING
The student does volunteer service under supervision in a learning
environment. Prerequisite: POS 120 or 221. 1-3.
322 CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND LAW (HIS 322)
Origins and development of the Constitution and subsequent major court
decisions affecting constitutional law interpretations. 3.
346 U. S. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY (HIS 346)
This course presents a study of the Korean and Vietnam era within the broader
context of the Cold War. The emphasis is on the involvement of the United
States in these conflicts and the manner in which these conflicts influenced the
political social, and cultural life of the United States. Prerequisite: HIS 228 or
229. 3.
361 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Study of the interrelationships among modern nations with emphasis on world
politics and international alliances. 3.
370 KOREAN AND VIETNAM WARS (HIS 370)
This course will focus on two of the main events of the Cold War: the Korean
and Vietnam Wars. We will study the origins of the conflicts and focus on the
role of the United States in these two events. Documentary films will be used
extensively to provide a means by which to study and interpret these events.
We will also analyze “Hollywood” interpretations of the Vietnam War. Our
goal will be to obtain an overall grasp of the significance of these events, as
well as to discuss the various interpretations of these Cold War episodes. 3.
177

380 RECENT AMERICA: 1932-Present
Astudy of U.S. history from the election of FDR in 1932 to the present. The
Great Depression, New Deal, World War II, Cold War, and cultural
developments are emphasized. 3.
485 INTERNSHIP
Use of political science principles in an applied setting. The student works
under supervision in an off-campus placement. Goals and requirements are
determined in consultation with faculty. Selected reading is required.
PSYCHOLOGY
Prerequisite: 9 hours POS and consent of instructor. 3-12.
In line with the mission of Mount Marty College, the Psychology Major
offers any student a liberal arts major that prepares students for the
contemporary world of work, service to the human community and personal
growth. A student who majors in psychology will develop a critical
understanding of the field of psychology and human behavior, appreciate the
role psychology plays in shaping society, and be prepared for graduate
training or employment. The psychology major provides the student with a
background in the study of human behavior, and also provides study in
specific career areas.
The psychology major is designed to help the student meet the following
objectives.
• Provide the student with a general foundation in the various content areas
and theoretical perspectives within psychology
• Understand the different research methods used by psychologists and
comprehend basic descriptive and inferential statistics
• Become aware of the ethical issues related to research and practice
• Become aware of computer applications in psychology
• Understand how psychological principles are applied in real life
• Prepare for employment or graduate school
To show the attainment of the objectives the student who completes the
major will show the following outcomes.
• Explain behavior using different psychological theories
• Demonstrate the ability to use the discipline’s language
• Use library resources to conduct literature searches
• Understand research articles in psychology
178

• Design, conduct, and write a research study
• Summarize and analyze data with appropriate statistical techniques
• Write in APA style
• Experience directly the application of psychology
• Use computers for all phases of the research process
The student will be assessed in the following ways
• Successful completion of the required courses
• Completion of Senior Seminar and its required parts
1. Senior Research Thesis
2. Senior Psychology Exam
3. Exit interview
The core courses represent the main research areas within psychology and
constitute the major portion of course work. The areas of emphasis reflect
specific content areas of applied psychology and prepare the student for
careers related to their psychology degree.
The Counseling emphasis provides the course work necessary to be
certified as a level one drug and alcohol counselor in the State of South
Dakota. This course work is required to work at many of the public and
private drug and alcohol treatment centers in the state.
The Human Service emphasis provides courses which prepare the student to
work in the human service industry where they will come into contact with
special populations. This concentration will teach specific skills that will
prepare the student to work with children, adolescents, elderly, mentally
retarded, or the mentally ill in residential, and institutional settings. This area
is in high demand, ranging from day care and nursing home facilities, to
private and public residential and institutional settings.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Psychology
1. Cumulative GPA of 2.5 after 24 hours of classes.
2. The student must state their intended emphasis when they apply to the major.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
PSY 275 Experimental Methods I
PSY 276 Experimental Methods II
PSY 310 Service Learning
PSY 341 Introduction to Counseling
PSY 370 Social Psychology
PSY 372 Personality Theory
PSY 382 Memory and Cognition
PSY 454 History and Systems of Psychology
179

PSY 485 Internship
PSY 490 Senior Seminar
2. Collateral Course Requirement
MTH219 Elementary Statistics
3. Emphasis Areas
The student must choose one of more of the following emphases:
A. Counseling (12 hours)
PSY Any Course (3 hours)
PSY 340 Chemical Dependency and Human Behavior
PSY 342 Introduction to Alcoholism
PSY 343 Introduction to Group Counseling
B. Human Service (12 hours)
Choose 12 hours from the following:
CJU 133 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CJU 444 Juvenile Delinquency
PSY165 Lifespan Development
PSY 374 Abnormal Psychology
SED 260 Psychology of the Exceptional Individual
SED 261 Behavior and Group Management
SOC202 Marriage and Family
4. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major, minor or emphasis area
courses.
PSYCHOLOGY MINOR
Choose at least 18 hours from the following:
PSY Special Studies
PSY Independent Study
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
PSY 165 Lifespan Development
PSY 341 Introduction to Counseling
PSY 370 Social Psychology
PSY 372 Personality Theory
PSY 374 Abnormal Psychology
PSY 382 Memory and Cognition
PSY 454 History and Systems of Psychology
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (PSY)
101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
An introductory survey of the general content areas of psychology. 3.
180

125 FOUNDATIONS OF GROUP DYNAMICS
The student will demonstrate an understanding of personal relationships,
appropriately apply assertiveness, negotiating and conflict resolution skills,
introspect group dynamics and institutional change dimensions, and assume
various roles in group processes. 3.
165 LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT
The study the biological, psychological, and social changes that occur during
the periods of development from conception through childhood, adolescence,
young to late adulthood and death. Emphasis is also placed on the major
challenges and issues that affect each period of development. 3.
275 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS I
The logic and methodology of psychological research is described, along with
the special problems concerning measurement, research logistics, and the
interpretation of research results. There is a strong emphasis on the use of
computers in the design and analysis of research. Prerequisite: PSY 101. 3.
276 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS II
Advanced methods in the collection and analysis of data are presented.
Various research designs and their appropriateness for specific areas of study
are reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 275. 4.
310 SERVICE LEARNING
The student does volunteer service under supervision in a learning
environment related to the helping professions. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or SOC
100. 1-5.
340 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY & HUMAN BEHAVIOR (CJU 340,
SOC 340)
Survey the use, abuse and addictive nature of alcohol and other mood altering
drugs including the symptomology of alcoholism and other drug addiction.
Examine the nature and complexity of mood altering chemical substances and
current approaches to treatment and prevention of alcohol and other drug
abuse. Prerequisites: CJU/PSY/SOC 341, SOC 100, CJU 133 or consent of
instructor. 3.
341 INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING (CJU 341, SOC 341)
Survey of approaches to counseling with emphasis on gaining an
understanding of basic theory concepts utilized in the helping professions.
Emphasis is also placed on developing a personal philosophy of helping or
counseling. Counseling topics explored include family issues, youth in
trouble, and substance abuse. 3.
181

342 INTRODUCTION TO ALCOHOLISM (CJU 342, SOC 342)
An introductory survey of alcoholism, a major public health problem in
contemporary society. A review of the physiological, psychological, and
social effects of alcohol consumption, theories of causation, diagnosis,
treatment and prevention of alcoholism. It will seek to form a balanced base
of knowledge about a complex and controversial subject for both professional
and personal applications. This course and CJU 340 are South Dakota
requirements for certification as a Chemical Dependency Counselor. 3.
343 INTRODUCTION TO GROUP COUNSELING (CJU 343, SOC 343)
An exploration of the approaches and process of group therapy that integrates
ideas from different perspectives of group counseling. The student will gain
an understanding of group process and the skills and techniques related to the
stages of group processing, and the application of group strategies to specific
group counseling issues and populations. Prerequisite: CJU/ PSY/SOC 341. 3.
370 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Study of how people interact and influence one another. Topics include
attitudes, roles, attraction, conformity, aggression, altruism, prejudice, and
group dynamics. 3.
372 PERSONALITY THEORY
Study of the different theories of personality, the measurement of personality,
and current research on personality. 3.
374 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introductory study of behavior pathologies and predominant psychological
disorders, with an emphasis on their causes, symptomatology, diagnosis, and
treatment. 3.
382 MEMORY AND COGNITION
Covers how people extract and use relevant information from their
environment to guide behavior. Also covers memory, attention, and other
cognitive processes. 3.
454 HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY
Traces the development of contemporary psychology from its early
philosophical origins to the present. An emphasis is placed on the era of
modern psychology (mid-1800s to the present) with discussion of current
issues and movements. 3.
485 INTERNSHIP
The student works under supervision in an off-campus placement. Goals and
requirements are determined in consultation with faculty and internship
182

supervisor. An internship project or applied research is required.
Prerequisites: PSY 310 and consent of the instructor. 3-12.
490 SENIOR SEMINAR
A capstone course for the psychology major. The student will synthesize
material from their course of study and integrate it into a final senior research
project. The student will also explore ethical issues in the helping professions
and develop a career portfolio. Prerequisites: PSY 101, 275, 276. 3
498 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH
Opportunity to conduct a research project under the supervision of a faculty
member. Travel/study is an option. Prerequisites: PSY 275, 276, and consent
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY
of instructor. 1-4.
(IN PARTNERSHIP WITH ACCREDITED SCHOOLS OF RADIOLOGY)
Mount Marty College offers a student a unique delivery method for a
bachelor's degree in Radiologic Technology. The student completes the
general education core and related requirements at Mount Marty College.
Then, they go on to complete a certificate program at an accredited School of
Radiology. Upon the receipt of an official transcript from the School of
Radiology and passage of the board examination, Mount Marty College will
award the student sixty (60) credit hours at no extra cost.
Radiologic technologists may also be called X-ray technicians or
radiographers. The job title used often depends on the size of the facility,
amount of specialization, and the policies of the employer. Regardless of the
exact title, these workers use radiation for medical diagnosis and treatment.
Completion of a formal education program in radiologic technology is
required for entry into the field. The length of these programs varies from a
certificate program to a master’s degree. A student’s chances of obtaining
employment and acquiring an administrative position are enhanced with
increasing levels of education.
The student who successfully completes the degree requirements will
develop an in-depth knowledge of the field; become competent in the use of
current technologies; and have an opportunity to examine contemporary
issues in light of their own value system and the college’s guiding ethical
principles.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into MMC/Accredited Certificate Program
1. Admission to Mount Marty College
183

2. The student must have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 (several of the
clinical programs require a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0).
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
BIO 103 Principles of Biology
BIO 202 Medical Terminology
BIO 203 Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 204 Human Anatomy and Physiology
RAD 101 Introduction to Radiologic Technology
RSP 340 Philosophical Ethics
Choose one of the following:
CHM 101 Introductory Chemistry I
CHM 111 General Chemistry I
Choose one of the following:
CHM102 Introductory Chemistry II
CHM 112 General Chemistry II
2. Other Requirements
A. Completion of 8 hours of chemistry and 12 hours of biology with a
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in these courses.
B. A total of 68 hours from MMC to include the general education
requirements.
C. 60 credits transferred from a Joint Review Committee on Education
in Radiologic Technology approved School of Radiologic
Technology and pass the American Registry Examination. The
student is responsible for making application and gaining acceptance
into an accredited School of Radiologic Technology. Upon
verification of successful completion of the Radiologic Technology
Program (have final official transcript sent to Mount Marty College)
and passing of the board examination (have verification sent to
Mount Marty College), 60 semester hours of credit in Radiologic
Technology are transcripted and the degree awarded. Mount Marty
College makes no guarantee of degree completion if the student is
not accepted into a Radiologic Technology program and/or fails to
pass the American Registry Examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTION (RAD)
101 INTRODUCTION TO RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY
This is a practicum whereby the student completes a minimum of 15 hours of
“shadowing” under the supervision of a certified radiographer. The setting for
184

RECREATION MANAGEMENT
this experience will be in either a medical clinic or hospital. 1.
In pursuing a Recreation Management major the student will develop the
knowledge and ability to be successful in local, state, and federal recreational
programs. The student with a recreation management major will have a
sufficient business foundation to enter starting positions for major recreational
equipment corporations. With comprehensive career training through
recreational internships, outdoor experience classes, and classroom learning,
the student will have a choice of several entry-level positions both in the
recreational and business fields.
Prerequisite for Acceptance into Recreation Management
A cumulative GPA of 2.0 with a minimum of 27 credits.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
REC 100 Organization and Administration of Recreation
REC 212 Biking and Hiking
REC 214 Skiing
REC 222 Community Recreation
REC 224 Park Planning and Management
REC 341 Camping/Outdoor Recreation
REC 344 Commercial Recreation
REC 382 Adaptive Recreation for the Mentally and
Physically Challenged
REC 485 Recreational Internships (3-12 hrs)
2. Collateral Course Requirements
ACC 120 Accounting I
BUS 215 Business Communication
BUS 225 Principles of Marketing
BUS 231 Principles of Management
BUS 333 Advertising
BUS 335 Human Resource Management
BUS 372 Legal Environment of Business
IT 125 Basic Skills in Information Technology
PED 217 First Aid & CPR
3. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in the major or collateral courses.
4. Notes
185

ENG 369 Advanced Composition may be used as a substitute for BUS
215 if appropriate documentation is on file in the Registrar’s Office.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (REC)
100 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF RECREATION
This course is an introduction of organization and administration as it is
implemented in our communities, state, government parks and society. 2.
212 BIKING AND HIKING
This course is an introduction and study of the basic skills, equipment and
safety of biking and hiking in community and park settings. Two contact
hours per week. 2.
214 SKIING
This course is an introduction and study of the basic skills of cross-country
skiing and is intended for those who do not know how to ski. One contact
hour per week. 1.
222 COMMUNITY RECREATION
This is a field and classroom study of community recreation facilities on the
local level. The class will study local parks and indoor facilities to learn the
everyday organization and planning that goes into a community recreational
department. 2.
224 PARK PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
The course will study the planning and management that goes into a
community, state and federal park or private recreational area. Examples of
this would be camping units, pads, buildings, and recreational equipment in
parks. Budget examples will also be studied 2.
341 CAMPING/OUTDOOR RECREATION
Outdoor camping and recreation offers the student experience in learning and
organizing a leisure camping and fishing activity. Field experiences are part
of this class. Prerequisite: REC 100. 2.
344 COMMERCIAL RECREATION
This course is designed to introduce the student to the necessary skills,
technical abilities, and general management of commercial recreation. Two
contact hours per week. 2.
382 ADAPTIVE RECREATION FOR THE MENTALLY AND
PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED
This course is the study of educating people with mental and physical
186

disabilities in the participation of indoor and outdoor recreation. 2.
485 INTERNSHIPS
This course is designed for a student to have hands-on field experience while
learning about recreation on a local, state, and federal level. Recreation
management majors will have a learning opportunity with local and state
RELIGIOUS STUDIES/PHILOSOPHY
recreational business when enrolled in REC 485. 3– 12.
Since Mount Marty College is a Catholic college, religious studies/
philosophy, as a key program, serves students of all program areas. The
Religious Studies/Philosophy program includes a variety of courses designed
to assist each student in examining his or her Catholic and Christian heritage
and in reflecting upon and internalizing human and religious experiences.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Mount Marty College is the only college in South Dakota where a student
can obtain a Bachelor of Arts degree in Religious Studies complete with field
experience under supervision. While earning the religious studies degree, a
student has the option of specializing in youth ministry. As never before,
parishes of all denominations are experiencing a need for trained leaders in
religious education from pre-school through adult. A unique opportunity exists
for a student to become a religious education coordinator, youth minister,
parish minister, classroom teacher, or campus minister. These leadership
positions are sometimes available in the form of team ministry.
An associate of arts degree in Religious Studies can be obtained by those
interested in preparing to teach in the field of religious education and/or in
developing a better understanding of their religion. The two-year program is
not terminal; it is designed so that a student may continue, if desired, toward
a four-year baccalaureate degree.
The student will examine human concerns and think through contemporary
issues in a disciplined and imaginative way—RSP courses in the major area.
The student will examine their value system in dialogue with ethical principles
consistent with the Christian and Catholic character of the college—RSP 301
or 340. The student will participate in a primary research experience—RSP
490. The student will develop in-depth knowledge and competence in a field
of study—RSP courses for a major in Religious Studies.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Religious Studies
Cumulative GPA of 2.2.
187

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
RSP 126 Critical Thinking in Ethics
RSP 150 Introduction to Christianity
RSP 280 Introduction to Theology
RSP 301 Gospel Morality
RSP 321 The Gospels
RSP 330 Jesus the Christ
RSP 332 Symbol and Sacrament
RSP 424 Ministry Practicum
RSP 490 Seminar
Choose one of the following:
RSP 250 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures
RSP 260 Acts, Letters, Revelation
Choose one of the following:
RSP 381 History of Philosophy
RSP 382 History of Philosophy
Choose 6 hours from the following, not taken above:
RSP 250 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures
RSP 260 Acts, Letters, Revelation
RSP 270 World Religions
RSP 302 Principles of Liturgy
RSP 310 The Abrahamic Faiths
RSP 334 Christian Marriage
RSP 350 Justice and Peace
RSP 360 Religious Education
Choose one of the following:
RSP Philosophy Independent Study
RSP Philosophy Special Studies
RSP 340 Philosophical Ethics
RSP 351 Philosophy of Human Nature
RSP 355 The Mystery of Being
2. Collateral Course Requirements
Required Course:
HIS 360 History of Christianity
Choose 3 courses from the following, to include at least one course in each area:
188

Psychology
Sociology
3. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in all major, minor or collateral
courses.
B. Presentation of senior research completed in RSP 490.
C. Intermediate proficiency in French or Spanish. If English is the
student’s second language, this requirement may be waived by the
division chair.
D. Comprehensive examination, either oral or written.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES MINOR
Choose 18 hours* from the following:
RSP 150 Introduction to Christianity
RSP 260 Acts, Letters, Revelation
RSP 270 World Religions
RSP 280 Introduction to Theology
RSP 301 Gospel Morality
RSP 302 Principles of Liturgy
RSP 310 The Abrahamic Faiths
RSP 321 The Gospels
RSP 330 Jesus the Christ
RSP 332 Symbol and Sacrament
RSP 334 Christian Marriage
RSP 350 Justice and Peace
RSP 360 Religious Education
RSP 424 Ministry Practicum
RSP 490 Seminar
* Either RSP 270 or 310 may count toward minor, but not both.
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE
Required Courses:
HIS 360 History of Christianity
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
RSP 150 Introduction to Christianity
RSP 250 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures
RSP 280 Introduction to Theology
RSP 301 Gospel Morality
RSP 330 Jesus the Christ
RSP 332 Symbol and Sacrament
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology
Choose one of the following:
RSP 260 Acts, Letters, Revelation
189

RSP 321
The Gospels
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy is an integral essential part of intellectual endeavor in a liberal
arts curriculum. Though philosophy has its own special areas of investigation,
it reaches beyond these in intellectual pursuit through its method of thinking
and its concern with ultimate questions about reality, truth, and values.
Therefore, it affords an invaluable background against which the student can
integrate learning gained in other disciplines, and develop a synthesis of all
knowledge. With this view in mind, the philosophy courses are designed and
offered to make available to every student required and elective courses
intended to assist them in realizing the ideal of the liberally educated person.
Astudent who wishes more extensive study of philosophy can achieve this
through a Bachelor of Arts in Selected Studies - Liberal Arts.
PHILOSOPHY MINOR
Choose at least 16 hours from the following:
RSP 126 Critical Thinking in Ethics
RSP 340 Philosophical Ethics
RSP 351 Philosophy of Human Nature
RSP 355 The Mystery of Being
RSP 381 History of Philosophy
RSP 382 History of Philosophy
RSP Philosophy Special Studies
RSP Philosophy Independent Study
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (RSP)
125 CREATING THE WHOLE SELF
The student will explore the integration of their spiritual, emotional and
physical self using the Rule of Benedict as the primary guide. This course will
allow the student to explore the heritage of Benedictine values and to discover
its use as a guide for individual and communal life. Throughout the class there
will be opportunities to share the common heritage of Catholic teachings and
to explore how those teachings impact the development of an individual who
is “fully human and fully alive.” 1.
126 CRITICAL THINKING IN ETHICS
The student will be presented ethical issues and problems to analyze, identify,
and evaluate alternative solutions and develop a course of action that is well
reasoned based upon their findings. Logic, ethics, and philosophical systems
will serve as the conceptual framework for the development of this skill. The
student will demonstrate this outcome through examination of their responses
to presented problem situations as individually assigned and as considered in
190

group classroom activities. Level of knowledge of the foundations for critical
thinking will also be measured by their defense of a written argument orally
presented to their student colleagues in a formal class setting. This course is
a pre-requisite for all courses in Philosophy. 3.
150 INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIANITY
Students will be introduced to four essential aspects of Christianity and their
interconnectedness: community, scripture, beliefs, worship. The course will
survey the Christian scriptures as a faith community’s account of continuing
experience of God; developing understanding and articulation of this Godexperience
through beliefs expressed in the Nicene creed; worship rituals for
entering and deepening communion with the Christian community. This
course is a pre-requisite for any other course in Religious Studies. 3.
225 THE JOURNEY OF THE WHOLE PERSON
In RSP 125 Creating the Whole Self the students explored their spiritual,
emotion and physical selves. There the focus was on the individual and the
integration of the individual into one who is “fully human and fully alive”. In
RSP 225 the focus shifts from the individual to the problems of the individual
in community. Working in small group the student will explore the nature of
conflict and the ways that conflict shape human life and community. As in
RSP 125 the student will explore Benedictine values and common Catholic
teachings concerning the nature of community and their roles in the
communities they live within. Prerequisite: RSP 125. 1.
250 INTRODUCTION TO HEBREW SCRIPTURES
This course will explore the Hebrew Scripture with a special focus on, the
History of Israel, the developing images of God, the role of the Prophet, the
rise and fall of kings. It will also investigate the role that Wisdom literature
played in the worship and education process of the Israelite world.
Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
260 ACTS, LETTERS , REVELATION
The student will embark on a detailed study of the epistles and the book of
Acts. The intent of the course is to trace the development of the theology of
the “Jesus Movement”, beginning with Paul and ending with the late epistles
and Revelations. Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
270 WORLD RELIGIONS
This course will investigate the major religions of the world (Hinduism,
Buddhism, Islam, Judaism and Christianity). The major focus is to investigate
the understandings that are developed in each faith concerning what are called
in Christianity God, human nature, sin and salvation. The main focus in the
course is to deepen understanding and awareness of all world religions.
191

Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
RSP 280 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
This course will introduce students to the nature of theology as a mode of faith
seeking understanding. It will thus examine in greater depth the basic beliefs
and practices essential for Christian faith. Questions that will be explored
include “How can God be a Trinity? How is Jesus Christ connected to the
Trinity? What is the meaning of grace, sin, and redemption? What is the
relation of scripture and faith? Why sacraments? Should a Christian be
concerned with the world?” Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
301 GOSPEL MORALITY
This study focuses on the personal and communal moral ideals presented in
the New Testament and the contemporary social reality that contradicts those
ideals. It also considers proposals for transforming the present situation into a
closer approximation of the Christian vision of a new person in a new society.
Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
302 PRINCIPLES OF LITURGY
Astudy of the principles and parts of the Eucharistic liturgy; the ministers
within that liturgy; the interplay of the elements within liturgy such as music,
visuals and movement; and an overview of the liturgical year. This course is
designed to assist any lay minister or parish member in participating and
planning parish liturgy. Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
310 THE ABRAHAMIC FAITHS
The course will study the theological and historical development of Judaism,
Christianity and Islam. Special attention will be paid to the sacred text of all
three faith groups. The approach of the course will be in the style of
Comparative Religions Studies with an emphasis on community, law and
major theological concepts. Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
321 THE GOSPELS
The four gospels as “good news” of Jesus Christ will be explored in the light
of modern biblical scholarship. This approach, emphasizing historical,
literary, and theological context, aims to provide students with the tools to
continue reading and studying the gospels on their own. Prerequisite: RSP
150. 3.
330 JESUS THE CHRIST
“Who do you say that I am?” The main purpose of this course is to enable the
student to formulate an intelligent and reflective response to this gospel
question. Major issues treated include: the Jesus of history and the Christ of
faith; biblical Christology; heresies and councils; and contemporary
192

approaches to the ancient Christian belief that Jesus the Christ is fully human,
fully divine. Prerequisites: RSP 126, 150. 3.
332 SYMBOL AND SACRAMENT
Against a background of human and Christian symbol and ritual, this course
will examine the scriptural bases, historical development, and contemporary
theology and practice of seven ritual sacraments. The sacraments common to
most Christians (Baptism, Confirmation, Eucharist) will receive major
emphasis. Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
334 CHRISTIAN MARRIAGE
A theological approach to Christian marriage as covenant and sacrament. This
course is recommended for those contemplating marriage and is a preparation
for understanding marriage in the Christian context. Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
340 PHILOSOPHICAL ETHICS
This course explores morality and teaches the student to use the major ethical
schools of western philosophy as a way to answer the question; “What is
good?”. Upon completion of the study, the student will be able to apply their
learning to the contemporary world by identifying ethical systems and moral
issues. Prerequisite: RSP 126. 3.
350 JUSTICE AND PEACE
The purpose this Justice and Peace course is to demonstrate to students that
Christian faith has a communal dimension. In other words, Christina faith is
not solely concerned with an individual’s one-on-one or “personal”
relationship with God, instead Christian faith also encompasses how one acts
for the good of one’s brothers and sisters around the world. In this course, we
begin by examining basic issues in both Christian theology and Catholic social
ethics to demonstrate why we are called to serve on another. We then explore
specific justice and peace issues, both past and present, and the range of
possible responses to them in light of Catholic social teaching. In doing this
we will also examine select individuals who, influenced by their faith, acted
to transform the world. Students will be challenged to incorporate course
readings and discussion into their own lives in order to respond to Jesus’
teaching from Matthew 25: “As often as you [aided] one of my least brothers,
you did it for me.” Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
351 PHILOSOPHY OF HUMAN NATURE
This course inquires into the mysterious nature of the human person that
allows us to engage in activities ranging from accounting to nursing to serving
in soup kitchens. In this course we will discover the role of the human person
in generating diverse cultures and diverse roles and tasks in each culture and
what light philosophy can cast on the ultimate meaning of our human lives and
history. Prerequisite: RSP 126. 3.
193

355 THE MYSTERY OF BEING
This course inquires into the order, the unity and the mystery of all Reality,
from the movements of the stars to the diverse cultures and religions of the
world. In this course we will discover the science of Metaphysics, and its
function as a tool that reveals and builds the integral relation of daily life, of
technology, of the arts, of the natural sciences, and of the human sciences.
Prerequisites: RSP 126, 351 or consent of the instructor. 3.
360 RELIGIOUS EDUCATION
This course prepares students to teach religion on the elementary or secondary
level. The course familiarizes students with the content of most religion
curricula and current methods and techniques of religious education.
Prerequisite: RSP 150. 3.
381 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY
Is a study of philosophy from the Early Greeks to the end of the Medieval
period. It will focus on placing the major schools of thought within their
historical setting. The student upon completion of the course will have a better
understanding of philosophy and its impact on our society. Prerequisite: RSP
126. 3.
382 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY
Is a study of philosophy from the Modern through the Contemporary period.
The student upon completion of the course will have a better understanding of
philosophy and its impact on our society. Prerequisite: RSP 126. 3.
424 MINISTRY PRACTICUM
This practicum offers field experience in a variety of areas, e.g., religious
education on the elementary or secondary level, youth ministry, or pastoral
care in a health care setting. The student will be required to work with a
program or programs for a minimum of 60 hours and to meet periodically with
the instructor to evaluate his or her ministry; at least one on-site supervisor
will also evaluate the student’s performance. Placements are approved and
supervised by the instructor. Prerequisites: 18 credit hours in Religious
Studies courses and consent of instructor. 2.
490 SEMINAR
Each student majoring in RSP completes a major research paper and formally
presents it orally to RSP faculty and students. Minors in religious studies make
take this seminar but are not required to do so. Prerequisites: Major or minor
coursework. 2.
194

SELECTED STUDIES
The Selected Studies degree meets the needs of students who wish to design
their own area of study. Students interested in the Selected Studies approach
to a degree meet with an advisor for initial planning. Each student designs a
program and prepares a proposal related to the student’s career choice. The
program is generally interdisciplinary. Students may, however, earn a major or
minor(s) in other departments in addition to the core of courses required for
the selected studies degree.
The following guidelines apply to the Selected Studies program:
1. All requirements for graduation from Mount Marty College must be
met except for the completion of a major in a traditional discipline.
2. No more than 30 credit hours of extension, correspondence, and
challenge credit may apply to the degree.
3. All general education and major outcomes must be met through the
designed program of study.
4. The student may earn up to 32 credit hours in an internship for this
program.
5. The student has satisfactorily completed the program of studies
approved by his or her faculty committee.
6. A program plan, approved by the Academic Dean, must be on file in
the Registrar's Office.
General Studies
Mount Marty College students may work with an advisor to design a
Bachelor of Arts in General Studies through the Selected Studies major.
Students are required to design a program which meets all general education
and major outcomes. These programs vary in design and content, and
graduates pursue careers in a variety of areas.
Liberal Arts
Mount Marty College students may work with an advisor to design a
Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Arts through the Selected Studies major. Students
are required to design a program which meets all general education and major
outcomes. The B.A. in Liberal Arts requires at least fifty (50) credit hours in
Liberal Arts beyond the courses required to fulfill general education
outcomes. Liberal Arts courses are courses found in the departments of Social
Sciences, English, Literature, Speech and Theatre, Art, Music, Modern
Languages and Religious Studies.
195

SOCIAL SCIENCE
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (SSC)
255 MACROECONOMICS (BUS 255)
This course involves the study of the economy as a whole. Concerned with
national policy issues; government and business; national income analysis;
monetary and fiscal policy. Prerequisite: MTH 150 or consent of instructor. 3.
256 MICROECONOMICS (BUS 256)
This course involves the study of individual market interactions. Concentrates
on the efficient allocation of resources among firms, industries, and
consumers. Prerequisite: MTH 150 or consent of instructor. 3.
270 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE WEST
An introduction to the physical, social, economic, and cultural geography of
the Western hemisphere. 3.
271 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE EAST
An introduction to the physical, social, economic, and cultural geography of
SOCIOLOGY
the Eastern hemisphere. 3.
The human experience, at this, the dawn of the twenty-first century, is one
that is almost without historical precedent. Technological marvels that would
have been undreamt of by the keenest imaginations of a century past are now
the order of the day. These technological innovations allow individuals to
move themselves, goods, and even ideas at a speed that would have shamed
the thoughts of a writer of science fiction a hundred years past. The rapid pace
of change found within today’s society effects all of us, and as such, demands
further study. Sociology provides the student a foundation from which he or
she will be more capable of understanding human behavior, and understanding
how that behavior is affected by the social environment in which we live.
SOCIOLOGY MINOR
1. Minor Course Requirements
Required Courses:
196

PSY 370
SOC 100
SOC 202
SOC 480
Social Psychology
Introduction to Sociology
Marriage and Family
Sociological Theory
Choose 2 courses from the following:
SOC Special Studies
SOC Independent Study
SOC 216 Social Gerontology
SOC 225 Foundations of Human Relations
SOC 230 Sociology of Contemporary Women
SOC 340 Chemical Dependency & Human Behavior
SOC 341 Introduction to Counseling
SOC 342 Introduction to Alcoholism
SOC 343 Introduction to Group Counseling
SOC 350 Sociology of Medicine
SOC 360 Minority Studies
SOC 377 Human Relations
SOC 444 Juvenile Delinquency
SOC 485 Internship
SOC 498 Independent Research
2. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in minor courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (SOC)
100 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the scientific study of human society. This course
emphasizes a variety of social concepts. These concepts include: culture,
socialization, social structure, social networks, deviance and social control,
social class, social change, and the appreciation of diverse cultures. 3.
202 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
Study of the family as a universal institution from a social scientific point of
view including cross-cultural perspectives. Topics include the structure and
functions of families, historical perspectives, dating, marriage adjustment,
gender roles, parenting, childrearing, and the middle and later years of
marriage. 3.
216 SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY
Overview of the field of social gerontology which provides the theoretical
framework for understanding the processes of aging. Cross-cultural
component and study of special problems of the aging. 3.
197

225 FOUNDATIONS OF HUMAN RELATIONS
Astudy of the diversity and complexity of issues and dynamics of human
relations from a sociological perspective. Topics covered include crosscultural
differences and similarities, the dynamics and impact of stereotyping,
prejudice and discrimination, and issues related to gender and aging. 3.
230 SOCIOLOGY OF CONTEMPORARY WOMEN
Study of the roles of contemporary women within a historical and theoretical
context. Cross-cultural analysis and contemporary issues. 3.
340 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY & HUMAN BEHAVIOR (CJU 340,
PSY 340)
Survey of the use, abuse and addictive nature of alcohol and other mood
altering drugs including the symptomatology of alcoholism and other drug
addiction. Examine the nature and complexity of mood altering chemical
substances and current approaches to treatment and prevention of alcohol and
other drug abuse. Prerequisites: CJU/PSY/SOC 340, SOC 100, CJU 133, or
consent of instructor.3.
341 INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING (CJU 341, PSY 341)
Survey of approaches to counseling with emphasis on gaining an
understanding of basic theory concepts utilized in the helping professions.
Emphasis is also placed on developing a personal philosophy of helping or
counseling. Counseling topics explored include family issues, youth in
trouble, and substance abuse. 3.
342 INTRODUCTION TO ALCOHOLISM (CJU 342, PSY 342)
An introductory survey of alcoholism, a major public health problem in
contemporary society. A review of the physiological, psychological, and
social effects of alcohol consumption, theories of causation, diagnosis,
treatment and prevention of alcoholism. It will seek to form a balanced base
of knowledge about a complex and controversial subject for both professional
and personal applications. This course and CJU 340 are South Dakota
requirements for certification as a Chemical Dependency Counselor. 3.
343 INTRODUCTION TO GROUP COUNSELING (CJU 343, PSY 343)
An exploration of the approaches and process of group therapy that integrate
ideas from different perspectives of group counseling. The student will gain
an understanding of group process and the skills and techniques related to the
stages of group processing, and the application of group strategies to specific
group counseling issues and populations. Prerequisite: CJU/ PSY/SOC 341. 3.
198

350 SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE
A study of the social content and organization of health care delivery and the
training of health care personnel. Topics include an analysis of the sick role,
patient-practitioner relationships, and epidemiological methods. Prerequisite:
SOC 100. 3.
360 MINORITY STUDIES
Astudy of race and ethnic relations which includes Native Americans,
Hispanics, African Americans, Asians, and Jewish Americans. A special
emphasis on Native Americans in South Dakota is also included. 3.
377 HUMAN RELATIONS SKILLS (EDN 377)
This course is concerned with the awareness of values in a pluralistic society
and recognition of and the ability to deal with bias as it impacts interpersonal
relations. Techniques to enhance classroom instruction and relationships in
today’s multicultural classroom are addressed. This course is for all education
majors and meets the SD, NE, MN, and IA certification requirements as well
as the MMC general education requirement “Human Relation Skills.” 3.
444 JUVENILE DELINQUENCY (CJU 444)
Sociological and behavioral approaches to understanding juvenile
delinquency. Study street crimes and gangs, as well as the juvenile justice
system. Prerequisites: SOC 100, CJU 133. 3.
480 SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
The study of classical and contemporary social theories, including a survey of
the major European and American founders of sociological theory and inquiry.
Prerequisite: SOC 100. 3.
485 INTERNSHIP
Use of sociological principles in an applied setting. The student works under
supervision in an off-campus placement. Goals and requirements are
determined in consultation with faculty and field supervisor. Selected project
and reading is required as well as relating classroom learning to their intern
experience. Prerequisites: PSY 310 and consent of instructor. 3-12.
498 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH
Opportunity to conduct a research project under the supervision of a faculty
member. Travel/study is an option. Prerequisites: PSY 275, 276, and consent
of instructor. 1-4.
199

SPANISH
The study of a modern language helps students understand and develop their
own language as well as appreciate the languages and cultures of others. Such
skills are increasingly important, particularly for students interested in serving
diverse communities. Developments in immigration and international trade
have made the study of foreign languages imperative. There is a need for
students in the medical fields, in social services and in other helping
professions to learn to communicate with the large numbers of Spanishspeaking
people in the United States.
The Department of Modern Languages prepares students to be participants
in a global community. The program offers a minor in Spanish, which allows
students to develop practical proficiency, as well as an informed cultural
perspective. Course work enables students to understand, speak, read, and
write Spanish as well as articulate an understanding of the literature and
culture of Spain and Latin America.
SPANISH MINOR
1. Minor Course Requirements
Choose 21 hours from the following:
SPN Special Studies
SPN Independent Study
SPN 101 Elementary Spanish
SPN 102 Elementary Spanish
SPN 203 Intermediate Spanish
SPN 204 Intermediate Spanish
SPN 360 Advanced Composition and Conversation
SPN 361 Survey of Spanish Culture and Literature
SPN 369 Applied Spanish
2. Other Requirements
No grade lower than C is allowed in minor courses.
200

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (SPN)
101-102 ELEMENTARY SPANISH
Elementary Spanish is a beginner’s study of functional Spanish with an
emphasis on verbal communication in real-life situations. Courses address the
structure and pronunciation of Spanish within a framework designed to
develop basic listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. 3.
203-204 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
Intermediate Spanish builds on the linguistic skills developed in SPN 101-012
and involves continued development of Spanish grammar, conversation
practice, broad vocabulary development, and reflection on cultural
perceptions and practices. Graded reading is introduced with increased
practice in composition and conversation. Three class hours. Prerequisites:
SPN 101, 102 or two or more years of high school Spanish. 3.
360 ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Practice in conversational Spanish and narration; oral and written composition
on reading and experiences of students; emphasis on idioms and acquisition of
active vocabulary and fluent speech. 3.
361 SURVEY OF SPANISH CULTURE AND LITERATURE
Introduction to the history of Spanish literature and culture from the beginning
to the 20th century. Prerequisite: SPN 360 or consent of department. 3.
369 APPLIED SPANISH
Credit may be granted to students who spend several weeks in a Spanishspeaking
country, studying, working, and/or living with a Spanish-speaking
family. Prior to the experience, the student in conjunction with departmental
faculty, will evaluate the course of study and other activities to determine
potential projects and options for credit. Upon completion of the program,
students will provide documentation of their experience, which will be
SPECIAL EDUCATION
evaluated by the department for credit. 3.
The program of study and course descriptions for Special Education (SED)
are found in the Education (EDN) section of this catalog.
201

SPEECH & THEATRE
Speech and theatre is a minor program designed to heighten the
communication and performance skills of students majoring in other
departments and enhance their understanding of speaking and theatrical
production.
Students majoring in teacher education benefit from an emphasis in speech
and theatre by broadening their course expertise background and should meet
with education faculty to learn the current certification requirements.
The speech and theatre department produces theatrical productions in which
all students may participate. Internship credit is available for students gaining
practical experience off-campus.
SPEECH/THEATRE MINOR
1. Minor Course Requirements
Choose 14 hours from the following:
STH 117 Theatre Practicum
STH 118 Theatre Practicum
STH 201 Oral Interpretation
STH 217 Theatre Practicum
STH 218 Theatre Practicum
STH 300 Acting
STH 317 Theatre Practicum
STH 318 Theatre Practicum
STH 320 Interpersonal Skills in Communication
STH 348 Theatre: an Overview
STH 355 Shakespeare’s Drama
STH 361 Play Directing
STH 417 Theatre Practicum
STH 418 Theatre Practicum
STH 485 Internship
Choose 4 hours from a related area approved by advisor.
2. Other Requirements
A. No grade lower than C is allowed in the minor requirements.
B. Students pursuing a speech/theatre minor leading to certification as a
teacher may require additional course work. These students require
202

early counseling by faculty in speech/theatre and teacher education.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (STH)
117, 118, 217, 218, 317, 318, 417, 418 THEATRE PRACTICUM
Preparation for and participation in various theatrical presentations. Credit
will be given for acting, assistant directing, stage management, scene
construction, lighting, sound, properties, costumes, box office, marketing,
publicity, etc. Credit is based on accumulation of actual time of participation
by students in order to complete a project. 1.
130 SPEECH COMMUNICATION
A basic speech course which introduces the student to a broad approach to the
theories and skills of oral communication. The classroom exercises include
some small group communication, but the emphasis is on public address.
201 ORAL INTERPRETATION
Directed experience in the selection, analysis, and oral communication
including prose, poetry, and drama. In addition to solo interpretation, students
will participate in group interpretation of readers’ theatre. 2.
300 ACTING
Astudy of communication as it refers to roles in plays. This introductory
course includes development of relaxation, concentration, imagination,
movement, and characterization. Scenes from plays are used for practice in the
classroom. 2-3.
320 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS IN COMMUNICATION
Application of theory to communication processes. Demonstration of basic
interpersonal skills in communicating with individuals. Emphasis on effective
communication for problem-solving. Prerequisite: STH 130. 3.
348 THEATRE: AN OVERVIEW (ENG 348)
Students explore the dramatic experience to gain appreciation of the theatre
through an understanding of its historical development, the principles of
drama theory and criticism, and theatrical forms, styles, and production
techniques. 3.
355 SHAKESPEARE’S DRAMA (ENG 355)
Astudy of selected Shakespearean tragedies, histories and comedies, this
course focuses on developing an appreciation of both theatrical and literary
aspects of the plays. Prerequisite: ENG 103, 104. 3.
361 PLAY DIRECTING
Theory and practical experience in the techniques of play production and
203

direction through classroom experiments and one workshop production.
Prerequisite: STH 300 or consent of the instructor. 3.
485 INTERNSHIP
Practical experience in off-campus professional or semi-professional theatre,
radio, or television to complement classroom instruction. The project
undertaken will be established by the student and faculty advisor in
cooperation with the off-campus supervisor. Prerequisite: at least 16 semester
hours of basic supporting course work approved by advisor. 1-16.
AMT 125 COMMONALITIES OF THE ARTS
Students will increase their understanding of the common elements forming
an inter-relatedness of art, music, and theatre and thereby learn to formulate a
personal response of increased appreciation and intelligent evaluation of
significant artistic works. Students will be expected to visit and attend artistic
functions and participate in such activities throughout their life at Mount
Marty College. Accomplishment of the desired outcomes will be exhibited in
material selected for an individual portfolio inclusive of four focused papers
reflecting critical and creative thought pertaining to its contents. 3.
MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN NURSE ANESTHESIA
The nurse anesthesia graduate program is based on a nursing and a premedical
background of sciences and involves an in-depth application of these
sciences to the art of anesthesia. The program is open to nurses who have a
bachelor’s degree in nursing or bio-medical sciences (BSN preferred).
Graduates of this program, after successfully completing national boards, are
qualified to work in every area of anesthesia as clinical practitioners,
researchers, administrators, and educators throughout the United States and in
the armed forces.
Each individual is a being with inherent value deserving respect and
consideration. This theme is emphasized throughout the curriculum as issues
of research, technology and values are discussed.
Prerequisites for Acceptance into Nurse Anesthesia
1. Bachelor’s degree in nursing or bio-medical sciences. (BSN is strongly
encouraged because of RN licensure requirements in some states).
2. Cumulative GPA of 3.00.
3. Completion of two (2) semesters of chemistry and one (1) semester of
204

statistics.
4. Current licensure as an RN.
5. Minimally one year (two years preferred) of clinical experience in the
acute care area (preferably an adult ICU setting) within the past three
years.
6. Complete physical examination with chemistry profile.
7. References from nursing service director, supervisor, and nursing peer.
8. Graduate Record Examination: preferred score of 400 on verbal and 400
on quantitative sections.
9. Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS).
MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
1. Major Course Requirements
Required Courses:
ANE 500 Physical Science Foundations
ANE 503 Advanced Practice Nursing—Role
ANE 505 Principles of Anesthesia Practice—Basic
ANE 508 Principles of Anesthesia Practice—Advanced
ANE 509 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
ANE 510 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
ANE 521 Pharmacology: Anesthetic Agents
ANE 522 Pharmacology: General Medical Drugs
ANE 525 Pathophysiology
ANE 530 Research Methodology
ANE 541 Clinical Anesthesia Practicum I
ANE 542 Clinical Anesthesia Practicum II
ANE 543 Clinical Anesthesia Practicum III
ANE 544 Clinical Anesthesia Practicum IV
ANE 545 Clinical Anesthesia Practicum V
ANE 581 Research Practicum
ANE 589 Seminar I
ANE 590 Seminar II
ANE 591 Seminar III
Choose one of the following:
ANE 582 Research Practicum Thesis Option
ANE 592 Research Practicum Non-Thesis Option
Choose one of the following:
ANE 583 Research Practicum Thesis Option
ANE 593 Research Practicum Non-Thesis Option
2. Other Requirements
205

A. Satisfactory completion of all Council on Accreditation of Nurse
Anesthesia Educational Programs criteria.
B. No grade lower than C is allowed in major courses.
C. Completion of all required anesthesia courses with a cumulative GPA
of 3.0.
D. Satisfactory clinical evaluations.
E. Satisfactory completion of program terminal objectives.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (ANE)
500 PHYSICAL SCIENCE FOUNDATIONS
An overview of scientific principles and concepts related to the clinical
practice of nurse anesthesia. Course components include structure activity
relationships of drugs; physics and measurement related to gas flows, the
anesthesia machine, and other components of the anesthesia systems;
electricity; lasers; and biochemistry. Lecture. Prerequisites: Two (2)
semesters of chemistry. 3.
503 ADVANCED PRACTICE NURSING—ROLE
Broad fields orientation to the practice of nurse anesthesia: includes ethical
principles and concepts, legal aspects, history of the profession, structure of
the professional organization, quality assurance and safety management.
Lecture and discussion. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the anesthesia program.
3.
505 PRINCIPLES OF ANESTHESIA PRACTICE—BASIC
Concepts on the perioperative assessment and management of the patient
undergoing anesthesia. Course components include patient positioning, use of
monitoring devices, airway management, PACU, record keeping, and fluid
management. Lecture and Human Patient Simulation Lab. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the anesthesia program. 4.
508 PRINCIPLES OF ANESTHESIA PRACTICE—ADVANCED
Study of the perioperative management of the patient undergoing anesthesia.
Topics include assessment, geriatrics, pediatrics, obstetrics, regional
anesthesia, and outpatient anesthesia. Lecture and Human Patient Simulation
Lab. Prerequisites: ANE 505, 509. 4.
509 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I
Advanced study of anatomy and physiology of the cell and the body systems:
blood, nerve, muscle, heart and circulation, body fluids and kidney, and
respiration. Emphasis is on feedback mechanisms in the maintenance of
homeostasis and on concepts upon which prevention measures and treatment
206

are based. Prerequisites: Undergraduate anatomy, physiology, and chemistry.
Lecture. 6.
510 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II
Advanced study of anatomy and physiology of the cell and the body systems:
autonomic and central nervous system, liver, and endocrine. Emphasis is on
feedback mechanisms, homeostasis, assessment and intervention. Lecture.
Prerequisite: ANE 509. 3.
521 PHARMACOLOGY: ANESTHETIC AGENTS
An in-depth study of the biochemistry, pharmacokinetics, and
pharmacodynamics of anesthetic agents: general principles of drug-receptor
interactions, pharmacogenetics and environmental effects and application of
these principles to inhalation and I.V. anesthetic agents, skeletal muscle
relaxants, local anesthetics, and the respective antagonists. Lecture.
Prerequisites: Acceptance into the anesthesia program and ANE 509. 4.
522 PHARMACOLOGY: GENERAL MEDICAL AGENTS
Study of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of general medical agents:
application of general principles and concepts to drugs that affect nerves,
blood, cardiovascular, respiratory, excretory, metabolic and endocrine,
immune, and gastrointestinal systems. Includes chemotherapy and the
interaction of drugs in the anesthetized patient. Lecture. Prerequisite:
Acceptance into the anesthesia program or consent of instructor and ANE 509. 4.
525 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
Anesthesia principles are applied to clients presenting with alterations in
physiological integrity requiring either general or regional anesthesia. Lecture
and Human Patient Simulation Lab. Prerequisites: ANE 509, 510. 4.
530 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
An introduction to anesthesia research wherein the research process is
examined including research design, collection, measurement and sampling,
analysis, and communication of the results. A research project is developed for
execution by each student. Lecture. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the
anesthesia program or consent of the instructor and undergraduate statistics. 3.
541 CLINICAL ANESTHESIA PRACTICUM I
Clinical study and practice in the art of administering anesthesia at a clinical
affiliation. Emphasis is placed in general gynecological, urological,
orthopedic, EENT, and abdominal surgery. Classes on advanced techniques
and drug interactions. The student is supervised on a 1:1 ratio. Patient centered
conferences are held with the clinical instructor prior to the daily schedule.
Clinical correlative conference time is held on a weekly basis. Prerequisite:
207

Satisfactory completion of the didactic phase. 3.
542 CLINICAL ANESTHESIA PRACTICUM II
Continuation of ANE 541 with specific emphasis on clinical and theoretical
aspects of anesthesia management of patients in pediatrics, obstetrics,
geriatrics, emergency, regional, and ASA physical status III and IV patients.
Clinical correlative conference time twice a month. Prerequisite: ANE 541. 3.
543 CLINICAL ANESTHESIA PRACTICUM III
Continuation of ANE 542 with emphasis on the theory and practice of
anesthesia for patients receiving anesthesia for procedures classified as
neurosurgical, thoracic, cardiovascular, and newborn. Clinical correlative
conference time twice a month. Prerequisite: ANE 542. 3.
544 CLINICAL ANESTHESIA PRACTICUM IV
Continuation of ANE 543 with emphasis on the development of the
independent practitioner through selection of patients who provide varied
opportunities for assessment, management by drugs and techniques, and
control of pathological factors. Clinical correlative time twice a month.
Prerequisite: ANE 543. 3.
545 CLINICAL ANESTHESIA PRACTICUM V
Continuation of ANE 544 with emphasis on the development of the
independent practitioner. Prerequisite: ANE 544. 3.
581 RESEARCH PRACTICUM
Revision and refinement of research proposal written in ANE 530. This
proposal will be the first three chapters of a graduate level thesis. Prerequisite:
NE 530. 1.
582-583 RESEARCH PRACTICUM THESIS OPTION
Execution of the research proposal written in ANE 581 which is to be
completed prior to the last semester of the program. Prerequisite: ANE 581. 1.
589-591 SEMINAR I, SEMINAR II, SEMINAR III
Apresentation and discussion of current scientific knowledge relative to
anesthesia, including the progress of the research project. A minimum of three
seminars are required for graduation. 1.
592-593 RESEARCH PRACTICUM NON-THESIS OPTION
Each student will identify an issue or problem of significance to the role or
practice of a nurse anesthetist. The topic studied may be of a political, clinical,
or educational nature. This topic will be studied through an extensive literature
review, formally written, and orally presented. Prerequisites: ANE 530, 581. 1.
208

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN PASTORAL MINISTRIES
Mount Marty College offers the Master of Arts Degree in Pastoral
Ministries (MAPM), primarily an on-line professional degree program
designed to develop competent pastoral leaders and ministers. The program
provides education in Scripture, Theology, Liturgy, Church History,
Spirituality, and other areas germane to pastoral ministry. In addition, students
are required to complete three-credit hours of supervised practical experience
(Practicum).
The MAPM program consists of 36 credit hours and is delivered to students
through a combination of Residency seminars and distance learning courses.
The fall and spring semesters begin with a four day residency either on the
Mount Marty Campus or at the diocesan center in Sioux Falls, followed by
two 3-credit distance learning courses. The summer session also begins with
an on-campus residency followed by two 2-credit courses. Students complete
coursework from their home computers employing word processing software,
e-mail, BLACKBOARD, and other electronic sources. The MAPM program
is designed for people who have family and/or work responsibilities that
normally would prevent them from undertaking graduate study.
Prerequisites for acceptance into the MAPM program:
1. Earned Bachelor’s degree with a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or
greater.
2. Computer literacy with word processing, e-mail, and internet.
3. Access to a computer with appropriate software and internet capability.
4. Official transcripts from all colleges/universities attended.
5. Two letters of recommendation.
6. An essay stating personal goals, motivations, and aspirations for enrolling
in the MAPM program.
7. Successfully passing the Pastoral Ministries Profile.
8. A non-refundable $35 application fee.
Transfer of Credits:
Up to six credits may be accepted from an accredited college or university to
become part of the student’s academic record at Mount Marty College.
209

Master of Arts Degree
1. Major Course Requirements
MAP 600 Foundations of Christian Understanding
MAP 602 The Art of Pastoral Ministry
MAP 621 Old Testament
MAP 622 New Testament
MAP 629 Evangelization and Catechesis
MAP 630 Church History
MAP 639 Christology
MAP 640 Ecclesiology
MAP 649 Christian Spirituality
MAP 650 Liturgy and Sacraments
MAP 679 Perspectives on Marriage and Family
MAP 680 Moral Theology
MAP 690 Ministry Discernment I
MAP 691 Ministry Discernment II
MAP 700 Practicum
2. Other Requirements
A. Successful Completion of all required courses with a cumulative
grade point average of 3.0 or better.
B. Each academic term includes a required residency that is designed to
provide opportunities for both individual and communal growth.
Students gather each August, January, and May for class time, prayer,
and social activities. Residencies begin on Thursday afternoons and
end on Sunday afternoons.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (MAP)
600 FOUNDATIONS OF CHRISTIAN UNDERSTANDING
This course will introduce and examine the philosophical and theological
concepts fundamental to Pastoral Ministry, concepts which will be utilized
throughout the MAPM program. Students will be introduced to the
importance and role of philosophy in theology, the reasonable nature of belief
in God, the reality that God and a relationship with Him is the fulfillment of
the human person, and the Church's teaching on the human person. 3.
602 THE ART OF PASTORAL MINISTRY
The course will focus on the overview of the MAPM program with an
emphasis on integration. Each session will be based on themes which will
position the topics in the context of the overall program. The elements of
210

Vatican II will be reviewed, setting the stage for all the courses within the
program. The course will also focus on the societal dimensions of ministry
based on theological principles. The realities of these principles will be
discussed in the context of our baptismal call and related to the living reality
of the parish and diocesan church. Specific topics to be covered include
Theology of Ministry, Christian Spirituality, and Leadership in Ministry. 3.
621 OLD TESTAMENT
This course will introduce and briefly study the 46 canonical books of the
Hebrew Scriptures. The books of the Bible, as well as their themes and
context in the Old Testament, will be reviewed. The course will pursue this
study through the presentation of the basic principles of Biblical
interpretation, with prominent use of the historical-critical method of
exegesis. This study will demonstrate the Bible as foundational to Christian
life and prayer. 3.
622 NEW TESTAMENT
This course will explore the 27 canonical books of the Christian Scriptures.
The books of the Bible, as well as their themes and context in the New
Testament, will be reviewed. The course will pursue this study through the
presentation of the basic principles of Biblical interpretation, with prominent
use of the historical-critical method of exegesis. This study will demonstrate
the Bible as foundational to Christian life and prayer. 3.
629 EVANGELIZATION AND CATECHESIS
This course explores the Church’s ministries of evangelization and catechesis.
Topics to be studied include the nature and theological foundations of
evangelization and catechesis, learning theory and catechesis, the
catechumenal model of catechesis, the catechetical process and methods, adult
faith formation, and the relationship between evangelization, catechesis and
the Church’s mission. 2.
630 CHURCH HISTORY
This course provides an overview of the development of Christianity from the
apostolic period through the life of the Church in the 21st century. The origins
and subsequent history of the Christian peoples will be studied, as well as their
doctrines and institutions. This course provides a perspective on the origins
of numerous aspects of Christian faith including life and worship, the sources
of division among Christians, and other important topics essential to the
understanding of Christianity. 3.
639 CHRISTOLOGY
This course studies the center of the Christian faith, Jesus Christ, who through
211

his life, death, and resurrection reveals God to human persons. Particular
attention will be given to New Testament christologies, the question of the
“historical” Jesus, the development of christological doctrines in the early
church, and the significance of the aforementioned for contemporary
christologies. Within the christological context, then, the articulation of the
doctrine of the trinity will briefly be studied. Current issues in trinitarian
theology and pneumatology will also be discussed with a view to how they
affect ministry in the Church today. 2.
640 ECCLESIOLOGY
This course will explore the theology of the Church using metaphors. The
significance of the Second Vatican Council and its influence on Ecclesiology
also will be explored. Specific models of the Church will be examined with a
special emphasis on ecumenism. The major documents of the Second Vatican
Council will be reviewed as well. The course will also give an introduction to
Church order and law. 3.
649 CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
This seminar exposes students to the various facets of spiritual life and
formation. It will introduce students to theological reflection on issues in
spirituality and the role such reflection plays in ministry. 2.
650 LITURGY AND SACRAMENTS
This course will examine the theological foundations of Christian liturgy as
well as pastoral approaches to planning and fostering good liturgical
celebration. This includes the nature of worship, Jewish liturgical tradition and
its influence on Christian worship, a historical understanding of Christian
liturgy, and the planning of liturgical celebration. The sacraments also will be
covered emphasizing the signs of salvation flowing from them, Christ, and the
Church. 3.
679 PERSPECTIVES ON MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
This course will explore the vocation of Christian marriage, its place in the
Church, and its encounter with society. Matrimony and family issues will be
studied in light of Catholic ecclesiology and the psychological and social
sciences. Current social and cultural attitudes as they relate to marriage will
be explored in the context of fashioning a health community of the married
Church. 2.
680 MORAL THEOLOGY
The theological and philosophical foundations of morality will be surveyed
and approaches to moral development will be considered. Foundations of the
Christian moral life will be studied including freedom, moral agency, moral
norms, and moral reasoning. The place of Scripture, Tradition, and authority
212

in moral decision-making will be discussed. Contemporary moral issues will
be approached from both a theological and pastoral perspective. 3.
690-691 MINISTRY DISCERNMENT I, II
The purpose of these two courses is 1) to give students the opportunity to
dialogue with the MAPM Director and/or other faculty members about
possible Practicum projects and 2) to submit a written proposal for their
intended project. During each summer residency, first-year students will meet
with the program Director to begin the process of discerning for themselves a
meaningful Practicum experience, one that will integrate the MAPM
academic curriculum with their own ministry interests. By the end of the
residency the student will submit a preliminary outline stating, in general,
what the student would like to pursue for their practicum and why they believe
this experience will be helpful for their own future ministry. During their
second summer residency, students will meet once again with the Director to
finalize the details of their Practicum proposals and determine (as closely as
possible) when they will submit their final papers. If accepted, each student’s
proposal will act as the “contract” between the student and Practicum Director
in terms of determining the student’s grade. These courses will be graded on
a pass/fail basis. 1/2.
699 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics to be arranged.
700 PRACTICUM
The student will complete approximately 45 hours of supervised pastoral work
at a site agreed upon by the student and the student’s Practicum Director, and
then and essay (of a length to be determined by the student and Practicum
Director) in which the student integrates insights from the academic portion of
the program with his or her Practicum experience. 3.
213

214

TRUSTEES, ADMINISTRATION, FACULTY, CALENDARS

2003-2004 BOARD OF TRUSTEES
CHAIR:
S. Jennifer Kehrwald
VICE CHAIR:
Mr. Denis Fokken
SECRETARY/TREASURER:
S. Debra Kolecka
S. Mary Carole Curran
S. Jacquelyn Ernster
Mr. Fred Ertz
Dr. Steven Feeney
Mr. Rudy Gerstner
Mr. Gary Heine
S. Patricia Heirigs
S. Angeline Keating
Ms. Mary Ann Binder Kohoutek
Dr. Aelred Kurtenbach
Mr. Glenn Mannes
Mr. Bruce Maxwell
Dr. Catherine McGovern
Dr. Michael McVay
Mr. James Mentele
Dr. Marques Rhoades
Mr. James Robinson
S. Mary Arthur Schramm
S. Francine Streff
Dr. Bruce Teachout
Mr. David Thies
S. Jeanne Weber
S. Rosemary Weber
Dr. James T. Barry, President,
Ex Officio
THE PRESIDENTS
OF MOUNT MARTY COLLEGE
Mother M. Jerome Schmitt 1936-1957
S. Evangeline Anderson 1957-1974
Dr. Bruce Weier 1974-1977
Dr. William Tucker 1977-1983
S. Jacquelyn Ernster 1983-1996
Dr. Mark Hurtubise 1996-2001
Dr. Carrol Krause 2001-2002
Dr. James T. Barry 2002-
216

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES
Dr. James T. Barry, President
Carla Eng, Administrative Assistant
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT
ACADEMIC PROGRAM OFFICES
James C. Foster, Vice President and Dean for Academic Affairs
Sandra Brown, Director of Library (Assistant Professor)
Diane Dovorak, Library Clerk
Lisa Erickson, Nursing Secretary
Janis Hausmann, Center for Academic Excellence Director (Assistant Professor)
Jane Jensen, Librarian (Instructor)
Joanne Marsh, Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs Office
Shane Miner, Specialist for Teaching and Learning with Technology (Instructor)
Open, Administrative Assistant to the Registrar
Pam Schaefer, Faculty Secretary
Susan Scholtz, Library Clerk
Sue Stoll, Small Business Development Center Director
Jonna Supurgeci, Registrar
Division Chairs
James Bowers, Division of Natural Sciences
S. Candyce Chrystal, Division of Education
S. Marielle Frigge, Division of Arts & Humanities
Ruth Pakieser, Division of Nursing
Joseph Sejnoha, Division of Social Sciences
Nelson Stone, Division of Arts & Humanities
Watertown Campus
Linda Schurmann, Director
Verla Ackley, Library Aide
LaDonna Bierscheid, Library Aide
Pamela Hohn, Library Aide
Carole Lantgen, Secretary
Jane Miner, Assistant to the Director
217

Rochelle Rudebusch, Library Aide
Nurse Anesthesia Program
Larry Dahlen, Director
Mary Hoversten, Assistant Professor
Bob Putnam, Assistant Director
Kristi Thomas, Administrative Assistant
Pastoral Ministries
Jozef Zalot, Director
OFFICE OF FINANCE AND OPERATIONS
Business Office
Daisy Halvorson, Vice President of Finance & Administration
Julie Dather, Staff Accountant
Open, Administrative Assistant
Kermit Schamber, Accountant
Jay Scoblic, Student Account Manager
Bookstore and Scheduling
Mary Abbott, Director of Bookstore/Central Scheduling
Nancy Mortensen, Assistant Bookstore Manager
Child Care Center
Kathy Harens, Director of Child Care
Letha Gause, Child Care Assistant
Facility Service Department
Steve Hermanson, Director of Facilities Service
Coraina Aguirre, Custodial
Greg Dangel, Custodial
Arlis Ded, Custodial
Carol Fickbohm, Custodial
Shannon Goeden, Maintenance
Dave Hansen, Maintenance
Dick Haro, Custodial
Lana Humpal, Facilities Administrative Assistant
Wayne Jorgensen, Custodial
Kevin Neuhalfen, Grounds Maintenance
Mary Risinger, Custodial
S. Matthew Wehri, Custodial/Grounds
Security
Charles Howe
218

Perry Slagle
David Steffen
Food Service Department
Sinan Supurgeci, Campus Dining Director
Steve Schiedel, Assistant Director
Finance Assistance Department
Ken Kocer, Director of Financial Assistance
Patricia Holmberg, Office Assistant for Financial Assistance
Jennifer Wubben, Financial Assistance Counselor
Information Technology Department
Frank Tudor, Director of Information Technology
Robert J. Hansen, Administrator of Technology
Paul Lammers, Computer Support Specialist
Bill Wen, Help Desk Supervisor
OFFICE FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
Sarah Carda, Vice President and Dean for Student Affairs
S. Joyce Feterl, Administrative Assistant, Student Affairs
Fr. John Garvey, Campus Chaplain
Kelly Heller, Director of Whitby/Bede Halls
Estelle Johnson, Director of Career Planning
Megan McGlone, Director of Student Counseling Services
Celeste Miller, Director of Corbey Hall, Director of Campus Programming
S. Madonna Schmitt, Assistant Director of Campus Ministry
Dean Specht, Director of Freshman Advising
Susan Thorson, Director of Health Services
S. Maribeth Wentzlaff, Director of Campus Ministry
OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT & ALUMNI
Timothy Stransky, Vice President for Institutional Advancement
S. Aidan Bourke, Director of Alumni and Prospect Research
Sheila Kuchta, Director of Annual Giving
S. Eileen Neville, Foundation and Grant Relations
Open, Administrative Assistant
Jim Thorson, Lancer Club
Christine Tudor, Director of Major Gifts and Planned Giving
Mary Wendzillo, Gift Manager
219

OFFICE OF COLLEGE RELATIONS
Loretta Sorensen, Director of College Relations
Nancy Nicholls, Publications Manager
Open, Publications Assistant
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
Brandi Tschumper, Vice President of Enrollment Management
Rebecca Bierle, Office Manager
Rhnissa Decker, Admissions Counselor
Jeanne Haar, Admissions Counselor
Jill Paulson, Admissions Counselor
Josh Svatos, Admissions Counselor
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC DEPARTMENT STAFF
Chuck Iverson, Athletic Director, Women’s Basketball Coach
(Assistant Professor)
Clint Frederiksen, Head Softball Coach
Tracey Grotenhuis, Head Women’s Volleyball Coach (Instructor)
Calvin Hanson, Assistant Women’s Basketball Coach
Kelly Heller, Head Baseball Coach
David Hofer, Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach
Jennifer Kudera, Assistant Women’s Basketball Coach
Deb Lillie, Assistant Cross Country Coach
Charles Long, Head Men’s/Women’s Soccer Coach
James Miner, Head Track & Field/Cross Country Coach (Assistant Professor)
Shane Miner, Assistant Men’s/Women’s Soccer Coach, Assistant
Track & Field Coach (Instructor)
Candice Mize, Assistant Volleyball Coach
Noel Nafziger, Head Golf Coach, Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach
Cindy Sohler, Administrative Assistant to Athletic Director
James Thorson, Head Men’s Basketball Coach (Assistant Professor)
Becky Wright, Assistant Softball Coach
220

UNDERGRADUATE FACULTY
Division of Arts & Humanities
Frigge, S. Marielle, OSB (1979) Division Co-Chair/Professor. Ph.D., Boston
College, 1992; M.A., Washington Theological Union, 1978; B.A., Mount
Marty College, 1967.
Stone, Nelson (1997) Division Co-Chair/Assistant Professor. D. Min.,
McCormick Theological Seminary, 1981; M. Div., United Theological
Seminary, 1974; B.A., Yankton College, 1969.
Binder, S. Cynthia, OSB (1958) Associate Professor. M.A., Georgetown
University, 1988; M.A., University of South Dakota, 1958; B.A., Mount
Marty College, 1957.
Fleischacker, David (2001) Assistant Professor. Doctoral Candidate, The
Catholic University of America; M.A., Catholic University of America, 1995;
M.A., Boston College, 1992; B.A. Theology/Biology, University of St.
Thomas, 1987.
Foster, James C. (2001) Academic Dean/Professor. Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1972; B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1967.
Gross, Joan (1998) Instructor. M.A., University of Iowa, 1971; B.A., St. Olaf
College, 1969.
Hart, Lois (1995) Instructor-Watertown Campus. M.A., University of
Maryland, 1965; B.A., Huron College, 1962.
Hausmann, Jan (1999) Assistant Professor. Ph.D., University of South
Dakota, 2003; M.A., University of South Dakota, 1974; B.A., University of
South Dakota, 1969.
Henrickson, Andrew (1997) Assistant Professor. M.F.A., University of
South Dakota, 1987; B.S., South Dakota State University, 1982.
Huber, Marvin (2003) Instructor. M.A., University of South Dakota 1975;
B.A., University of South Dakota, 1969.
221

Jimison, Jeffery (1999) Assistant Professor. M.M., DePaul University, 1976;
B.M., University of Cincinnati’s College-Conservatory of Music, 1973.
Kahle, David (1991) Associate Professor/Director of Bede Art Gallery.
M.F.A., University of South Dakota, 1987; B.F.A., Bowling Green State
University, 1984.
Lofthus, Richard (1989) Professor. Doctor of Arts, University of North
Dakota, 1988; M.A., University of North Dakota, 1983; B.S.Ed., University
of North Dakota, 1979; Diploma of Christian Studies, Regent College, 1977;
B.A., University of North Dakota, 1976.
Mannes, Bernita (1997) Instructor. B.A., Iowa State University, 1967.
Rettedal, Dean (1982) Assistant Professor. M.M., University of South
Dakota, 1976; B.A., University of South Dakota, 1971.
Simmons, James (2003) Assistant Professor. Ph.D., University of North
Dakota, 1983; M.A., University of North Dakota, 1979; M.A, University of
North Dakota, 1976; B.A., Davis and Elkins College, 1974.
Sullivan, James (1984) Professor. Ph.D., St. Louis University, 1982; M.A.,
Creighton University, 1974; B.A., Creighton University, 1972.
Talsma, Georgia (1998) Instructor. M.A., University of South Dakota, 1975;
B.S., Southern State College, 1965.
Zalot, Jozef (2003) Assistant Professor. Ph.D., Religious Studies, Marquette
University, 2002; M.Ed., Religious Education, Boston College, 1997; M.Ed.,
Sports Management, Springfield College, 1991; B.A., Business, St. Anselm
College, 1989.
Division of Education
Chrystal, S. Candyce, OSB (1991) Division Chair/Department
Chair/Associate Professor. Ph.D., Marquette University, 1991; M.Ed.,
Marquette University, 1989; B.A., Mount Marty College, 1973.
Barry, James T. (2002) President/Professor. Ed.D., Northern Illinois
University, 1992; M.S.E., Northern Illinois University, 1979; B.A., Briar Cliff
College, 1971.
Brown, Sandra (1972) Director of Library/Assistant Professor. M.A.,
University of South Dakota, 1979; B.A., Mount Marty College, 1972.
222

Grotenhuis, Tracey (2000) Instructor/Head Volleyball Coach. M.A.,
University of Missouri-Kansas City, 2002; B.S.E., University of Kansas,
1998.
Hof, Chris Conroy (1993) Associate Professor. Ed.D., University of South
Dakota, 1994; Ed.S., University of Missouri, 1990; M.A., University of South
Dakota, 1984; B.S., University of South Dakota, 1982.
Holzwarth, Andrew (2002) Instructor/Athletic Trainer. M.A., University of
South Dakota, 2002; B.A. Dakota Wesleyan University, 1999.
Jensen, Jane (1991) Librarian/Instructor. M.A., University of South Dakota,
1985; B.S. University of South Dakota, 1980.
Kostel, Karen (1998) Assistant Professor. Ph.D., University of North Dakota,
1995; M.A., University of South Dakota, 1984, B.S., University of South
Dakota, 1979.
Miller, Mary (1974) Assistant Professor. M.A., University of South Dakota,
1987; B.A., Mount Marty College, 1971.
Tereshinski, Robert (1987) Assistant Professor. M.A., University of South
Dakota, 1970; B.A., Yankton College, 1968.
Thorson, James (1995) Assistant Professor/Head Men’s Basketball Coach.
M.S., South Dakota State University, 1976; B.S., South Dakota State
University, 1968.
Division of Nursing
Pakieser, Ruth (2003) Director of Nursing Program/Division
Chair/Professor. Ph.D., University of Nebraska Lincoln, 1986; M.S.,
University of Nebraska-Omaha, 1970; M.S.N., University of Nebraska
Medical Center, 1994; B.S.N., Creighton University, 1965.
Brennick, Myrna (1979) Assistant Professor. M.S., South Dakota State
University, 1985; B.S., Mount Marty College, 1977.
Brosonski, Mary Ellen (2003) Instructor. M.S.N., University of Nebraska
Medical Center, 1994; B.S., Mount Marty College, 1968.
Eisenhauer, Christine (2002) Assistant Professor. M.S.N., University of
223

Nebraska Medical Center, 2003; B.S., Mount Marty College, 1997.
Haas, S. Sharon Ann, OSB (1994) Assistant Professor. M.S., St. Louis
University, 1993; B.S., Mount Marty College, 1970.
Holzbauer, S. Esther, OSB (2002) Assistant Professor. M.S.N., University of
Nebraska Medical Center, 1977; B.S., Mount Marty College, 1964.
Isburg, Sandra (2003) Assistant Professor. M.S.N., University of Kentucky,
1971; B.S.N., University of Kentucky, 1969.
Lemmer, S. Corinne, OSB (1988) Professor. Ph.D., University of Utah,
1988; M.S., University of Utah, 1985; B.S., Mount Marty College, 1974.
Magorian, Kathryn (2001) Instructor. B.S., Mount Marty College, 1997.
Sees, Darcie (2003) Assistant Professor. M.A.N., Bethel College, 2003; B.S.,
Mount Marty College, 1997.
Walkes, Mary (2001) Instructor. M.S.N., South Dakota State University,
2003; B.S., South Dakota State University, 1974.
Division of Natural Sciences
Bowers, James (1977) Division Chair/Associate Professor. M.S., Michigan
State University, 1971; B.S., Adrian College, 1965.
Choony, Nandeo (2002) Assistant Professor. Ph.D., University of Surey,
U.K., 2000; MPhil., Brunel University, 1997; M.S., Indian Institute of
Technology, Bombay, 1993; B.S., University of Poona, India, 1979.
DeWitt, Krisma (2000) Assistant Professor. Ed.D., University of South
Dakota, 2003; M.S., Kansas State University, 1986; B.S., South Dakota State
University, 1978.
Gacnik, S. Bonita, OSB (1989) Associate Professor. Ph.D., Nova
Southeastern University, Fort Lauderdale, FL; M.A., University of South
Dakota, 1989 & 1988; B.S., Southern Colorado State College, 1970.
Gruver, Stephanie (2003) Assistant Professor. M.S., Purdue University,
2001; B.S., Purdue University, 1999.
Holzbauer, S. Thecla, OSB (1973-1975, 1982) Assistant Professor/Director
of Nutrition & Food Science Program. M.S., South Dakota State University,
224

1988; B.S., South Dakota State University, 1971.
Fleischacker, Christine (2001) Laboratory Coordinator/Instructor. Ph D.,
George Washington University, 2000; B.A., University of St. Thomas, 1989.
Miner, James (1999) Assistant Professor/Head Coach of Track & Field/Cross
Country. M.S., Cornell University, 1964; B.A., Huron College, 1963.
Miner, Shane (2001) Specialist for Teaching and Learning with
Technology/Instructor/ Assistant Men’s/Women’s Soccer Coach, Assistant
Track & Field Coach. B.A., Carnegie Mellon University, 2001.
Sorenson, James (1991) Associate Professor. Ph.D., University of Georgia,
1986; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1980; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1977.
Tille, Patricia (2000) Associate Professor. Ph.D., University of South
Dakota, 2002; B.S., University of Sioux Falls, 1992.
Winegar, Mark (1999) Assistant Professor. Ed.D., University of South
Dakota, 2000; M.S., Ferris State University, 1987; B.A. Michigan State
University, 1975.
Division of Social Sciences
Sejnoha, Joseph (1984) Division Chair/Assistant Professor. M.B.A.,
University of South Dakota, 1984; B.A., Yankton College, 1980.
Cantin, Leon (1995) Assistant Professor. M.A., Mount Marty College, 1999;
M.A., University of South Dakota, 1967; B.A., Yankton College, 1962.
Dickinson, David (1978) Associate Professor. M.A., Mankato State
University, 1974; B.A., University of St. Thomas, 1961.
Ferris, Alan (1992) Associate Professor/Director of Assessment. Ph.D.,
Kansas State University, 1992; M.S., Kansas State University, 1990; B.S.,
Kearney State College, 1988.
Gross, Charles (2002) Assistant Professor. M.B.A., University of Iowa, 1977;
B.A., Oakland University, 1969.
Lincoln, Lori (1987) Associate Professor. M.A., University of South Dakota,
1985; B.A., Wayne State College, 1980.
Nelson, Terry (2001) Assistant Professor. Ph.D., South Dakota State
225

University, 2001; M.S., South Dakota State University, 1993; B.S., South
Dakota State University, 1989.
Professor and Faculty Emerita
Kaiser, S. Laurina, OSB Professor Emerita. Ph.D., Catholic University,
1955; M.A., Catholic University, 1953; B.A., Mount Marty College, 1951.
Kessler, S. Ann, OSB Professor Emerita. Ph.D., University of Notre Dame,
1963; M.A., Creighton University, 1957; B.A., Mount Marty College, 1953.
Kilzer, S. Laeticia, OSB Professor Emerita. Ph.D., University of Notre
Dame, 1960; M.A., University of South Dakota, 1955; B.A., College of St.
Benedict, 1950.
Klimisch, S. Jane, OSB Professor Emerita. Ph.D., Washington University,
1971; M.M.Ed., American Conservatory, 1952; B.A., St. Mary-of-the-Woods
College, 1943.
Klimisch, S. Jeanette, OSB Professor Emerita. M.A., Catholic University
of America, 1953; B.A., St. Mary-of-the-Woods College, 1943.
Koch, S. Virgil, OSB Faculty Emerita. M.S., New York University at
Stonybrook, 1977; B.S.N., Marquette University, 1954; Diploma, Sacred
Heart School of Anesthesia, 1947; Diploma, Sacred Heart School of Nursing,
1946.
Neville, S. Eileen, OSB Professor Emerita. Ph.D., St. Louis University, 1958;
A.B., Mount Marty College, 1953.
Quintus, S. Marcine, OSB Professor Emeritus. Ph.D. The Union Institute,
1985; Med/N, Columbia University, NY, 1974; BSN, Creighton University,
1958; Diploma Sacred Heart School of Nursing, 1954.
226

GRADUATE FACULTY
Graduate Program in Nurse Anesthesia
Dahlen, Larry (1994) Director of Nurse Anesthesia Program/Assistant
Professor. M.S., University of North Dakota, 1989; B.S., Moorhead State
University, 1985.
Hoversten, Mary (2003) Assistant Professor of Nurse Anesthesia. M.S.,
Mount Marty College, 1997; B.S.N., Briar Cliff College, 1995.
Putnam, Robert (1994) Assistant Director of Nurse Anesthesia Program.
M.Ed., University of Wyoming, 1968; B.S., University of South Dakota,
1976; A.A. Nursing., University of South Dakota, 1974; B.S., Northern State
University, 1963.
Graduate Program in Pastoral Ministries
Albl, Martin (2004) Ph.D. Religious Studies, Marquette University, 1997;
M.A. Theology, University of Colorado, 1988; M.A. Special Education,
University of Northern
Colorado, 1988.
Burgwald, Christopher (2003) Doctoral Candidate, Pontifical University of
St. Thomas; S.T.L. Dogmatic Theology, Pontifical University of St. Thomas,
2001; B.A. Theology, Franciscan University of Steubenville, 1997.
Carr, Bernadeane M. (1999) Doctoral Candidate, University of Fribourg,
Switzerland, 1984; Licentiate in Sacred Theology, University of Fribourg,
Switzerland, 1982; B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1976.
Curran, S. Mary Carole, OSB (1970) Post Doctoral, University of Texas
Health Science Center, 1978; Ph.D. University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1976;
M.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1974; M.A., Peabody College, 1969;
B.A. Mount Marty College, 1965.
Ehle, Mary (2003) Ph.D. Religious Studies, Marquette University, 2002;
M.A. Theology, St. John’s University, 1990; B.A. Religious Studies and
227

Mathematics, St. Norbert College, 1988.
Feiss, Fr. Hugh Bernard, OSB (2000) Doctorate of Sacred Theology,
Pontificium Athenaeum Anselmianum, Rome, Italy, 1976; Ph.L., The Catholic
University of America, 1972; S.T.L., The Catholic University of America,
1967; M.A. Mount Angel Seminary, School of Theology, 1966; B.A. Mount
Angel Seminary, 1962.
Meyer, S. Nathalie, OP (1997) Doctoral Candidate, University of St.
Thomas, 1992; Post Graduate, Catholic University of America, 1976,
Northern Illinois University, 1974, Eastern University, 1973, Northwestern
University, 1972, Eastman School of Music, 1968; Masters in Religious
Education, Providence College, 1966; B.M. Aquinas College, 1958.
Van Lente, Fr. Richard J. (1999) Master’s Degree in Moral and Religious
Sciences, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium, 1991; J.C.B. in Canon
Law, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, 1992; Master of Divinity, St. John
Seminary, 1983; B.A. Philosophy, Athenaeum of Ohio, 1962.
Welbig, S. Lynn Marie, PBVM (1998) Ph.D. Leadership in Education,
Union Institute, 1978; M.A. in Canon Law, St. Paul University and University
of Ottawa, 1990; M.S. Educational Administration, Northern State University,
1976; B.S. Elementary Education, Northern State University, 1968; A.A.
Education, Presentation College, 1957.
Wensing, Fr. Michael G. (1997) Graduate credits in biblical studies, Catholic
Theological Union of Chicago, 1994; S.T.L. Biblical Theology, Pontifical
University of St. Thomas of Aquinas, Rome, Italy, 1985; M.A., Theology,
University of St. Thomas, 1976; B.A. Psychology and Philosophy, St. Mary’s
College, 1972.
Witter, Jacquelyne M. (1999) Ph.D. University of St. Thomas, 2001; M.A.
Theology, University of Notre Dame, 1990; M.A. Religious Education, St.
John’s University, 1981; B.S. Religious Studies, Viterbo College, 1976.
Zalot, Jozef (2003) Ph.D. Religious Studies, Marquette University, 2002;
M.Ed. Religious Education, Boston College, 1997; M.Ed. Sports
Management, Springfield College, 1991; B.A. Business, St. Anselm College,
1989.
228

229

UNDERGRADUATE CALENDAR
FALL 2004* FALL 2005*
Mon. - Fri., Aug. 23-27 Faculty Development Week Mon. - Fri., Aug. 22-26
Fri., Aug. 27 Residence Halls Open for New Students at Noon Fri., Aug. 26
Transfer and Adult Learner Orientation
Fri. - Sun., Aug. 27-29 New Student Orientation Programs Fri. - Sun., Aug. 26-28
Sun., Aug. 29 Residence Halls Open for Returning Students Sun., Aug. 28
Mon., Aug. 30 First Day of Classes Mon., Aug. 29
Fri., Sept. 3 Last Day for Adding Classes Fri., Sept. 2
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Due in the Business Office
Mon., Sept. 6 Labor Day: No Classes Mon., Sept. 5
TBA Opening Mass TBA
Fri., Sept. 10 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Fri., Sept. 9
Refund Checks Issued at Business Office (every Friday thereafter)
Sat., Sept. 11 0% Tuition Refund Begins Sat., Sept. 10
Mon., Oct. 11 Native American/Columbus Day: No Classes Mon., Oct. 10
Mon. - Fri, Oct. 18-22 Midterm Week Mon. - Fri. 17-21
Wed., Nov. 3 Last Day to Change a Class to Pass/Fail Wed., Nov. 2
Last Day to Withdraw from a Class
Last Day to Withdraw from College with a Grade of W
Mon. - Fri., Nov. 8-12 Registration for Spring Semester Mon. - Fri., Nov. 7-11
TBA Family Weekend TBA
TBA Homecoming Weekend TBA
Tues., Nov. 23 Thanksgiving Vacation Begins after Last Class Tues., Nov. 22
Mon., Nov. 29 Classes Resume Mon., Nov. 28
Sat., Dec. 4 December Recognition Ceremony Sat. Dec. 3
Tues. - Fri., Dec. 14-17 Semester Examinations Tues. - Fri., Dec. 13-16
Fri., Dec. 17 Christmas Break Begins after Last Exam Fri., Dec. 16
Mon., Dec. 20 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by Noon Mon., Dec. 19
Fri., Dec. 24 Grades Mailed to Students Fri., Dec. 23
SPRING 2005* SPRING 2006*
Mon., Jan. 10 First Day of Classes Mon., Jan. 9
230

Open Registration for Summer School
Fri., Jan. 14 Last Day for Adding Classes Fri., Jan. 13
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Due in the Business Office
Fri., Jan. 21 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Fri. Jan. 20
Refund Checks Issued at Business Office (every Friday thereafter)
Sat., Jan. 22 0% Tuition Refund Begins Sat., Jan. 21
Mon., Feb. 21 Presidents Day: No Classes Mon., Feb. 20
Mon. - Fri. Feb. 28-Mar. 4 Midterm Week Mon. - Fri., Feb. 27-Mar. 3
Fri., Mar. 4 Spring Break Begins after Last Class Fri., Mar. 3
Mon., Mar. 14 Classes Resume Mon., Mar. 13
Tues., Mar. 22 Last Day to Change a Class to Pass/Fail Tues., Mar. 21
Last Day to Withdraw from a Class
Last Day to Withdraw from College with a Grade of "W"
Wed., Mar. 23 Easter Vacation Begins after Last Class Wed., Apr. 12
Fri., Mar. 25 Good Friday Fri., Apr. 14
Tues., Mar. 29 Classes Resume Tues., Apr. 18
Mon.- Wed., Apr. 11-13 Registration for Fall Semester Mon. - Wed., Apr. 10-12
Mon. - Thurs., May 2-5 Semester Examinations Mon. - Thurs., May 1-4
Thurs., May 5 Sr. Grades Due in Registrar's Office by Noon Thurs., May 4
Fri., May 6 Baccalaureate Fri., May 5
Sat., May 7 Graduation Sat., May 6
Mon., May 9 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by Noon Mon. May 8
Fri., May 13 Grades Mailed to Students Fri., May 12
SUMMER 2005* SUMMER 2006*
Mon., May 9 Summer School Begins Mon. May 8
(Please see summer bulletin for specific course start dates.)
See Summer Brochure Balances Due in the Business Office See Summer Brochure
Refunds
Last Day to Change a Class to Pass/Fail
Last Day to Withdraw from a Class
Last Day to Withdraw fro College With a Grade of "W"
Mon., May 30 Memorial Day: No Classes Mon. May 29
Mon., July 4 Independence Day: No Classes Tues., July 4
* Day Care Available when Classes are in Session
231

NURSE ANESTHESIA CALENDAR
FALL 2004 FALL 2005
Wed., Aug. 25 Orientation (First Year Students) Wed., Aug. 24
Mon., Aug. 30 First Day of Classes Mon., Aug. 29
Fri., Sept. 3 Last Day for Adding Classes Fri., Sept. 2
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Due in the Business Office
Fri., Sept. 10 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Fri., Sept. 9
Refund Check Issued at the Business Office
Sat., Sept. 11 0% Tuition Refund Begins Sat., Sept. 10
Wed. Nov. 3 Last Day to Withdraw from a Class Wed., Nov. 2
Last Day to Withdraw from College with a Grade of "W"
Fri., Dec. 17 Last Exam Fri., Dec. 16
In Spring 2005 Semester Clinical Time Mon. - Fri., Dec. 19 -23
Sat. - Sun., Dec. 18 - Jan. 2
Christmas Break
Sat. - Sun., Dec. 23 - Jan. 8
Mon., Dec. 20 Grades Dues in Registrar's Office by Noon Mon., Dec. 19
SPRING 2005 SPRING 2006
Mon. - Fri., Jan. 3-7 Clinical Time In Fall 2005 Semester
Mon., Jan. 10 First Day of Classes Mon., Jan. 9
Fri., Jan. 14 Last Day for Adding Classes Fri., Jan. 13
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Due in the Business Office
Fri., Jan. 21 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Fri., Jan. 20
Refund Check Issued at the Business Office
Sat., Jan. 22 0% Tuition Refund Begins Sat., Jan. 21
Mon. - Fri., Feb. 7-11 Midterm Break Mon. - Fri., Mar. 6-10
Wed. Mar. 16 Last Day to Withdraw from a Class Wed. Mar. 15
Last Day to Withdraw from College with a Grade of "W"
Fri., Apr. 29 Last Exam Fri., May 4
232

Mon., May 9 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by Noon Mon., May 8
SUMMER 2005 SUMMER 2006
Mon., May 9 First Day of Classes Mon., May 8
Fri., May 13 Last Day for Adding Classes Fri., May 12
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Dues in the Business Office
Fri., May 20 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Fri., May 19
Refund Check Issued at the Business Office
Sat., May 21 0% Tuition Refund Begins Sat., May 20
Mon., June 27 Last Day to Withdraw from a Class Mon., June 26
Last Day to Withdraw from College with a Grade of "W"
Fri, July 29 Last Exam Fri, July 28
Mon., Aug. 1 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by Noon Mon., July 31
Mon. - Fri., Aug. 1-5 Break between Phase I and Phase II Mon. - Fri., July 31 - Aug. 4
Mon. - Fri., Aug. 8 - 26 Clinical Time Mon. - Fri., Aug. 7 - 25
233

PASTORAL MINISTRIES CALENDAR
FALL 2004 FALL 2005
Thurs. - Sun., Aug. 12-15 Residency Thurs. - Sun., Aug. 11-14
Thurs., Aug. 12 Class I:Begins Thurs., Aug. 11
Wed., Aug. 18 Last Day to Add Classes Wed., Aug. 17
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Due in the Business Office
Wed., Aug. 25 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Wed., Aug. 24
Thurs., Aug. 26 0% Tuition Refund Begins Thurs., Aug. 25
Thurs., Sept. 16 Last Day to Drop Class I with a grade of "W" Thurs. Sept. 15
Sun., Oct. 10 Class I: Ends Sun., Oct. 9
Mon., Oct. 11 Class II:Begins Mon., Oct. 10
Mon., Oct. 18 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by noon for Class I Mon., Oct. 17
Mon., Nov. 15 Last Day to Drop Class II with a grade of "W" Mon., Nov. 14
Thurs., Dec. 9 Class II:Ends Thurs., Dec. 8
Mon., Dec. 20 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by noon for Class II Mon., Dec. 19
SPRING 2005 SPRING 2006
Thurs. - Sun., Jan. 6-9 Residency Thurs. - Sun., Jan. 5-8
Thurs., Jan. 9 Class I:Begins Thurs., Jan. 9
Wed., Jan. 12 Last Day to Add Classes Wed., Jan. 11
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Due in the Business Office
Wed., Jan. 19 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Wed., Jan. 18
Thurs., Jan. 20 0% Tuition Refund Begins Thurs., Jan. 19
Thurs., Feb. 10 Last Day to Drop Class I with a grade of "W" Thurs. Feb. 9
Sun., Mar. 6 Class I: Ends Sun., Mar. 5
Mon., Mar. 7 Class II:Begins Mon. Mar. 6
Mon., Mar. 14 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by noon for Class I Mon., Mar. 13
Mon., Apr. 11 Last Day to Drop Class II with a grade of "W" Mon., Apr. 10
Thurs., May 5 Class II:Ends Thurs., May 4
234

Mon., May 9 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by noon for Class II Mon. May 9
SUMMER 2005 SUMMER 2006
TBA Residency TBA
Fri., May 13 Class I:Begins Fri., May 12
Thurs., May 19 Last Day to Add Classes Thurs., May 18
Last Day for 100% Tuition Refund
Balances Due in the Business Office
Thurs., May 26 Last Day for 60% Tuition Refund Thurs., May 25
Fri., May 27 0% Tuition Refund Begins Fri., May 26
Fri., June 3 Last Day to Drop Class I with a grade of "W" Fri., June 2
Thurs., June 16 Class I: Ends Thurs., June 15
Fri., June 17 Class II:Begins Fri., June 16
Mon., June 20 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by noon for Class I Mon., June 19
Fri., July 8 Last Day to Drop Class II with a grade of "W" Fri., July 7
Fri., July 22 Class II:Ends Fri., July 21
Mon., Aug. 1 Grades Due in Registrar's Office by noon for Class II Mon., July 31
235

INDEX
A
Academic Advising, 31
Academic Amnesty Policy, 27
Academic Calendars
Nurse Anesthesia Program, 232
Pastoral Ministries Program, 234
Undergraduate Programs, 230
Academic Computing Resources, 10
Academic Division Structure, 66
Academic Grievance Policy, 29
Academic Honesty Policy, 28
Academic Honors, 30
Academic Honors Scholarships, 60
Academic Integrity, 28
Academic Load, 21
Academic Opportunities, 37
Academic Policies, 18
Academic Probation, 30
Academic Program, 18
Academic Programs Staff, 217
Academic Excellence, Center for, 39
Academic Schedule, part-time enrollment, 40
Academic Standing, 30
Academic Suspension, 30
Academic Yearly Schedule, 20
Accounting, 68
Accreditation and Memberships, 8
Achievement Awards, 60
Active Military Service, 23
Adding Classes, 23
Administrative Offices, 217
Admission to the College, 13
First Time Students, 14
High School Students, 16
International Students, 15
Probational Acceptance, 17
Readmission, 16
Transfer Students, 14
Unclassified Students, 16
Admission Staff, 220
Advance Placement Program, 38
Affiliated Institutions, 9
Alumni Association, 48
Ambassadors, 50
Anesthesia, See Nurse Anesthesia
Appeals, 26
Application for Residence Hall Housing,
See Residence Policy
Applied Technology Management, 72
Art, 74
Assessment Center, 39
Associate Degrees, 6, 20
Athletic Training, 77
Athletics Staff, 220
Audio Visual Center, 10
Auditing, 22
B
Bachelor Degrees, 6, 20
Bede Art Gallery Programs, 11
Bede Hall, 12
Behavioral Science, 79
Beliefs Statement, 4
Benedictine College, 8
Benedictine Scholarships, 60
Biology, 81
Bishop Marty Chapel, 13
Board of Trustees, 216
Business Administration, 87
Business Office Staff, 218
C
Calculation of GPA, 26
Campus, 9
Campus Clubs, See Special Interest Clubs
Campus Employment, 64
Campus Ministry, 44
Campus Programming, 45
Career Counseling and Placement, 39
Catholic Awards, 61
Catholic College, 8
Challenge, 38
Chemistry, 93
Child Care Center, 46
Class Attendance, 22
Class Designations, 22
Classification of Students, 22
CLEP, 38
Clinical Laboratory Science, 97
College Relations Staff, 220
Computer Science/Information Technology, 140
Computers, 10
Confidentiality Policy, 18
Continuing Education, 37
Corbey Hall, 13
Counseling, Director of, 45
Course Load, 21
Course Numbers, 21
Credit by Examination, 38
Credit for Extra-Institutional Learning, 38
Credit for Military Service, 38
Credit for Prior Learning, 37
Credits, Transferring, 14
236

Criminal Justice, 101
Curriculum Library, 10
Cyber Café, 12
D
Dean’s List, 30
Degrees Offered, 6, 20
Directory Information, 19
Dismissal, Grounds for, 31
Double Major, 21
Dropping Class(es), 23
E
Education, 105
Elementary Education, 106
Secondary Education, 109
Special Education, 117
Elementary Education, See Education
Employment Opportunities, 64
Endowed Scholarships, 61
English, 122
Enrollment, Part-Time, 40
Academic Advising, 41
Academic Schedule, 41
Auditing, 41
Degrees Offered, 40
Faculty, 41
Library Services, 41
Registration, 40
Students’ Rights and Responsibilities, 41
Examinations, 22
Excellence Scholarships, 60
Experiential Learning, 38
Extra-Institutional Learning, 38
F
Faculty, 221, 227
Federal College Work Study Program, 64
Federal Financial Assistance, 62
Fees, 51
FERPA, 18
Field Trips, 51
Finance and Operations Staff, 218
Financial Arrangements and Payment Plans, 52
Financial Assistance
Application Procedures, 56
Satisfactory Academic Progress, 57
When to Apply, 56
Financial Assistance Staff, 219
Financial Information, 51
Forensic Accounting, 68
Forensic Science, 127
French, 130
G
GED, 14
General Education Requirements, 32
Grade Change, 26
Grading System, 26
Graduate Programs, 6, 20
Graduation Honors, 30
Graduation Requirements, 32, 36
Grants, 61
Grants, Federal & State, 62
Graphic Arts, 132
H
Health Questionnaire, See Health Services
Health Services, 45
History, 135
History of the College, 8
Honor Societies, 51
Honors Scholarships, 60
Horticulture, 138
I
Incentive Awards, 61
Incomplete, 24
Independent Studies, 67
Individualized Major, 21
Information Technology/Computer Science, 140
Institutional Advancement and Alumni Staff, 219
Intercollegiate Athletics, 49
International Student Admission, 15
Internet, 10
Internships, 38, 51
Intramurals and Sports Clubs, 48
J
Judicial Procedure, Student Conduct, 46
L
Laddie E. Cimpl Arena, 11
Learning Center, 39
Lecture Arts Program, 11
Lecture/Art Series, 49
Legal Notice, 18
Liberal Arts College, 8
Library, 12
Life Experience Credit, 37
Loans, 63
M
Majors, 6, 20, 21
Marian Auditorium, 13
Martin Marty, 8
Master of Arts Degree, 6, 20, 209
Master of Science Degree, 6, 20, 204
Mathematics, 149
Medical Technology, See Clinical Laboratory
Science
Merit Scholarships, 60
Military Service, 23
Minors, 21
Mission Statement, 4
Monthly Payment Plan, 52
Mother Jerome Schmitt Presidential
237

Scholarship, 61
Music, 153
Musical Organizations, 49
N
NLN ACE II RN-BSN, 38
Non-Discrimination Statement, 18
Nurse Anesthesia, 204
Nursing, 160
Nutrition and Food Science, 169
O
Operations and Finance Staff, 219
Oratory, 12
Organizations and Activities, 48
P
Part-Time Enrollment,
See Enrollment, Part-Time
Pass Fail Option, 24
Pastoral Ministries, 209
Payment Plans, 52
Peace Chapel, 13
Philosophy/Religious Studies, 187
Physical Education, 169
Physical Facilities, 11
Physical, Mental and Emotional Well-Being, 47
Physics, 175
Policies
FERPA (Privacy Act), 18
Legal Notice, 18
Non-Discrimination, 18
Political Science, 176
Practicums and Internships, 51
Presidential Scholarships, 59
President’s Office Staff, 217
Prior Learning Assessment Program, 37
Psychology, 178
Publications, 50
R
Radiologic Technology, 183
Readmission, 16
Recreation, Camping &
Social Opportunities, 50
Recreation Management, 185
Refunds, 54
Registration Procedures, 22
Religious Studies/Philosophy, 187
Repeating a Course, 25
Requesting Transcripts, 29
Residence Policy, 43
Roncalli Center, 12
S
Sacred Heart Monastery, 8
Scholarships, Grants and Awards, 59
Scholastica Learning Center, 11
Secondary Education, See Education
Selected Studies, 195
Sister Jacquelyn Ernster Scholarship, 61
Social Science, 196
Sociology, 196
Spanish, 200
Special Education, See Education
Special Interest Clubs, 50
Special Studies, 67
Speech and Theatre, 202
Student Activities, 45
Student Affairs, 43
Student Affairs Staff, 219
Student Aid, 56
Student Center, 46
Student Conduct, College Regulations,
Judicial Procedure, 46
Student Discipline Policy, 46
Student Government, 48
Student Life, See Student Affairs
Student Publications, 50
Student Records, Confidentiality of, 18
Student Rights, Part-Time Enrollment, 41
Student Special Interest Clubs, 50
T
Teacher Certification, See Education
Teacher Education, See Education,
Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL), 15
Theatre Productions, 49
Transcripts, 29
Transfer of Credits, 14
Transfer Student Admission, 14
Trustee Scholarships, 60
Tuition and Fees, 51
Tuition Waivers, 52
U
Unpaid Accounts, 52
V
Values Statement, 5
Vision Statement, 4
W
Watertown Campus, 42
Admission, 42
Registration, 42
Students’ Rights and Responsibilities, 42
Whitby Hall, 13
Withdrawal from Class(es), 23, 54
Withdrawal from College, 23, 54
Workstudy Program, 64
238

NOTES
239

NOTES
240